CN1959817B - Recording method, and recording equipment - Google Patents
Recording method, and recording equipment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN1959817B CN1959817B CN2006101504839A CN200610150483A CN1959817B CN 1959817 B CN1959817 B CN 1959817B CN 2006101504839 A CN2006101504839 A CN 2006101504839A CN 200610150483 A CN200610150483 A CN 200610150483A CN 1959817 B CN1959817 B CN 1959817B
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- recording
- area
- data
- layer
- information
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Images
Landscapes
- Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)
Abstract
一种在信息存储介质上记录信息的信息记录方法,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1,从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区,并且从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区,以及在数据导出区中在位于数据区一侧排列保护轨道带,而且在与该保护轨道带相对应的该层0的数据导入区中排列基准码带、R物理格式信息带、记录位置管理带、以及驱动测试带,该方法特征在于包括步骤:在填充(S22)数据导入区的驱动测试带并且记录(S24,S26)该记录位置管理带、该数据导入区的基准码带、以及该数据导入区的R物理格式信息带之后,执行该数据导出区的保护轨道带的填充(S28)。
An information recording method for recording information on an information storage medium in which layer 0 and layer 1 as recording layers are sequentially arranged from a reading surface, and a system is sequentially arranged from the inner circumference of layer 0 Lead-in area, data lead-in area, data area, and middle area, and from the inner circumference of layer 1, arrange the system lead-out area, data lead-out area, data area, and middle area sequentially, and in the data lead-out area in the data area A guard track zone is arranged on one side, and a reference code zone, an R physical format information zone, a recording position management zone, and a drive test zone are arranged in the data lead-in area of the layer 0 corresponding to the guard track zone, the method is characterized in that Including steps: after filling (S22) the driving test zone of the data lead-in area and recording (S24, S26) the recording position management zone, the reference code zone of the data lead-in zone, and the R physical format information zone of the data lead-in zone, Filling of the guard track zone of the data lead-out area is performed (S28).
Description
技术领域technical field
本发明涉及例如可记录光盘的信息存储介质、记录方法、和记录设备。The present invention relates to an information storage medium such as a recordable optical disc, a recording method, and a recording apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
近年来,数字通用光盘(DVD)已被作为大容量光盘实际使用。作为可记录DVD,已经标准化了可记录DVD-R、可重写DVD-RW和DVD-RAM。一旦把信息记录在可记录盘DVD-R上,则将不能重写记录区。传统的可记录DVD-R包括功率校准区(PCA)、记录管理区(RMA)、和其中从内圆周侧开始执行实际记录处理的数据记录区(DA)(例如参见日本专利申请公开2002-245625(第0041到0052段,图1))。In recent years, a digital versatile disc (DVD) has been put into practical use as a large-capacity optical disc. As recordable DVDs, recordable DVD-R, rewritable DVD-RW, and DVD-RAM have been standardized. Once the information is recorded on the recordable disc DVD-R, the recorded area cannot be rewritten. A conventional recordable DVD-R includes a Power Calibration Area (PCA), a Recording Management Area (RMA), and a Data Recording Area (DA) in which actual recording processing is performed from the inner peripheral side (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-245625 (paragraphs 0041 to 0052, Figure 1)).
而且,数据记录区DA包括:导入区,其中记录了当从数据区再现记录数据时将被读出的记录参数信息等;数据区,其中记录了记录数据;和导出区,其中记录了当该数据区中记录的记录数据的再现结束时将被读出的结束信息等。该导入区是其中在把数据记录在数据区中之前记录了记录参数信息等的一个区。该导出区是其中在完成整个DVD上的记录数据的记录之前记录了结束信息的一个区。每一区的容量是预定且不变的。Also, the data recording area DA includes: a lead-in area in which recording parameter information etc. to be read out when the recording data is reproduced from the data area is recorded; a data area in which the recording data is recorded; Completion information and the like to be read out when reproduction of the recording data recorded in the data area is completed. The lead-in area is an area in which recording parameter information and the like are recorded before recording data in the data area. The lead-out area is an area in which end information is recorded before the recording of the recording data on the entire DVD is completed. The capacity of each zone is predetermined and constant.
当在此种DVD上记录信息时(从数据区的内圆周侧开始执行记录),首先在PCA区中执行测试记录。在测试记录中,由于相同类型光盘的特性随着生产商而变化,并且由于使用环境温度、激光器操作环境等原因,引起最佳记录波形的改变。因此,通过该测试记录的结果来调整在把信息记录在光盘上时使用的记录波形的参数(强度、脉宽等)。When recording information on such a DVD (recording is performed from the inner circumference side of the data area), test recording is first performed in the PCA area. In the test recording, since the characteristics of the same type of disc vary with the manufacturer, and due to the use environment temperature, laser operation environment, etc., the optimum recording waveform changes. Therefore, the parameters (intensity, pulse width, etc.) of the recording waveform used when recording information on the optical disc are adjusted based on the results of the test recording.
随后,管理信息和用户数据被分别记录在RMA区和数据区中。管理信息包括表示在该数据区中的具体记录区(记录-结束位置)的信息等。根据用户数据的记录的进展,管理信息被更新成最新的管理信息。由于一旦记录了信息则不能在该可记录DVD上重写该部分,所以每次更新该管理信息都降低的该RMA区的剩余容量。根据更新管理信息的一种方法,在数据区的整个区中的记录被完成之前,该RMA区可能不再有未记录区。当该RMA区没有未记录区时,该管理信息将无法被更新。因此,必须停止针对该数据区的记录操作。Subsequently, management information and user data are recorded in the RMA area and the data area, respectively. The management information includes information indicating a specific recording area (recording-end position) in the data area, and the like. According to the progress of recording of user data, the management information is updated to the latest management information. Since the portion cannot be rewritten on the recordable DVD once the information is recorded, the remaining capacity of the RMA area is reduced every time the management information is updated. According to a method of updating management information, the RMA area may no longer have an unrecorded area until recording in the entire area of the data area is completed. When the RMA area has no unrecorded area, the management information cannot be updated. Therefore, the recording operation for this data area must be stopped.
另一方面,在上述DVD装置中,记录波形改变。根据盘上的记录位置,由于温度或新旧的改变而造成最佳记录波形的改变。为了根据这些变化来调整记录波形,在DVD装置中,在PCA区中执行测试记录,以便调整记录波形的参数。像管理信息的更新那样,每次执行测试记录,都减少该PCA区的剩余容量。根据执行测试记录的方式,在该数据区的整个区中进行的记录被完成之前,该PCA区可能不再有未记录区。当该PCA区域中不存在未记录区时,必须停止记录操作,或必须在不调整记录波形的条件下记录该用户数据和管理信息。不能从其上以未调整的记录波形记录了信息的一部分中再现充分可靠的信息。On the other hand, in the above-mentioned DVD device, the recording waveform is changed. Depending on the recording position on the disk, the optimum recording waveform changes due to temperature or changes in old and new. In order to adjust the recording waveform according to these changes, in the DVD device, test recording is performed in the PCA area in order to adjust the parameters of the recording waveform. Like updating of management information, the remaining capacity of the PCA area is reduced every time test recording is performed. Depending on the manner in which test recording is performed, the PCA area may have no more unrecorded areas until the recording in the entire area of the data area is completed. When there is no unrecorded area in the PCA area, the recording operation must be stopped, or the user data and management information must be recorded without adjusting the recording waveform. Sufficiently reliable information cannot be reproduced from a portion on which information is recorded with an unadjusted recording waveform.
为了防止RMA区的短缺或PCA区的短缺,可以预先保留大容量的RMA区或PCA区。但是在此情况中,将减小数据区的容量。结果是,即使该RMA区和PCA区中的未记录区有充足的剩余,但该数据区的容量有可能不够大。In order to prevent the shortage of the RMA area or the shortage of the PCA area, a large-capacity RMA area or PCA area may be reserved in advance. In this case, however, the capacity of the data area will be reduced. As a result, even if there are sufficient remaining unrecorded areas in the RMA area and PCA area, the capacity of the data area may not be large enough.
另一方面,为了增加记录容量,已经提出了下一代DVD标准,其中通过缩短激光束的波长或增加数值孔径NA来缩窄聚束光点的直径,以便增加记录容量。作为增加记录容量的方法,还提出了单面多层存储介质。即,除了缩窄聚束光点之外,还在盘的一面上形成多个记录层,在光轴方向中移动物镜来把光束聚焦在各个记录层上,以便能在各个记录层上执行记录和再现(例如参见日本专利申请公开2004-206849(第0036到0041段,图1))。On the other hand, in order to increase the recording capacity, a next-generation DVD standard has been proposed in which the diameter of the beam spot is narrowed by shortening the wavelength of the laser beam or increasing the numerical aperture NA in order to increase the recording capacity. As a method of increasing the recording capacity, single-sided multilayer storage media have also been proposed. That is, in addition to narrowing the condensed spot, a plurality of recording layers are formed on one side of the disc, and the objective lens is moved in the direction of the optical axis to focus the light beam on the respective recording layers, so that recording and recording can be performed on the respective recording layers. reproduction (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-206849 (paragraphs 0036 to 0041, FIG. 1 )).
该单面多层存储介质具有在单面单层存储介质中不出现的称为层间串扰的问题。为了描述的简化,将示例一个双层介质。在单面双层存储介质上,激光束从单个读出表面聚焦在各个层上。靠近读出表面的层被称之为层0,而远离读出表面的层被称之为层1。当把光束聚焦在每一层上时,某些激光束被照射在除目标层之外的一个层上。因此,来自除该目标层之外的层的反射光束被与进行再现之时的再现信号混合,发生层间串扰。该层间串扰不仅在再现之时引起问题,而且在记录之时引起问题。The single-sided multilayer storage medium has a problem called interlayer crosstalk that does not occur in the single-sided single-layer storage medium. For simplicity of description, a two-layer medium will be exemplified. On single-sided, dual-layer storage media, a laser beam is focused on the individual layers from a single readout surface. The layer closer to the readout surface is referred to as
发明内容Contents of the invention
本发明的一个目的是提供一种信息存储介质,该信息存储介质防止由来自除目标层之外的层的反射光束引起的层间串扰层的发生。An object of the present invention is to provide an information storage medium that prevents the occurrence of an interlayer crosstalk layer caused by a reflected light beam from a layer other than a target layer.
本发明的一个目的是提供一种信息记录方法,该信息记录方法防止由来自除目标层之外的层的反射光束引起的层间串扰层的发生。An object of the present invention is to provide an information recording method that prevents the occurrence of an interlayer crosstalk layer caused by a reflected light beam from a layer other than a target layer.
本发明的一个目的是提供一种信息记录设备,该信息记录设备防止由来自除目标层之外的层的反射光束引起的层间串扰层的发生。An object of the present invention is to provide an information recording apparatus that prevents the occurrence of an interlayer crosstalk layer caused by a reflected light beam from a layer other than a target layer.
根据本发明一个实施例,一种在信息存储介质上记录信息的信息记录方法,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;在数据导出区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧;以及在与该保护轨道带相对应的该层0的数据导入区中排列基准码带、R物理格式信息带、记录位置管理带、以及驱动测试带,该方法包括步骤:在对数据导入区的驱动测试带进行填充并对该记录位置管理带、该数据导入区的基准码带、以及该数据导入区的R物理格式信息带进行记录之后,执行该数据导出区的保护轨道带的填充。According to an embodiment of the present invention, an information recording method for recording information on an information storage medium, in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种在信息存储介质上记录信息的信息记录方法,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;在层0的中间区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧;以及与该保护轨道带相对应的该层1的中间区包括保护轨道带,该方法包括步骤:在对该层0的中间区的保护轨道带进行填充之后,执行该层1的中间区的保护轨道带的填充。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording method for recording information on an information storage medium, in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种在信息存储介质上记录信息的信息记录方法,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;以及在该层0的中间区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧,该方法包括步骤:在该层0的数据区中的数据记录和该层0的中间区的保护轨道带的填充之后,执行该层1的数据区中的数据记录。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording method for recording information on an information storage medium, in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种将信息记录在信息存储介质上的信息记录设备,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;在数据导出区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧;以及在与该保护轨道带相对应的该层0的数据导入区中排列基准码带、R物理格式信息带、记录位置管理带、以及驱动测试带,该设备包括:第一填充单元,其执行该数据导入区的驱动测试带的填充;记录单元,其记录该数据导入区的记录位置管理带、以及该数据导入区的基准码带和R物理格式信息带;和第二填充单元,其在由该第一填充单元进行的填充以及由该记录单元进行的记录之后,执行该数据导出区的保护轨道带的填充。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording apparatus for recording information on an information storage medium in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种将信息记录在信息存储介质上的信息记录设备,在该信息存储介质中从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;在层0的中间区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧;以及与该保护轨道带相对应的该层1的中间区包括保护轨道带,该设备包括:第一填充单元,其执行该层0的中间区的保护轨道带的填充;以及第二填充单元,其在由该第一填充单元的填充之后,执行该层1的中间区的保护轨道带的填充。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording apparatus for recording information on an information storage medium in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种将信息记录在信息存储介质上的信息记录设备,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;以及在层0的中间区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧,该设备包括:第一记录单元,其将数据记录在该层0的数据区中;填充单元,其执行该层0的中间区的保护轨道带的填充;以及第二记录单元,其在由该第一记录单元进行的记录和由该填充单元进行的填充之后,将数据记录在该层1的数据区中。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording apparatus for recording information on an information storage medium in which
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种信息记录方法,包括步骤:把信息记录在数据导入区的记录管理数据复制带的一个导入区中;以及把记录位置管理数据记录在该数据导入区的一个记录位置管理带中。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information recording method includes the steps of: recording information in a lead-in area of a recording management data duplication tape in the data lead-in area; and recording recording position management data in a lead-in area of the data lead-in area One recording location manages the zone.
根据本发明的另一实施例,一种信息存储介质,其中把信息记录在数据导入区的记录管理数据复制带的一个导入区中;以及把记录位置管理数据记录在该数据导入区的一个记录位置管理带中。According to another embodiment of the present invention, an information storage medium wherein information is recorded in a lead-in area of a record management data copy tape of a data lead-in area; and recording position management data is recorded in a record of the data lead-in area In the location management belt.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A和1B是示出标准相移记录薄膜结构和有机染料记录薄膜结构的示例图;1A and 1B are exemplary diagrams showing the structure of a standard phase shift recording film and the structure of an organic dye recording film;
图2是一个示例图,示出信息存储介质组成成分的具体内容“(A3)偶氮基-金属络合物+Cu”的具体结构式;Fig. 2 is an exemplary diagram showing the specific structural formula of the specific content of the composition of the information storage medium "(A3) azo-metal complex + Cu";
图3是一个示例图,示出用于当前DVD-R盘的有机染料记录材料的光吸收频谱特性的实例;Fig. 3 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the light absorption spectrum characteristic of an organic dye recording material used in a current DVD-R disc;
图4A和图4B是示例图,每个均示出了在相移记录薄膜和有机染料记录薄膜中的预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10中形成的记录薄膜的形状的比较;4A and 4B are exemplary diagrams each showing a comparison of the shapes of recording films formed in a pre-pit region or a
图5A和5B为示例图,每个均示出在使用传统有机染料材料的一次写入型信息存储介质中在记录标记9的位置处的透光基片2-2的具体塑性变形状态;5A and 5B are illustrative diagrams each showing a specific plastic deformation state of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 at the position of the
图6A、6B和6C是示例图,涉及了其中容易地建立了记录原理的记录薄膜的形状或尺寸;6A, 6B and 6C are exemplary diagrams relating to the shape or size of a recording film in which the recording principle is easily established;
图7A、7B和7C是示例图,每个均示出记录薄膜的形状和尺寸;7A, 7B and 7C are exemplary diagrams each showing the shape and size of a recording film;
图8是示出根据本发明的信息记录/再现设备的一个实施例的示例图;FIG. 8 is an exemplary diagram showing an embodiment of an information recording/reproducing apparatus according to the present invention;
图9是示出包括图8所示同步码位置采样单元145的外围部分详细结构的示例图;FIG. 9 is an exemplary diagram showing a detailed structure of a peripheral part including a synchronization code
图10是示出从“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜检测的检测信号极性的示例图;FIG. 10 is an exemplary diagram showing polarities of detection signals detected from "H-L" recording films and "L-H" recording films;
图11是示出在“L-H”记录薄膜的未记录状态下的光吸收频谱特性的示例图;FIG. 11 is an exemplary graph showing light absorption spectrum characteristics in an unrecorded state of an "L-H" recording film;
图12是示出在“L-H”记录薄膜的记录状态和未记录状态下的光吸收频谱特性的改变的示例图;12 is an exemplary graph showing changes in light absorption spectral characteristics in a recorded state and an unrecorded state of an "L-H" recording film;
图13是用于“L-H”记录薄膜的阳离子部分的菁蓝染料的示例性通用结构式;Figure 13 is an exemplary general structural formula of a cyanine dye for the cationic portion of an "L-H" recording film;
图14是示出在信息存储介质的内部结构和尺寸的例子的示例图;FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of an internal structure and dimensions of an information storage medium;
图15A、15B、15C和15D是示例图,每幅图均示出位于一次写入型信息存储介质中的RMD复制带RDZ和记录位置管理带RMZ的内部数据结构;15A, 15B, 15C and 15D are exemplary diagrams each showing the internal data structure of the RMD duplication zone RDZ and recording position management zone RMZ in the write-once type information storage medium;
图16A、16B、16C和16D是示例图,每幅图均示出不同的另一实施例;16A, 16B, 16C and 16D are exemplary diagrams, each showing a different alternative embodiment;
图17A、17B、17C和17D是示例图,每幅图均示出在一次写入型信息存储介质中的边界区结构;17A, 17B, 17C, and 17D are exemplary diagrams each showing a boundary area structure in a write-once information storage medium;
图18A、18B、18C和18D是示例图,每幅图均示出控制数据带CDZ和R物理信息带RIZ的内部数据结构;18A, 18B, 18C and 18D are exemplary diagrams each showing the internal data structure of the control data zone CDZ and the R physical information zone RIZ;
图19是示例图,示出记录在数据区DTA上的分配位置信息中的详细信息的内容的比较;FIG. 19 is an exemplary diagram showing a comparison of contents of detailed information in allocation location information recorded on a data area DTA;
图20是示例图,示出记录位置管理数据RMD的更新条件;FIG. 20 is an exemplary diagram showing update conditions of recording location management data RMD;
图21示出摆频调制中的180度调相和NRZ技术的示例图;Figure 21 shows an example diagram of 180-degree phase modulation and NRZ techniques in wobble frequency modulation;
图22是示出地址位区中的摆动形状和地址位之间关系的示例图;Fig. 22 is an exemplary diagram showing the relationship between the wobble shape in the address bit area and the address bits;
图23A、23B、23C和23D是示例图,示出摆动同步模式和摆动数据单元的内部的位置关系的比较;23A, 23B, 23C and 23D are exemplary diagrams showing a comparison of the internal positional relationship of the wobble synchronization pattern and the wobble data unit;
图24A、24B、24C和24D是示例图,关于在一次写入型信息存储介质中的摆动地址信息的内部数据结构;24A, 24B, 24C and 24D are exemplary diagrams about an internal data structure of wobble address information in a write-once type information storage medium;
图25是在一次写入型信息存储介质上的调制区的设置位置的示例图;Fig. 25 is an example diagram of the setting position of the modulation area on the write-once type information storage medium;
图26A、26B、26C和26D是示例图,每幅图均示出在一次写入型信息存储介质上的物理段中的调制区的设置位置;26A, 26B, 26C and 26D are exemplary diagrams each showing the setting positions of the modulation areas in the physical segment on the write-once information storage medium;
图27A和27B是示例图,每幅图均示出“L-H”记录薄膜中的符合H格式的检测信号电平的另一实施例;27A and 27B are exemplary diagrams each showing another embodiment of the detection signal level conforming to the H format in an "L-H" recording film;
图28是示例图,示出BCA数据结构;Figure 28 is an exemplary diagram showing a BCA data structure;
图29A、29B、29C、29D、29E、29F和29G是示例图,每幅图均示出记录在BCA数据区中的BCA信息的内容的例子;29A, 29B, 29C, 29D, 29E, 29F and 29G are exemplary diagrams, each showing an example of the content of the BCA information recorded in the BCA data area;
图30A、30B、30C、30D和30E是示例图,每幅图均示出一次写入型信息存储介质的摆动地址格式;30A, 30B, 30C, 30D and 30E are exemplary diagrams each showing a wobble address format of a write-once type information storage medium;
图31示出根据本发明第二实施例的双层可记录盘的示例截面图;31 shows an exemplary cross-sectional view of a dual-layer recordable disc according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图32是示例图,示出在盘的一层的读出和写入的同时在另一层上的光束;Figure 32 is an exemplary diagram showing a light beam on one layer of the disc while reading and writing on another layer;
图33示出了示例图,示出在最坏情况下防止另一层的影响的余隙(clearance);Figure 33 shows an example graph showing the clearance (clearance) to prevent the influence of another layer in the worst case;
图34示出了示例图,示出层0上的物理扇区号及层1上的相应的可记录物理扇区;Figure 34 shows an example diagram showing physical sector numbers on
图35示出了示例图,示出在物理扇区数中的余隙;Figure 35 shows an example diagram showing clearances in the number of physical sectors;
图36示出了示例图,示出一次写入型记录介质的通用参数;FIG. 36 shows an exemplary graph showing general parameters of a write-once recording medium;
图37示出了示例图,示出导入区和导出区的概要图示;Figure 37 shows an example diagram showing a schematic representation of a lead-in area and a lead-out area;
图38示出了示例图,示出原始中间区的概要图示;Figure 38 shows an example diagram showing a schematic representation of the original intermediate region;
图39示出了示出轨道路径的示例图;Figure 39 shows an example diagram showing orbital paths;
图40示出了示例图,示出物理扇区布局和编号;图41示出了示例图,示出在WAP(在周期位置中的摆动地址)中的地址字段的布局;Figure 40 shows an example diagram showing the physical sector layout and numbering; Figure 41 shows an example diagram showing the layout of the address field in a WAP (wobble address in cycle position);
图42示出了示例图,示出同步字段中的主要WDU(摆动数据单元);Figure 42 shows an example diagram showing the main WDU (Wobble Data Unit) in the sync field;
图43示出了示例图,示出地址字段中的主要WDU;Figure 43 shows an example diagram showing the main WDU in the address field;
图44示出了示例图,示出同步字段中的次要的WDU;Figure 44 shows an example diagram showing a secondary WDU in a synchronization field;
图45示出了示例图,示出地址字段中的次要的WDU;Figure 45 shows an example diagram showing a secondary WDU in the address field;
图46示出了示例图,示出统一字段中的WDU;Figure 46 shows an example diagram showing WDUs in the unified field;
图47示出了示例图,示出导入区结构;Figure 47 shows an example diagram showing the lead-in structure;
图48示出了示例图,示出控制数据带的结构;Figure 48 shows an example diagram showing the structure of a control data zone;
图49示出了示例图,示出控制数据部分中的数据段的结构;Fig. 49 shows an example diagram showing the structure of a data segment in a control data section;
图50示出了示出物理格式信息的示例图;FIG. 50 shows an example diagram showing physical format information;
图51示出数据区分配的示例图;Figure 51 shows an example diagram of data area allocation;
图52示出了示例图,示出RMD(记录管理数据)复制带的布局;FIG. 52 shows an example diagram showing the layout of an RMD (Recording Management Data) duplication zone;
图53示出了示例图,示出记录管理数据的数据结构;Fig. 53 shows an example diagram showing the data structure of record management data;
图54示出了示出RMD字段0的示例图;Figure 54 shows an example diagram showing
图55示出了示出数据区分配的示例图;Fig. 55 shows an example diagram showing allocation of data areas;
图56示出了示出更新的数据区分配的示例图;Figure 56 shows an example diagram showing updated data area allocation;
图57示出了示出驱动测试带的示例图;Figure 57 shows an example diagram showing driving a test strip;
图58示出了示出RMD字段1(部分1)的示例图;Figure 58 shows an example diagram showing RMD Field 1 (Part 1);
图59示出了示出RMD字段1(部分2)的示例图;Figure 59 shows an example diagram showing RMD Field 1 (Part 2);
图60示出了示出RMD字段4的示例图;Figure 60 shows an example diagram showing
图61示出了示出RMD字段5到RMD字段21的示例图;FIG. 61 shows an example diagram showing
图62示出了示例图,示出在R-物理格式信息带中的物理扇区块的结构;FIG. 62 shows an example diagram showing the structure of a physical sector block in an R-physical format information zone;
图63示出了示出物理格式信息的示例图;FIG. 63 shows an example diagram showing physical format information;
图64示出了示出数据区分配的示例图;Fig. 64 shows an example diagram showing data area allocation;
图65A、65B和65C是示例图,示出扩展之前/之后的中间区的结构;65A, 65B and 65C are exemplary diagrams showing structures of intermediate regions before/after expansion;
图66示出了示例图,示出扩展之前的中间区的结构;Fig. 66 shows an example diagram showing the structure of the middle area before expansion;
图67示出了示例图,示出在小尺寸扩展之后的中间区的结构;FIG. 67 shows an example diagram showing the structure of the middle region after small size expansion;
图68示出了示例图,示出在大尺寸扩展之后的中间区的结构;Fig. 68 shows an example diagram showing the structure of the middle region after large-scale expansion;
图69示出了示例图,示出保护轨道带中的物理扇区数;Figure 69 shows an example diagram showing the number of physical sectors in the guard track zone;
图70示出了示例图,示出导出区的结构;Figure 70 shows an example diagram showing the structure of a lead-out area;
图71A和71B示出了示出两个相邻轨道的概要示意的示例图;Figures 71A and 71B show example diagrams showing schematic diagrams of two adjacent tracks;
图72示出了结束符的开始PSN和结束PSN的示例图;Figure 72 shows an example diagram of a start PSN and an end PSN of a terminator;
图73A和73B是示出了轨道#i+1的类型选择的示例图;73A and 73B are diagrams showing examples of type selection of track #i+1;
图74示出了示例图,示出选择了类型3物理段的情况的实例;FIG. 74 shows an example diagram showing an example of a case where a
图75示出了示例图,示出选择该物理段的过程的实例;Figure 75 shows an example diagram showing an example of the process of selecting the physical segment;
图76示出了示例图,示出空白盘的记录过程的实例;Fig. 76 shows an example diagram showing an example of a recording process of a blank disc;
图77示出了示例图,示出在层1上用于记录用户数据的最终区结构的实例;FIG. 77 shows an example diagram showing an example of the final area structure for recording user data on
图78A和78B示出了示例图,示出在层1上用于不记录用户数据的最终区结构的实例;78A and 78B show exemplary diagrams showing an example of the final area structure for not recording user data on
图79示出空白盘的另一记录过程的示例图;Figure 79 shows an exemplary diagram of another recording process of a blank disc;
图80示出空白盘的又一记录过程的示例图;Figure 80 shows an example diagram of still another recording process of a blank disc;
图81示出结束符的记录过程的示例图;Figure 81 shows an exemplary diagram of the recording process of terminators;
图82示出结束符的另一记录过程的示例图。Fig. 82 is a diagram showing an example of another recording process of terminators.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
随后将参照附图描述根据本发明的各个实施例。通常,根据本发明的一个实施例,一种在信息存储介质上记录信息的信息记录方法,在该信息存储介质中,从读出表面开始顺序地排列作为记录层的层0和层1;从该层0内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导入区、数据导入区、数据区、和中间区;从该层1内圆周开始顺序地排列系统导出区、数据导出区、数据区、和中间区;在数据导出区中排列保护轨道带,该保护轨道带位于数据区一侧;以及在与该保护轨道带相对应的该层0的数据导入区中排列基准码带、R物理格式信息带、记录位置管理带、以及驱动测试带,该方法包括步骤:在对数据导入区的驱动测试带进行填充并对该记录位置管理带、该数据导入区的基准码带、以及该数据导入区的R物理格式信息带进行记录之后,执行该数据导出区的保护轨道带的填充。随后将参考附图来描述根据本发明的记录介质和对根据本发明的记录介质进行记录和再现的方法。Various embodiments according to the present invention will be described later with reference to the accompanying drawings. In general, according to an embodiment of the present invention, an information recording method for recording information on an information storage medium in which
本发明的特性和有益效果的总结SUMMARY OF THE CHARACTERISTICS AND BENEFITS OF THE INVENTION
1)轨道间距/位间距和最佳记录功率之间的关系:1) Relationship between track pitch/bit pitch and optimum recording power:
一般的情况是,在利用基片变形的记录原理的情况下,如果缩窄轨道间距,则将出现“交叉写入″或″交叉擦除”,并且如果缩窄位间距,则将出现码间串扰。如在本实施例中,由于是以无基片变形的记录原理的作出设计,所以结果是有可能通过缩窄轨道间距/位间距来实现高密度。另外,以上述的记录原理同时改进了记录的灵敏度,由于能够压低设置最佳记录功率,从而实现高速记录和将记录薄膜分为多层。Generally speaking, in the case of using the recording principle of substrate deformation, if the track pitch is narrowed, "cross writing" or "cross erasing" will occur, and if the bit pitch is narrowed, the code gap will appear. crosstalk. As in the present embodiment, since the design is made on the principle of recording without deformation of the substrate, it turns out that it is possible to realize high density by narrowing the track pitch/bit pitch. In addition, the recording sensitivity is improved simultaneously with the above-mentioned recording principle, and since the optimum recording power can be set down, high-speed recording and recording film can be divided into multiple layers.
2)在用620nm或更小的波长进行的光学记录中,由多个小ECC块的组合而组成一个ECC块,并且在两个扇区中的数据ID信息的每一项被放置在与另一ECC块不同的一个小ECC块中:2) In optical recording with a wavelength of 620 nm or less, one ECC block is composed of a combination of a plurality of small ECC blocks, and each item of data ID information in two sectors is placed in the same position as the other An ECC block differs from a small ECC block in:
根据本实施例,如图1B所示,进行记录的原理是在记录层3-2中的局部光特征的改变,并因此在进行记录之时,该记录层3-2中达到的温度将低于由透光基片2-2的塑性变形、或由有机染料记录材料的热分解或气化(蒸发)作用的传统记录原理所达到的温度。因此,在重放时记录层3-2中的达到温度和记录温度之间的差值是一个小值。在本实施例中,在ECC块中设计了在小ECC块和数据ID位置分配之间的交织处理,从而提高在反复重放之时的记录薄膜劣变情况下的再现可靠性。According to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1B, the principle of recording is the change of the local optical characteristics in the recording layer 3-2, and therefore at the time of recording, the temperature reached in the recording layer 3-2 will be low. At the temperature achieved by the conventional recording principle of plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, or thermal decomposition or gasification (evaporation) of an organic dye recording material. Therefore, the difference between the attained temperature and the recording temperature in the recording layer 3-2 at the time of reproduction is a small value. In this embodiment, interleave processing between small ECC blocks and data ID position allocation is devised in the ECC blocks, thereby improving reproduction reliability in the case of deterioration of the recording film at the time of repeated reproduction.
3)用具有比620nm短的波长的光执行记录,并且一个记录部分具有比非记录部分高的反射系数:3) Recording is performed with light having a wavelength shorter than 620 nm, and a recorded portion has a higher reflectance than a non-recorded portion:
在普通有机染料材料的吸收频谱特征的影响下,在比620nm短的波长的光的控制下,显著地降低了光吸收率,并且降低了记录密度。因此,需要很大的曝光量来产生作为传统DVD-R中的记录原理的基片变形。通过采用“低到高(下文中缩写成L-H)有机染料记录材料”,其反射系数比在如在本实施例中记录的一个部分(记录标记)中的未记录部分的反射系数显著提高,通过使用“由电子键合的解离引起的褪色反应”形成记录标记来消除一个基片变形,并且提高记录灵敏度。Under the influence of the absorption spectrum characteristics of ordinary organic dye materials, under the control of light with a wavelength shorter than 620nm, the light absorption rate is significantly reduced, and the recording density is reduced. Therefore, a large amount of exposure is required to cause deformation of the substrate which is the recording principle in the conventional DVD-R. By adopting "low to high (hereinafter abbreviated as L-H) organic dye recording material", its reflectance is remarkably improved than that of an unrecorded portion in one portion (recorded mark) as recorded in this embodiment, by Recording marks are formed using a "fading reaction caused by dissociation of electron bonding" to eliminate a substrate deformation and improve recording sensitivity.
4)“L-H”有机染料记录薄膜和PSK/FSK调制摆动沟槽:4) "L-H" organic dye recording film and PSK/FSK modulation wobble groove:
能够容易地获得在重放时的摆动同步,并且提高摆动地址的再现可靠性。Wobble synchronization at the time of playback can be easily obtained, and reproduction reliability of wobble addresses can be improved.
5)“L-H”有机染料记录薄膜和再现信号调制度规则:5) "L-H" organic dye recording film and reproduction signal modulation rules:
能够保证与来自记录标记的再现信号相关的高C/N比,并且提高来自记录标记的再现可靠性。It is possible to secure a high C/N ratio with respect to a reproduction signal from a recording mark, and to improve reproduction reliability from a recording mark.
6)在“L-H”有机染料记录薄膜和反射镜部分中的光反射系数范围:6) Range of light reflection coefficient in "L-H" organic dye recording film and reflector part:
能够保证关于来自系统导入区SYLDI的再现信号的高C/N比,并且能够保证高再现可靠性。A high C/N ratio can be secured with respect to a reproduced signal from the system lead-in area SYLDI, and high reproduction reliability can be secured.
7)在寻道时的来自未记录区的“L-H”有机染料记录薄膜和光反射系数范围:7) "L-H" organic dye recording film and light reflectance range from unrecorded area at the time of seeking:
能够保证关于在一个未记录区中的摆动检测信号的高C/N比,并且能够保证关于摆动地址信息的高再现可靠性。A high C/N ratio can be secured with respect to a wobble detection signal in an unrecorded area, and high reproduction reliability can be secured with respect to wobble address information.
8)“L-H”有机染料记录薄膜和摆动检测信号幅度范围:8) "L-H" organic dye recording film and swing detection signal amplitude range:
能够保证关于摆动检测信号的高C/N比,并且能够保证关于摆动地址信息的高再现可靠性。A high C/N ratio with respect to the wobble detection signal can be secured, and high reproduction reliability with respect to wobble address information can be secured.
《内容的表》"Table of Contents"
第0章:波长和本实施例之间的关系描述Chapter 0: Description of the relationship between wavelength and this embodiment
用在本实施例中的波长The wavelength used in this example
第1章:在本实施例中的信息存储介质的组成成分的组合说明:Chapter 1: Description of the combination of components of the information storage medium in this embodiment:
第2章:在相变记录薄膜和有机染料记录薄膜之间的再现信号中的差异说明Chapter 2: Explanation of difference in reproduction signal between phase change recording film and organic dye recording film
2-1)记录/记录薄膜的原理上的差别以及关于再现信号的产生的基本概念中的差别...λmax write的定义2-1) The difference in principle of recording/recording film and the difference in basic concept about generation of reproduced signal...Definition of λ max write
2-2)在预制凹坑/预制沟槽区中的光反射层形状的差别2-2) Difference in shape of light reflection layer in pre-pit/pre-groove area
光反射层形状(在旋涂和溅射蒸发沉淀中的差别)以及对于再现信号的影响。Light reflective layer shape (difference in spin coating and sputter evaporation deposition) and its influence on the reproduced signal.
第3章:在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜特性说明Chapter 3: Description of organic dye recording film characteristics in this example
3-1)与在使用传统有机染料材料的一次写入型记录薄膜(DVD-R)中的高密度实现相关的若干问题3-1) Several issues related to high density realization in write-once recording film (DVD-R) using conventional organic dye materials
3-2)对在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜的共有基本特征的说明:3-2) Explanation of common basic features of the organic dye recording film in this embodiment:
记录层厚度的下限值、实现本发明有益效果的沟道位长度/轨道间距的下限值、反复回放允许计数的下限值、最佳再现功率的下限值,The lower limit value of the recording layer thickness, the lower limit value of the channel bit length/track pitch for realizing the beneficial effects of the present invention, the lower limit value of the allowable count of repeated playback, and the lower limit value of the optimal reproduction power,
沟槽宽度和槽岸宽度之间的比率...与摆动地址格式的关系Ratio between groove width and land width...relationship with wobble address format
沟槽部分和槽岸部分之间的记录层厚度中的关系Relationship in recording layer thickness between groove portion and land portion
提高记录信息纠错能力以及与PRML组合的技术Technology for Improving Error Correction Capability of Recorded Information and Combining with PRML
3-3)对于在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜共有的记录特性3-3) Recording characteristics common to the organic dye recording films in this embodiment
最佳记录功率的上限值The upper limit value of the best recording power
3-4)与本实施例中的“高到低(下文缩写成H-L)”的记录薄膜特性相关的说明:3-4) Explanations related to the recording film characteristics of "high to low (hereinafter abbreviated as H-L)" in this embodiment:
未记录层中的反射系数的上限值Upper limit value of reflection coefficient in unrecorded layer
λmax write的值和λlmax之间的关系(在未记录/记录位置的吸收率最大波长)Relationship between the value of λ max write and λl max (absorption rate maximum wavelength at unrecorded/recorded position)
在未记录/记录位置的反射系数和调制度的相关值以及对再现波长的光吸收值...n·k范围Correlation values of reflection coefficient and modulation degree at unrecorded/recorded positions and optical absorption values for reproduced wavelengths...n k range
在要求的分辨率特征和记录层厚度之间的上限值中的关系The relationship between the required resolution characteristics and the upper limit value of the recording layer thickness
第4章:再现设备或记录/再现设备和记录条件/再现电路的说明Chapter 4: Description of Reproducing Devices or Recording/Reproducing Devices and Recording Conditions/Reproducing Circuits
4-1)在本实施例中的再现设备或记录/再现设备的结构和特征的说明:使用波长范围,NA值,和RIM强度4-1) Explanation of structure and characteristics of reproducing device or recording/reproducing device in this embodiment: use wavelength range, NA value, and RIM intensity
4-2)在本实施例中的再现电路的说明4-2) Description of the reproduction circuit in this embodiment
4-3)在本实施例中的记录条件的说明4-3) Description of recording conditions in this embodiment
第5章:在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜具体的实例说明Chapter 5: Description of specific examples of organic dye recording films in this example
5-1)与本实施例中的“L-H”记录薄膜相关的特性说明5-1) Description of characteristics related to "L-H" recording film in this example
记录原理以及在未记录/记录位置的反射系数和调制度Recording principle and reflection coefficient and modulation at unrecorded/recorded positions
5-2)与在本实施例中的“L-H”记录薄膜相关的光吸收频谱的特性:5-2) Characteristics of the light absorption spectrum associated with the "L-H" recording film in this embodiment:
用于设置最大吸收波长λmax write、Al405的值和Ah405的值的条件Conditions for setting the maximum absorption wavelength λ max write , the value of Al 405 and the value of Ah 405
5-3)阴离子部分:偶氮基金属络合物+阳离子部分:染料5-3) Anion part: azo metal complex + cationic part: dye
5-4)“铜”作为偶氮基金属络合物+主金属的使用:5-4) Use of "copper" as an azo-based metal complex + main metal:
被记录之后的光吸收频谱在“H-L”记录薄膜中变宽,而在“L-H”记录薄膜中变窄。The light absorption spectrum after being recorded is broadened in the "H-L" recording film and narrowed in the "L-H" recording film.
在记录之前与记录之后的最大吸收波长改变量的上限值:Upper limit value of change in maximum absorption wavelength before and after recording:
在记录之前与记录之后的最大吸收波长改变量是小值,而在最大吸收波长的吸收率改变。The amount of change in the maximum absorption wavelength before and after recording is a small value, and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength changes.
第6章:与在敷层型有机染料记录薄膜中和在光反射层界面上的预制沟槽形状/预制凹坑形状相关的说明Chapter 6: Explanation related to pregroove shape/prepit shape in coating type organic dye recording film and on light reflection layer interface
6-1)光反射层(材料和厚度):6-1) Light reflection layer (material and thickness):
厚度范围和钝化结构...记录的原理以及抵抗劣变的对策(信号被劣变比基片变形或空腔更容易)Thickness range and passivation structure...Principles of recording and countermeasures against degradation (signals are degraded more easily than substrate deformation or cavities)
6-2)与在敷层型有机染料记录薄膜中和在光反射层界面上的预制凹坑形状相关的说明:6-2) Explanation related to the pre-pit shape in the coating type organic dye recording film and on the interface of the light reflection layer:
通过加宽系统导入区中的轨道间距/沟道位间距实现的有益效果:Benefits achieved by widening the track pitch/channel bit pitch in the system lead-in area:
系统导入区中的再现信号幅度和分辨率:Reproduced signal amplitude and resolution in system lead-in area:
关于在光反射层4-2中的槽岸部分和预制凹坑部分的阶跃(step)量的规则:Rules regarding the step amounts of the land portion and the pre-pit portion in the light reflection layer 4-2:
6-3)与在敷层型有机染料记录薄膜中和在光反射层界面上的预制沟槽形状相关的说明:6-3) Explanation related to the shape of the pregroove in the coating type organic dye recording film and on the interface of the light reflection layer:
关于在光反射层4-2中的槽岸部分和预制沟槽部分的阶跃量的规则:Rules about the step amounts of the land portion and the pre-groove portion in the light reflection layer 4-2:
推挽信号幅度范围:Push-pull signal amplitude range:
摆动信号幅度范围(与摆频调制系统组合)Wobble signal amplitude range (combined with wobble frequency modulation system)
第7章:第一个下代光盘:HD DVD系统(下文中称为H格式)的说明:Chapter 7: Description of the first next-generation disc: HD DVD system (hereinafter referred to as H format):
记录的原理以及抵抗再现信号劣变的对策(信号劣变比基片变形或空腔更容易):Principles of recording and countermeasures against reproduction signal degradation (signal degradation is easier than substrate deformation or cavities):
纠错码(ECC)结构,PRML(部分响应最大似然)系统:Error Correcting Code (ECC) structure, PRML (Partial Response Maximum Likelihood) system:
在沟槽中的宽平坦区和摆动地址格式之间的关系。Relationship between wide lands in trenches and wobble address format.
在一次写入记录中,在为非数据区的VFO区中执行重写。In write-once recording, rewriting is performed in the VFO area which is a non-data area.
在重写区中的直流成份改变的影响被降低。尤其是,对于“L-H”记录薄膜的有益效果显著。The influence of DC component changes in the overwritten area is reduced. Especially, the beneficial effect is remarkable for "L-H" recording film.
现将给出本实施例的描述。A description will now be given of the present embodiment.
第0章:使用波长和本实施例之间关系的说明Chapter 0: Explanation of the relationship between the wavelength used and this embodiment
作为通过使用用于记录介质的有机染料材料获得的一次写入型光盘,已可商业提供使用780nm记录/再现激光源波长的CD-R盘和使用650nm记录/再现激光束波长的DVD-R盘。而且,在已实现高密度的下一代一次写入型信息存储介质中,已经建议在H格式(D1)和B格式(D2)任一个中使用接近405nm(即在355nm到455nm的范围中)的激光源波长来进行记录或再现。在使用有机染料材料的一次写入型信息存储介质中,由于光源波长的轻微改变将引起记录/再现特性敏感地改变。在原理上讲,密度的增加反比于用于记录/再现的激光源波长的平方,因而希望把更短的激光源波长用于记录/再现。可是由于上述的原因,用于CD-R盘或DVD-R盘的有机染料材料不能被用作405nm的一次写入型信息存储介质。而且,由于405nm已接近紫外线波长,所以容易出现“能被容易地以405nm的光束记录”的一种记录材料由于紫外线的照射而引起特性的轻易改变的缺点,因而缺乏长期的稳定性。随着要使用有机染料材料的不同而使得特性彼此显著不同,并因此难于总体上确定这些染料材料的特性。As write-once optical discs obtained by using organic dye materials for recording media, CD-R discs using a recording/reproducing laser source wavelength of 780 nm and DVD-R discs using a recording/reproducing laser beam wavelength of 650 nm have been commercially available . Also, in the next-generation write-once type information storage medium that has achieved high density, it has been proposed to use a material close to 405nm (that is, in the range of 355nm to 455nm) in either of the H format (D1) and the B format (D2). Laser source wavelength for recording or reproduction. In a write-once information storage medium using an organic dye material, recording/reproducing characteristics are sensitively changed due to a slight change in the wavelength of a light source. In principle, the increase in density is inversely proportional to the square of the wavelength of the laser light source used for recording/reproduction, so it is desirable to use a shorter wavelength of the laser light source for recording/reproduction. However, organic dye materials used for CD-R discs or DVD-R discs cannot be used as 405 nm write-once type information storage media for the above reasons. Moreover, since 405nm is close to the wavelength of ultraviolet rays, a recording material that "can be easily recorded with a light beam of 405nm" has the disadvantage of easily changing characteristics due to irradiation of ultraviolet rays, and thus lacks long-term stability. The properties are significantly different from each other depending on the organic dye materials to be used, and thus it is difficult to determine the properties of these dye materials as a whole.
作为一个示例,将通过具体的波长来描述上述特性。就以波长650nm的光束优化的有机染料记录材料而言,将被使用的光变得比620nm短,记录/再现特性显著地改变。因此,在以短于620nm波长的一光束执行记录/再现操作的情况中,需要重新开发对于记录光或再现光的光源波长来说属最佳的一种有机染料材料。能以波长短于530nm的光束容易地执行记录的一种有机染料材料将会由于紫外线照射的原因而轻易引起特征劣变,故而缺乏长期的稳定性。在本实施例中,将对于与适合在接近405nm使用的一种有机记录材料相关的一个实施例来给出描述。即考虑到取决于半导体激光器光源的生产商的发光波长的波动,对于与能被稳定地使用在355nm至455nm范围中的有机记录材料相关的一个实施例来给出描述。就是说,本实施例的范围对应于适于波长为620nm的一个光源的光束,并期望该光束波长比530nm更短(在最窄范围中的一个定义中的从355nm至455nm的范围)。As an example, the above-mentioned characteristics will be described by specific wavelengths. In the case of an organic dye recording material optimized with a light beam having a wavelength of 650 nm, the light to be used becomes shorter than 620 nm, and the recording/reproducing characteristics change remarkably. Therefore, in the case of performing a recording/reproducing operation with a light beam having a wavelength shorter than 620 nm, it is necessary to redevelop an organic dye material which is optimal for the wavelength of the light source of recording light or reproducing light. An organic dye material that can easily perform recording with a light beam having a wavelength shorter than 530 nm will easily cause characteristic deterioration due to ultraviolet irradiation, thus lacking long-term stability. In this embodiment, description will be given for an embodiment related to an organic recording material suitable for use near 405 nm. That is, a description will be given for an embodiment related to an organic recording material that can be stably used in the range of 355 nm to 455 nm in consideration of fluctuations in emission wavelength depending on manufacturers of semiconductor laser light sources. That is, the range of the present embodiment corresponds to a light beam suitable for a light source having a wavelength of 620nm and desirably shorter than 530nm (the range from 355nm to 455nm in one definition of the narrowest range).
另外,由于有机染料材料的光吸收频谱引起的光记录敏感性也受记录波长的影响。适于长期稳定性的有机染料材料容易相对于波长短于620nm的光束降低光吸收率。具体地,相对于波长比620nm更短的光束,该光吸收率被显著地降低,并尤其相对于波长比530nm更短的光束而急剧降低。因此,在以范围从355nm至455nm的激光束执行记录的情况中,由于光吸收率降低而削弱记录敏感性,并且需要采用如本实施例所示的新记录原理的新设计。In addition, the optical recording sensitivity due to the optical absorption spectrum of the organic dye material is also affected by the recording wavelength. An organic dye material suitable for long-term stability tends to reduce light absorptivity with respect to light beams having a wavelength shorter than 620 nm. Specifically, the light absorptivity is remarkably reduced with respect to light beams having wavelengths shorter than 620 nm, and especially sharply reduced with respect to light beams having wavelengths shorter than 530 nm. Therefore, in the case where recording is performed with a laser beam ranging from 355 nm to 455 nm, recording sensitivity is impaired due to a decrease in light absorption rate, and a new design employing a new recording principle as shown in this embodiment is required.
用于记录或再现应用的焦点的尺寸与将被使用的光束的波长成比例降低。因此,只从焦点尺寸的立场来看,在波长被降低到上述值的情况下,将相对于属于传统技术的当前DVD-R盘(使用波长:650nm)而言,借助波长成分来尝试降低轨道间距或沟道位长度。可是,如稍后在“3-2-A]要求应用根据本实施例技术的范围”中描述的那样,只要使用例如DVD-R盘的传统一次写入型信息存储介质的记录原理,则将有轨道间距或沟道比特长度无法被降低的问题。通过利用下述的本实施例设计的技术,能够正比于上述波长来降低轨道间距或沟道位长度。The size of the focal spot for recording or reproducing applications decreases in proportion to the wavelength of the light beam to be used. Therefore, only from the standpoint of the focal spot size, in the case where the wavelength is lowered to the above value, an attempt will be made to reduce the track by means of the wavelength component compared to the current DVD-R disc (use wavelength: 650nm) belonging to the conventional technology. pitch or channel bit length. However, as described later in "3-2-A] Scope of required application of technology according to the present embodiment", as long as the recording principle of a conventional write-once type information storage medium such as a DVD-R disc is used, the There is a problem that the track pitch or the channel bit length cannot be reduced. By utilizing the technique devised in this embodiment described below, it is possible to reduce the track pitch or the channel bit length in proportion to the above-mentioned wavelength.
第1章:在本实施例中的信息存储介质的组成成分的组合说明Chapter 1: Explanation of combinations of components of the information storage medium in this embodiment
在本实施例中,存在的一大技术特征在于已经设计了适应于波长为620nm或更小的光源的有机记录介质材料(有机染料材料)。这种有机记录介质(有机染料材料)具有独具的特性(低到高特性),即光反射系数在一个记录标记中增加,这一特性在传统的CD-R盘或DVD-R盘中不存在。因此,本实施例的技术特征以及由此实现的新颖效果将更有效地出现在产生本实施例所示的有机记录材料(有机染料材料)的特征的该信息存储介质的结构、尺寸或格式(信息记录格式)的组合中。在本实施例中的信息存储介质具有下列组成成分:In this embodiment, there is a large technical feature in that an organic recording medium material (organic dye material) adapted to a light source with a wavelength of 620 nm or less has been designed. This organic recording medium (organic dye material) has unique characteristics (low to high characteristics) that the light reflectance increases in a recording mark, which is not found in conventional CD-R discs or DVD-R discs. exist. Therefore, the technical features of this embodiment and the novel effects achieved thereby will appear more effectively in the structure, size or format of the information storage medium ( information record format) combination. The information storage medium in this embodiment has the following components:
A]一种有机染料记录薄膜;A] a kind of organic dye recording film;
B]预制格式(例如预制沟槽形状/尺寸或预制凹坑形状/尺寸);B] Prefabricated format (e.g. prefabricated trench shape/dimensions or prefabricated pit shape/dimensions);
C]摆动条件(诸如摆频调制方法以及摆动变化形状,摆动幅度,以及摆动分配方法);以及C] wobble conditions (such as wobble frequency modulation method and wobble variation shape, wobble amplitude, and wobble distribution method); and
D]格式(例如用于记录数据的格式,该数据将要被记录或已经事先记录在信息存储介质中)。D] format (for example, a format for recording data that is to be recorded or has been previously recorded in an information storage medium).
组成成分的具体实施例如下所示:The specific embodiment of composition is as follows:
A1)最大吸收波长λmax A1) Maximum absorption wavelength λ max
A2)记录标记极性A2) Record mark polarity
A3)偶氮基-金属络合物+CuA3) Azo-metal complex + Cu
A4)偶氮基-金属络合物:阴离子+染料:阳离子A4) Azo-metal complex: anion + dye: cation
A5)任意敷层型记录薄膜A5) Optional coating type recording film
B1)预置沟槽形状(用于轨道间距)B1) Pre-groove shape (for track pitch)
B2)预置凹坑形状(用于轨道间距)B2) Pre-pit shape (for track pitch)
B3)任意沟槽形状和任意凹坑形状B3) Arbitrary groove shape and arbitrary pit shape
C1)PSKC1)PSK
C2)FSKC2) FSK
C3)STWC3) STW
C4)任意调制系统C4) Arbitrary modulation system
C5)摆动幅度量C5) Amount of swing amplitude
C6)任意幅度量C6) Arbitrary magnitude
D1)一次写入记录方法D1) Write-once recording method
D2)H格式D2) H format
D3)B格式D3)B format
D4)其他格式D4) Other formats
D5)在一次写入介质中的任意记录方法和格式D5) Any recording method and format in write-once media
在下文中,将在解释实施例的一个阶段而相对于不同实施例的组合状态给出描述。就不规定一个组合的组成成分而言,表示采用如下的特征:Hereinafter, a description will be given with respect to a combined state of different embodiments at a stage of explaining the embodiments. In terms of not specifying the components of a combination, the following characteristics are used:
A5)一个任意的敷层型记录薄膜;A5) An optional coating-type recording film;
B3)一个任意的沟槽形状和一个任意的凹坑形状;B3) an arbitrary groove shape and an arbitrary pit shape;
C4)一个任意的调制系统;C4) an arbitrary modulation system;
C6)一个任意的幅度量;和C6) an arbitrary magnitude amount; and
D5)一个在一次写入介质中的任意的记录方法和格式。D5) An arbitrary recording method and format in a write-once medium.
第2章:在相变记录薄膜和有机染料记录薄膜之间的再现信号中的差别说明Chapter 2: Explanation of difference in reproduction signal between phase change recording film and organic dye recording film
2-1)记录/记录薄膜原理上的差别以及关于再现信号的产生的基本概念中的差别2-1) Difference in principle of recording/recording film and difference in basic concept about generation of reproduced signal
图1A示出一个标准的相变记录薄膜结构(主要用于可重写型信息存储介质),而图1B示出一个标准的有机染料记录薄膜结构(主要用于一次写入型信息存储介质)。在本实施例的说明中,除了图1A和1B示出的透光基片2-1和2-2之外的整个记录薄膜结构(包括光反射层4-1和4-2)被定义为“记录薄膜”,并且与放置了记录材料的记录层3-1和3-2相区别。对于使用相变的记录材料来说,通常在记录区(记录标记中)和未记录区(记录标记之外)中的光特性变化量是小的,因此采用一种增强结构来提高再现信号的相对变化比率。因此,在如图1A所示的相变记录薄膜结构中,一个低衬中间层5放置在透光基片2-1和相变型记录层3-1之间,并且一个上表中间层6放置在光反射层4-2和相变型记录层3-1之间。在本发明中,使用属于是透光塑料材料的聚碳酸酯PC或聚丙烯PMMA(聚异丁烯酸甲脂)作为用于透光基片2-1和2-2的材料。用在本实施例中的激光束7的中心波长是405nm,并且在此波长的聚碳酸酯PC的折射率n21、n22是接近于1.62。Figure 1A shows a standard phase-change recording film structure (mainly used in rewritable information storage media), while Figure 1B shows a standard organic dye recording film structure (mainly used in write-once information storage media) . In the description of this embodiment, the entire recording film structure (including the light reflection layers 4-1 and 4-2) except for the light-transmitting substrates 2-1 and 2-2 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B is defined as "recording film", and is distinguished from the recording layers 3-1 and 3-2 on which the recording material is placed. For recording materials that use phase changes, the amount of change in optical characteristics in the recorded area (in the recording mark) and the unrecorded area (outside the recording mark) is usually small, so an enhancement structure is used to improve the reproduction signal. Relative rate of change. Therefore, in the phase-change recording film structure shown in Figure 1A, a low lining
最常用作相变型记录材料的GeSbTe(锗锑两性金属)对405nm在结晶区的标准折射率n31和吸收系数k31是和而在非结晶区中是和因此,相变型记录介质的折射率(在非结晶区)不同于透光基片2-1的折射率,并且在一个相变记录薄膜结构中容易出现激光束7在层间界面上的反射。如上所述,对于(1)相变记录薄膜结构采取增强结构、以及(2)层间折射率的差较大等问题的理由是,从记录在相变记录薄膜中的记录标记中再现之时的光反射量的变化(来自记录标记的光反射量和来自未记录区的光反射量的差值)可被获得作为在低衬中间层5、记录层3-1、上表中间层6和光反射层4-2之间的界面上产生的多个反射光束的干涉结果。在图1A中,虽然激光束7被显见地在低衬中间层5和记录层3-1之间的界面、记录层3-1和该上表中间层6之间的界面、以及上表中间层6和光反射层4-2之间的界面上反射,但现实中的反射光量的变化是作为在多个多重反射光束之间的干涉结果获得的。GeSbTe (germanium-antimony amphoteric metal), which is most commonly used as a phase-change recording material, has a standard refractive index n 31 and an absorption coefficient k 31 in the crystalline region at 405 nm. and while in the amorphous region is and Therefore, the refractive index (in the amorphous region) of the phase-change type recording medium is different from that of the light-transmitting substrate 2-1, and reflection of the
相比之下,有机染料记录薄膜结构采用一种很简单的由有机染料记录层3-2和光反射层4-2组成的积层结构。使用这种有机染料记录薄膜的信息存储介质(光盘)被称之为一次写入型信息存储介质,使得光盘只能记录一次。但是,与使用相变记录介质的可重写型信息存储介质不同,这种介质不能执行对已被记录的信息的擦除处理或重写处理。普通有机染料记录材料在405nm的折射率常接近(各种有机染料记录材料在405nm的折射率范围是n32=1.4至1.9),而吸收系数常接近(各种有机染料记录材料在405nm的吸收系数范围是至0.2)。由于有机染料记录材料和透光基片2-2之间的折射率差值是一小值,所以在记录层3-2和透光基片2-2之间的界面上几乎不出现光反射量。因此,一个有机着色记录薄膜的光再现原理(反射光量变化发生的原因)不是在相变记录薄膜中的“多重干扰”,而主要因素是“对于在光反射层4-2中被反射之后返回的激光束7而言在光路中途的光量损失(包括干涉)”。引起一个光路的中途光量损失的具体原因包括“由在激光7中引起的局部相位差产生的干涉现象”或“记录层3-2中的光吸收现象”。在不存在预制沟槽或预制凹坑的反射镜面上的未记录区中的有机染料记录薄膜的光反射系数,是通过从光反射层4-2中对激光束7的光反射系数中减去当通过记录层3-2时的一个光吸收量而获得的一个值来简单获得的。如上所述,这种薄膜不同于相变记录薄膜,相变记录薄膜的光反射系数是通过“多重干涉”的计算获得。In contrast, the structure of the organic dye recording film employs a very simple laminated structure consisting of the organic dye recording layer 3-2 and the light reflection layer 4-2. An information storage medium (optical disc) using such an organic dye recording film is called a write-once type information storage medium such that the optical disc can only be recorded once. However, unlike a rewritable type information storage medium using a phase-change recording medium, such a medium cannot perform erasure processing or rewriting processing of already recorded information. The refractive index of ordinary organic dye recording materials at 405nm is often close to (The refractive index range of various organic dye recording materials at 405nm is n 32 =1.4 to 1.9), and the absorption coefficient is often close to (The absorption coefficient range of various organic dye recording materials at 405nm is to 0.2). Since the difference in refractive index between the organic dye recording material and the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is a small value, light reflection hardly occurs at the interface between the recording layer 3-2 and the light-transmitting substrate 2-2. quantity. Therefore, the principle of light reproduction of an organic colored recording film (the reason why the change in the amount of reflected light occurs) is not "multiple disturbances" in the phase-change recording film, but the main factor is "for returning light after being reflected in the light reflection layer 4-2." The amount of light loss (including interference) in the middle of the optical path in terms of the
现将描述使用具有405nm的波长λ的蓝光激光的盘(高密度可记录DVD(HD DVD-R)的记录薄膜(有机染料记录薄膜)的耐光度。通过具有符合ISO-105-B02标准的气冷氙灯的装置来测试该HDDVD-R的耐光度。根据ISO-105-B02标准,黑面板的温度是不高于40℃而相对湿度为70-80%。从上部将测试激光束垂直照射到盘上。当测试后完全满足条件时,该盘则被认为是验证通过(proofed)的盘。The light resistance of the recording film (organic dye recording film) of a disc (high density recordable DVD (HD DVD-R)) using a blue laser having a wavelength λ of 405 nm will now be described. A cold xenon lamp device is used to test the light fastness of the HDDVD-R. According to the ISO-105-B02 standard, the temperature of the black panel is not higher than 40°C and the relative humidity is 70-80%. The test laser beam is irradiated vertically from the upper part to disk. When the conditions are fully met after the test, the disk is considered as a proofed disk.
首先给出对于用在作为传统技术的现行DVD-R盘中的记录原理的描述。在现行的DVD-R盘中,当以激光束7照射记录薄膜时,记录层3-2局部地吸收激光束7的能量,并且变热。如果超过一个特定温度,则透光基片2-2将被局部变形。虽然引发透光基片2-2变形的机制随着DVD-R盘的生产商而不同,但这种机制由下列原因所致:First, a description is given of the recording principle used in the current DVD-R disc as a conventional technology. In the current DVD-R disc, when the recording film is irradiated with the
1)由记录层3-2的气化能量引起的透光基片2-2的局部塑性变形;以及1) local plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 caused by vaporization energy of the recording layer 3-2; and
2)从记录层3-2到透光基片2-2的热量传输,以及由该热量引起的透光基片2-2的塑性变形。2) Heat transfer from the recording layer 3-2 to the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, and plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 caused by the heat.
如果2-2被局部塑性变形,则将改变激光束7通过透光基片2-2在光反射层4-2中被反射的光程,该激光束7通过透光基片2-2再次返回。在来自记录标记的激光束7(即通过局部塑性变形的透光基片2-2的一部分返回的激光束)和来自该记录标记的圆周的激光束7(即通过不变形的透光基片2-2的一部分返回的激光束)之间发生相位差,并因此出现由这些光束之间的干涉引起的反射光束的光量变化。而且尤其在已经出现上述机制(1)的情况下,由气化(蒸发)引起的记录层3-2中的记录标记内的气穴产生的实质折射率n32的改变、或者由记录标记中的有机染料记录材料的热分解引起的折射率n32的变化,也促使上述相位差的出现。在现行DVD-R盘中,需要记录层3-2变热(即,以上述机制(1)中的记录层3-2的气化温度,或以上述机制(2)中的对透光基片2-2塑性再成型所要求的该记录层3-2的内部温度),或需要记录层3-2的一部分变热,以便引起热分解或气化(蒸发),直到透光基片2-2局部变形为止,。为了形成记录标记,需要大量的激光束7的功率。If 2-2 is locally plastically deformed, the optical path of the
为了形成记录标记,需要记录层3-2能够在第一个阶段吸收激光束7的能量。记录层3-2中的光吸收频谱将影响有机染料记录薄膜的记录敏感性。将参照本实施例的(A3)描述形成记录层3-2的有机染料记录材料中的光吸收原理。In order to form recording marks, it is necessary for the recording layer 3-2 to be able to absorb the energy of the
图2示出信息存储介质组成成分的具体内容“(A3)偶氮基金属络合物+Cu”的具体结构式。围绕图2所示的偶氮基金属络合物的中心金属M的圆周区被获得作为发光区8。当激光束7穿过发光区8时,在发光区8中的局部电子谐振到激光束7的电场变化,并且吸收激光束7的能量。将相对于局部电子谐振最大且最易吸收能量的一个电场处的频率转换为激光束波长的值被称之为最大吸收波长,并且由λmax表示。随着图2所示的发光区8的范围(谐振范围)的增加,该最大吸收波长λmax向长波长侧移动。另外,通过改变中心金属M原子来改变图2中的围绕中心金属M的局部电子的位置范围(中心金属M多大程度上能够把电子吸引至该中心的附近),并且该最大吸收波长λmax的值变化。Fig. 2 shows the specific structural formula of "(A3) azo-based metal complex + Cu" which is the specific content of the composition of the information storage medium. A circumferential region surrounding the central metal M of the azo-based metal complex shown in FIG. 2 is obtained as a
虽然能预言,仅在温度为绝对零度和高纯净的一个发光区8的情况中,该有机染料记录材料的光吸收频谱将在接近最大吸收波长λmax处出现窄线性光谱,但在常温下包括杂质、而且包括多个光吸收区的普通有机记录材料的光吸收频谱则相对于围绕最大吸收波长λmax的光束波长展现一个宽的光吸收特性。Although it can be predicted that the light absorption spectrum of the organic dye recording material will appear a narrow linear spectrum near the maximum absorption wavelength λ max only under the condition that the temperature is absolute zero and a light-emitting
图3示出用于当前DVD-R盘的有机染料记录材料的光吸收频谱特性的实例。在图3中,在水平轴上表示对于通过涂敷有机染料记录材料形成的有机染料记录薄膜将要进行照射的一个光束的波长,在垂直轴上表示当以具有不同波长的光束照射有机染料记录薄膜时获得的吸收率。在此使用的吸收率是这样获得的一个值:即相对于一次写入型信息存储介质已经完成的一个状态(或,其中该记录层3-2仅已形成在透光基片2-2上的一个状态(相对于图1B的结构在先形成光反射层4-2的一个状态),通过从透光基片2-2一侧输入具有入射强度Io的一个激光束,然后测量反射的激光光强Ir(从记录层3-2侧发送的激光束的光强It)。吸收率Ar(At)表示为:Fig. 3 shows an example of light absorption spectral characteristics of organic dye recording materials used in current DVD-R discs. In FIG. 3, the wavelength of a light beam to be irradiated to an organic dye recording film formed by coating an organic dye recording material is represented on the horizontal axis, and the wavelength when the organic dye recording film is irradiated with a light beam having a different wavelength is represented on the vertical axis. The absorption rate obtained when . The absorptivity used here is a value obtained in this way: that is, with respect to a state where the write-once type information storage medium has been completed (or, where the recording layer 3-2 has been formed only on the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 A state of (a state in which the light reflective layer 4-2 is formed earlier with respect to the structure of FIG. The light intensity Ir (the light intensity It of the laser beam sent from the recording layer 3-2 side). The absorption rate Ar(At) is expressed as:
Ar≡-log10(Ir/Io) (A-1)Ar≡-log 10 (Ir/Io) (A-1)
Ar≡-log10(It/Io) (A-2)Ar≡-log 10 (It/Io) (A-2)
除非另有说明,虽然将被给出的说明是假定该吸收率表示由公式(A-1)表示的一个反射形状的吸收率Ar,但有可能定义由公式(A-2)表示的一个传输形状的吸收率At,在本实施例中不受限制。在图3所示的实施例中,存在多个光吸收区,每一光吸收区都包括发光区8,因而其中存在多个位置,在这些位置上吸收率变的最大。在此情况中,当吸收率取得最大值时,存在多个最大吸收波长λmax。在当前DVD-R盘中的记录激光的波长被设置为650nm。在本实施例中存在多个最大吸收波长λmax的情况中,最接近记录激光束波长的该最大吸收波长λmax是重要的。因此,只在本实施例的描述中,把设置在最接近该记录激光束的波长的一个位置的该最大吸收波长λmax定义为“λmax write”;并区别于其它λmax(λmax0)。Unless otherwise stated, it is possible to define a transmission The absorption rate At of the shape is not limited in this embodiment. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, there are a plurality of light-absorbing regions, each of which includes the light-emitting
2-2)在预制凹坑/预制沟槽区中的光反射层形状的差别2-2) Difference in shape of light reflection layer in pre-pit/pre-groove area
图4A和4B都示出当以预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10形成一个记录薄膜时的一个比较关系。图4A示出与相变记录薄膜相关的形状。在形成低衬中间层5、记录层3-1、上表中间层6、以及光反射层4-1任何之一的情况下,能够在真空中使用溅射蒸发沉淀、真空汽相淀积、或离子覆镀方法的任何之一。结果是,在所有的层中,相对精确地复制了透光基片2-1的不规则性。例如,在透光基片2-1的预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10的截面形状是矩形或梯形的情况中,该记录层3-1和光反射层4-1每一个的截面形状也是矩形或梯形。4A and 4B both show a comparative relationship when a recording film is formed in the pre-pit area or the
图4B示出现行DVD-R盘的普通记录薄膜截面形状,该现行DVD-R盘是已经使用有机染料记录薄膜作为记录薄膜的情况下的传统技术。在此情况中,使用与图4A所示方法完全不同的称为旋涂(或旋转器涂覆)的方法作为形成记录薄膜3-2的方法。这里使用的旋涂方法表示一种方法,用于:把形成记录层3-2的有机染料记录材料溶解在一种有机溶剂中;把一敷层加到透光基片2-2上;随后以高速旋转该透光基片2-2,以便用离心力把敷层剂扩展到透光基片2-2的外圆周侧;并且气化该有机溶剂,从而形成记录层3-2。使用此方法,将使用涂覆该有机溶剂的处理,因此该记录层3-2的表面(与光反射层4-2的界面)容易被弄平。结果是,在光反射层4-2和记录层3-2之间的界面上的截面形状被获得为不同于该透光基片2-2表面(在透光基片2-2和记录层3-2之间的界面)的形状。例如,在一个预制沟槽区中,其中该透光基片2-2的表面(透光基片2-2和记录层3-2之间的界面)的截面形状是矩形或梯形,则在光反射层4-2和记录层3-2之间的界面上的截面形状形成为大体上为V形沟槽形状。在一个预制凹坑区中,上述截面形状基本以圆锥形侧表面形状来形成。而且,在旋涂之时,有机溶剂容易聚集在下凹部分,因此在预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10中的记录层3-2的厚度Dg(即从预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区的底部表面到相对于光反射层4-2的界面成为最低点的一个位置的距离)大于在槽岸区12中的厚度Dl(Dg>Dl)。结果是,在预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10中的透光基片2-2和记录区3-2之间的一个界面上的不规则性的量变得实质上小于在透光基片2-2和记录层3-2上的不规则性的量。FIG. 4B shows a general recording film sectional shape of an existing DVD-R disc, which is a conventional technology in the case where an organic dye recording film has been used as the recording film. In this case, a method called spin coating (or spinner coating) which is completely different from the method shown in FIG. 4A is used as a method of forming the recording film 3-2. The spin coating method used here means a method for: dissolving the organic dye recording material forming the recording layer 3-2 in an organic solvent; applying a coating layer on the light-transmitting substrate 2-2; and then The light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is rotated at high speed to spread the coating agent to the outer peripheral side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 by centrifugal force; and the organic solvent is vaporized, thereby forming the recording layer 3-2. With this method, the treatment of coating the organic solvent will be used, so the surface of the recording layer 3-2 (interface with the light reflection layer 4-2) is easily flattened. As a result, the cross-sectional shape at the interface between the light reflection layer 4-2 and the recording layer 3-2 is obtained to be different from that of the surface of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 (between the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 and the recording layer The shape of the interface between 3-2). For example, in a pregroove region, wherein the cross-sectional shape of the surface of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 (the interface between the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 and the recording layer 3-2) is rectangular or trapezoidal, then in The cross-sectional shape on the interface between the light reflection layer 4-2 and the recording layer 3-2 is formed in a substantially V-groove shape. In a pre-pit region, the above-mentioned sectional shape is formed substantially in a conical side surface shape. And, at the time of spin coating, the organic solvent is easily gathered in the concave portion, so the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 in the pre-pit area or the pre-groove area 10 (that is, from the pre-pit area or the pre-groove area The distance from the bottom surface of the bottom surface to a position which becomes the lowest point with respect to the interface of the light reflection layer 4-2) is greater than the thickness D1 in the land region 12 (Dg>D1). As a result, the amount of irregularities at an interface between the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 and the recording area 3-2 in the pre-pit area or
如上所述,在透光基片2-2和记录层3-2之间界面上的不规则性的形状减弱,并且不规则性的量显著变小。因此,在透光基片2的一个表面上的不规则性的形状和尺寸随着在形成记录薄膜的方法中的差异而彼此相等的情况中,在激光照射时从该有机染料记录薄膜反射的光束的衍射强度将比从相变记录薄膜反射的光束的衍射强度更显著地降低。结果是,与使用相变记录薄膜比较,在透光基片2的表面上(预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10)的不规则性的形状和尺寸彼此相等的情况中,使用传统有机染料记录薄膜的不利特征在于:As described above, the shape of the irregularities on the interface between the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 and the recording layer 3-2 is weakened, and the amount of the irregularities becomes remarkably small. Therefore, in the case where the shapes and sizes of the irregularities on one surface of the light-transmitting
来自预制凹坑区的光再现信号的调制度小,并且来自预制凹坑区的信号再现可靠性差;The degree of modulation of the optical reproduction signal from the pre-pit area is small, and the signal reproduction reliability from the pre-pit area is poor;
几乎不能根据推挽式技术从预制沟槽区中获得足够大的轨道移位检测信号;和It is hardly possible to obtain a sufficiently large track shift detection signal from the pre-groove area according to the push-pull technique; and
在预制沟槽区出现摆动的情况中,几乎不能获得足够大的摆动检测信号。In the case where wobbling occurs in the pre-groove region, a sufficiently large wobbling detection signal can hardly be obtained.
而且在DVD-R盘中,在槽岸区中的小的不规则(凹坑)形状中记录了例如地址信息的特定信息,因此槽岸区12的宽度Wl大于预制凹坑区或预制沟槽区10的宽度Wg(Wl>Wg)。Also in a DVD-R disc, specific information such as address information is recorded in small irregular (pit) shapes in the land area, so the width W1 of the
第3章:在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜特性说明Chapter 3: Description of organic dye recording film characteristics in this example
3-1)与在使用传统有机染料材料的一次写入型记录薄膜(DVD-R)中的高密度实现相关的若干问题3-1) Several issues related to high density realization in write-once recording film (DVD-R) using conventional organic dye materials
如已在“2-1)记录原理/记录薄膜结构上的差别以及关于再现信号的产生的基本概念中的差别”中所述的那样,属于是使用传统的有机染料材料的一次写入型信息存储介质的现行DVD-R和CD-R的总的记录原理包括“透光基片2-2的局部塑性变形”或“在记录层3-2中的局部热分解或“气化””。图5A和5B的每一个示出在使用传统有机染料材料的一次写入型信息存储介质中在记录标记9的位置之处的具体透光基片2-2的塑性变形状态。存在两类典型的塑性变形状态。有两种情况,即在如图5A所示情况中,在记录标记9位置的预制沟槽区的底表面14的深度(与相邻槽岸区12相关的阶跃量)不同于在未记录区中的预制沟槽区11的底表面的深度(在图5A示出的实例中,在记录标记9位置的预制沟槽区中的底表面14的深度比在未记录区中的底表面14的深度浅);并且在如图5B所示情况中,在记录标记9位置的预制沟槽区中的一个底表面14被变形并且被轻微地弯曲(下表面14的平坦性被变形:在图5B示出的情况中,记录标记9位置的预制沟槽区中的底表面14被轻微地朝向下侧弯曲)。两个情况的特征都在于在记录标记9的位置的透光基片2-2的塑性变形范围覆盖一个大范围。在传统技术的现行DVD-R盘中,轨道间距是0.74μm,而沟道位长度是0.133μm。在此较大值的程度的情况下,即使该记录标记9位置的透光基片2-2的塑性变形范围覆盖了一个大范围,也将能比较稳定地执行记录和再现处理。As already described in "2-1) Recording principle/difference in structure of recording film and difference in basic concept about reproduction signal generation", it belongs to write-once type information using a conventional organic dye material The general recording principle of the current DVD-R and CD-R of the storage medium includes "local plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2" or "local thermal decomposition or "gasification" in the recording layer 3-2". Each of FIGS. 5A and 5B shows a plastic deformation state of a specific light-transmitting substrate 2-2 at the position of a
但是,如果轨道间距比上述的0.74μm窄,则在记录标记9位置的透光基片2-2的塑性变形范围将覆盖一个宽范围,因此相邻轨道受不利影响,并且会因为记录标记9加宽到相邻轨道产生的“交叉写入”或重写而使存在的相邻轨道的记录标记9被实际擦除(不能被再现)。此外,在沿着轨道的方向中(圆周方向),如果沟道位长度比0.133μm窄,则存在出现码间干扰的问题;再现时的误码率显著增加;并且再现的可靠性降低。However, if the track pitch is narrower than the above-mentioned 0.74 μm, the range of plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 at the position of the
3-2)对在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜的共有基本特征的说明3-2) Explanation of common basic features of organic dye recording films in this embodiment
3-2-A]要求应用根据本实施例技术的范围3-2-A] The range of requirements to apply the technology according to the present embodiment
如5A和5B所示,在包括透光基片2-2的塑性变形或记录薄膜3-2中的局部热分解或气化现象的一个传统的一次写入型信息存储介质中,下面给出的描述将涉及当出现不利影响时轨道间距被缩窄到何种程度,或当出现不利影响时沟道位长度被缩窄到何种程度,以及在已经对于这种不利影响的一种原因执行了讨论的技术之后所获得的结果。在利用传统记录原理的情况下开始出现不利影响的一个范围指示的是其中由本实施例所示的新颖记录原理实现的有益效果的一个范围(适于高密度的实现)。As shown in 5A and 5B, in a conventional write-once type information storage medium involving plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 or local thermal decomposition or gasification phenomenon in the recording film 3-2, the following is given The description will relate to what extent the track pitch is narrowed when the adverse effect occurs, or to what extent the channel bit length is narrowed when the adverse effect occurs, and when the The results obtained after implementing the techniques discussed. A range in which adverse effects start to occur with conventional recording principles is indicated as a range in which advantageous effects are achieved by the novel recording principles shown in this embodiment (suitable for high-density implementation).
1)记录层3-2的厚度Dg的条件1) Conditions for the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2
当作出尝试来执行热分析以便理论上表明可允许的沟道位长度的下限值或可允许的轨道间距的下限值时,能被实际热分析的记录层3-2的厚度Dg的范围变得重要。在包括如图5A和5B所示的透光基片2-2的塑性变形的传统一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中,在记录标记9中提供信息再现焦点的情况、以及在该点是在记录层3-2的未记录区中的情况下,对于光反射量的改变,最大的因素是“由在记录标记9和未记录区中的光程间的差值引起的干扰效应”。此外,引起其光程差的主要原因是“由透光基片2-2的塑性变形产生的物理记录层3-2的厚度Dg的改变(从在透光基片2-2和记录层3-2之间的界面到在记录层3-2和光反射层4-2之间的界面之间的物理距离),以及″在记录标记9中的记录层3-2的折射率n32的改变”。因此,为了在记录标记9和未记录区之间获得一个足够的再现信号(光反射量的变化),当激光束在真空中的波长被定义为λ时,在未记录区中的厚度3-2的值需要具有可与λ/n32相比的某种程度的大小。不然的话,在记录标记9和未记录区之间不出现光程差(相位差),并且光干扰效应变得极小。事实上,最小条件是:When an attempt is made to perform thermal analysis in order to theoretically indicate the lower limit value of the allowable channel bit length or the lower limit value of the allowable track pitch, the range of the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 that can be actually thermally analyzed become important. In a conventional write-once type information storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R) including plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 as shown in FIGS. situation, and under the situation that the point is in the unrecorded area of the recording layer 3-2, for the change of the light reflection amount, the biggest factor is "by the difference between the optical path in the
Dg≥λ/8n32 (1)Dg≥λ/8n 32 (1)
必须被满足,并且期望的条件是:must be met, and the expected conditions are:
Dg≥λ/4n32 (2)Dg≥λ/4n 32 (2)
必须被满足。must be satisfied.
在当前讨论的情况下,假定是在λ=405nm附近。有机染料记录材料在405nm的折射率n32的值是从1.3到2.0的范围。因此,作为以n32=2.0代入公式(1)的结果,有条件地得出记录层3-2的厚度Dg值是:In the case of the present discussion, it is assumed to be around λ=405nm. The value of the refractive index n 32 of the organic dye recording material at 405 nm ranges from 1.3 to 2.0. Therefore, as a result of substituting n 32 =2.0 into formula (1), it is conditionally obtained that the thickness Dg value of the recording layer 3-2 is:
Dg≥25nm (3)Dg≥25nm (3)
在此进行的讨论涉及到在包括透光基片2-2的塑性变形的传统的一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)的有机染料记录层已被与405nm的光束相关联。如稍后描述的那样,在本实施例中虽然给出的描述所涉及的情况是其中不发生透光基片2-2的塑性变形并且吸收系数k32的改变是记录原理的主要因素,但必须通过使用DPD(差值相位检测)技术来执行从记录标记9的轨道移位检测,并因此在实际上该折射率n32的改变是在记录标记9中引起。因此公式(3)成为一个在本实施例中不发生透光基片2-2的塑性变形而应该满足的条件。The discussion made here relates to the recording layer of an organic dye in a conventional write-once information storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R) comprising plastic deformation of a light-transmitting substrate 2-2 that has been correlated with a light beam of 405 nm couplet. As will be described later, in this embodiment, although the description has been given concerning the case where plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 does not occur and the change in the absorption coefficient k32 is the main factor of the recording principle, Track shift detection from the
而且从另一观点来看,能够规定厚度Dg的范围。在图4A所示的相变记录薄膜的情况下,当透光基片的折射率是n21时,在使用推挽技术获得最大轨道移位检测信号时,预制凹坑区和槽岸区之间的阶跃量是λ/(8n21)。但是在图4B所示的有机染料记录薄膜的情况下,如先前描述的那样,在记录层3-2和光反射层4-2之间的界面上的形状被减弱,并且阶跃量变小。因此需要比λ/(8n22)更显著地增加在透光基片2-2上的预制凹坑区和槽岸区之间的阶跃量,在聚碳酸酯被用作透光基片2-2的材料的情况中,在405nm的折射率是因此必需把在预制凹坑区和槽岸区之间的阶跃量增加到显著大于31nm。在使用旋涂技术的情况下,如果在预制沟槽区中的记录层3-2的厚度Dg大于在透光基片2-2上的预制凹坑区和槽岸区之间的阶跃量,则有在一个槽岸区12中的记录层3-2的厚度Dl被消除的危险。因此,从上述讨论结果中,有必要满足一个条件:And from another point of view, the range of the thickness Dg can be specified. In the case of the phase-change recording film shown in Fig. 4A, when the refractive index of the light-transmitting substrate is n 21 , when using the push-pull technique to obtain the maximum track shift detection signal, the difference between the pre-pit area and the land area The step amount between is λ/(8n 21 ). But in the case of the organic dye recording film shown in FIG. 4B, as described previously, the shape at the interface between the recording layer 3-2 and the light reflection layer 4-2 is weakened, and the step amount becomes small. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the step amount between the pre-pit area and the land area on the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 more significantly than λ/(8n 22 ). When polycarbonate is used as the light-transmitting
Dg≥31nm (4)Dg≥31nm (4)
公式(4)的条件也是在本实施例中不发生透光基片2-2的塑性变形而应该满足的条件。虽然已在公式(3)和(4)示出针对该下限值的条件,但通过在公式(2)中针对等号部分替代n32=1.8而获得的值已被用作热分析所用的记录层3-2的厚度Dg。The condition of formula (4) is also a condition that should be satisfied without plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 in this embodiment. Although the conditions for this lower limit value have been shown in formulas (3) and (4), the value obtained by substituting n 32 =1.8 for the equal sign part in formula (2) The thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 has been used for thermal analysis.
然后假定聚碳酸酯用作透光基片2-2的标准材料,把聚碳酸酯的玻璃化转变温度的150℃设置为在透光基片2-2一侧的热变形温度的估计值。为了使用热分析讨论,k32=0.1到0.2的一个值已被假设为对405nm的有机染料记录薄膜3-2的吸收系数的值。而且,已经对于其中一种情况作出了讨论,其中通过一个物镜时的聚焦物镜和入射光强分布的NA值是NA=60,并且H格式((D1):NA=0.65)和B格式((D2):NA=0.85)是在传统的DVD-R格式中的假设条件。Then assuming that polycarbonate is used as the standard material of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, 150°C, which is the glass transition temperature of polycarbonate, is set as an estimated value of the heat distortion temperature on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2. For discussion using thermal analysis, a value of k 32 =0.1 to 0.2 has been assumed as the value of the absorption coefficient of the organic dye recording film 3-2 at 405 nm. Also, discussion has been made for a case where the NA value of the focusing objective lens and the incident light intensity distribution when passing through one objective lens is NA=60, and the H format ((D1): NA=0.65) and the B format (( D2): NA=0.85) is an assumed condition in the conventional DVD-R format.
2)沟道位长度的下限值的条件2) Conditions for the lower limit value of the channel bit length
在透光基片2-2一侧,已经针对沿着在达到热变形温度的一个区的一条轨道的方向中的纵向变化作出检查,当记录功率改变时,透光基片2-2与记录层3-2接触。已经对于考虑再现时的窗口余量的一个可允许的沟道位长度的下限值作出了讨论。结果是,如果沟道位长度稍低于105nm,则根据记录功率的轻微变化而认为在透光基片2-2一侧出现了达到热变形温度的一个区中沿着一条轨道方向中的纵向发生改变,并且认为不能获得足够的窗口余量。对于热分析的讨论,在NA值是0.60、0.65和0.85中任何之一的情况中示出一个模拟的趋势。虽然通过改变NA值来改变焦点尺寸,但是相信一个可能性原因是热扩散范围宽(在透光基片2-2(其将与记录层3-2接触)一侧的温度分布的梯度是比较平缓的)。在上述热分析中,讨论了接触到记录层3-2的透光基片2-2一侧的温度分布,并因此不出现记录层3-2的厚度Dg的影响。On the side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, inspection has been made for a longitudinal change in the direction along a track in a region reaching the heat distortion temperature. Layer 3-2 contacts. Discussion has been made on a lower limit value of an allowable channel bit length in consideration of a window margin at the time of reproduction. As a result, if the channel bit length is slightly lower than 105 nm, it is considered that the longitudinal direction in one track direction in a region reaching the heat distortion temperature occurs on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 based on a slight change in recording power. A change occurred and it was determined that sufficient window margin could not be obtained. For the discussion of thermal analysis, a simulated trend is shown in the case where the NA value is any one of 0.60, 0.65, and 0.85. Although the focus size is changed by changing the NA value, it is believed that one possible reason is that the thermal diffusion range is wide (the gradient of the temperature distribution on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 (which will be in contact with the recording layer 3-2) is relatively Gentle). In the above-mentioned thermal analysis, the temperature distribution on the side of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 contacting the recording layer 3-2 was discussed, and thus the influence of the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 does not appear.
而且在图5A和5B示出的透光基片2-2发生形状改变的情况中,基片变形区的边界位置模糊(是不明确的),因此窗口余量被更显著地降低。当通过电子显微镜观测到形成记录标记9的一个区的截面形状时,相信随着记录层3-2的厚度Dg的值的增加,该基片变形的边界位置的模糊量增加。对于由上述记录功率变化引起的该温度变形区的效果,考虑到基片变形区的边界位置的模糊,认为用于足够的窗口余量的位置分配所允许的沟道位长度的下限值必需是记录层3-2的厚度Dg的两倍的数量级,并且希望该下限值大于120nm。Also in the case where the shape of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is changed as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the boundary position of the deformed region of the substrate is blurred (is not clear), so the window margin is reduced more remarkably. When the cross-sectional shape of a region where the
在上文中,主要对于在透光基片2-2发生热变形的情况中的使用热分析的讨论给出了描述。还存在的一种情况是,由于在传统一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中的另一记录原理(形成记录标记9的机制),以及在记录层3-2中出现的有机染料记录材料的热变形或气化(蒸发),该透光基片2-2的塑性变形很小。因此,将对于这种情况给出描述。虽然该有机染料记录材料的气化(蒸发)温度随着有机染料材料的类型而不同,但通常是220℃到370℃的温度范围,并且热分解温度低于这一范围。虽然在上面的讨论中已经假设聚碳酸酯树脂的玻璃化转变温度150℃作为基片变形之时达到的温度,但在150℃和220℃之间的温差较小,并且当透光基片2-2达到150℃时,在该记录层3-2内的温度超过220℃。因此,虽然存在随着有机记录材料的类型的例外情况,即使在透光基片2-2的塑性变形很小并且主要出现记录层中的有机染料记录材料的热分解或气化(蒸发),但获得的结果与上面的讨论结果实质完全相同。In the foregoing, the description has been given mainly for the discussion using thermal analysis in the case where the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 undergoes thermal deformation. There is also a case where, due to another recording principle (a mechanism for forming recording marks 9) in a conventional write-once information storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R), and in the recording layer 3-2 Thermal deformation or gasification (evaporation) of the organic dye recording material occurs, and the plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is small. Therefore, a description will be given for this case. Although the gasification (vaporization) temperature of the organic dye recording material varies depending on the type of organic dye material, it is generally in the temperature range of 220°C to 370°C, and the thermal decomposition temperature is lower than this range. Although the polycarbonate resin glass transition temperature of 150°C has been assumed in the above discussion as the temperature reached when the substrate deforms, the temperature difference between 150°C and 220°C is small, and when the light-transmitting
当总结关于上述沟道位长度的讨论结果时,在包括透光基片2-2的塑性变形的传统一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中,当沟道位长度比120nm窄时则认为出现了窗口余量的下降,并且如果该长度进一步小于105nm,则认为难于稳定再现。就是说,当沟道位小于120nm(105nm)时,通过使用本实施例所示的新颖记录原理来达到有益的效果。When summarizing the results of the above discussion about the channel bit length, in a conventional write-once type information storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R) including plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, when the channel bit length When the length is narrower than 120nm, it is considered that there is a decrease in the window margin, and if the length is further smaller than 105nm, it is considered that it is difficult to reproduce stably. That is, when the channel bit is smaller than 120nm (105nm), beneficial effects are achieved by using the novel recording principle shown in this embodiment.
3)轨道间距下限值的条件3) Conditions for the lower limit of track spacing
当记录层3-2暴露于记录功率时,记录层3-2吸收能量,并获得高温。在传统的一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中,必需以记录层3-2吸收能量,直到透光基片2-2达到热变形温度为止。记录层3-2中的有机染料记录材料发生结构改变以及折射率n32或吸收系数k32开始其变化的温度要比透光基片2-2开始热变形所达到的温度低得多。因此,折射率n32或吸收系数k32的值在记录标记9的圆周的记录层3-2中的比较宽的范围中改变,该记录层3-2在透光基片2-2一侧被热变形,并且这种变化似乎引起相邻轨道的“交叉写入”或“交叉擦除”。有可能设置一个轨道间距的下限值,其中当透光基片2-2超过热变形温度时,不随着达到改变该记录层3-2中的折射率n32或吸收系数k32的温度的一个区的宽度而发生“交叉写入”或“交叉擦除”。从上面的观点出发,认为“交叉写入”或“交叉擦除”出现在其中的轨道间距等于或小于500nm的位置。而且,考虑到信息存储介质的弯曲或倾斜的影响或记录功率(记录功率余量)改变的影响,可以断定在传统的一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中把轨道间距设置为600nm或更小是困难的,在所述传统的一次写入型信息存储介质中能量被记录层3-2吸收直到透光基片2-2达到热变形温度为止。When the recording layer 3-2 is exposed to recording power, the recording layer 3-2 absorbs energy and acquires a high temperature. In a conventional write-once information storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R), it is necessary to absorb energy with the recording layer 3-2 until the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 reaches the thermal deformation temperature. The organic dye recording material in the recording layer 3-2 undergoes structural change and the temperature at which the refractive index n 32 or the absorption coefficient k 32 starts its change is much lower than the temperature at which the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 starts thermal deformation. Therefore, the value of the refractive index n 32 or the absorption coefficient k 32 changes in a relatively wide range in the recording layer 3-2 of the circumference of the
如上所述,即使NA值从0.60改变到0.65,然后改变到0.85,但由于在透光基片2-2已经达到中心部分为比较平缓的一个热变形温度时的圆周记录层3-2中的温度分布的梯度的原因,所以展示实质上相似的倾向,并且该热扩散范围是宽的。对于透光基片2-2的塑性变形很小的情况、以及对于记录层3-2中的有机染料记录材料的热分解或气化(蒸发)主要是按照在该传统的一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中另一记录原理(形成该记录标记9的机制)而出现的情况中,如已经在部分“(2)沟道位的下限值的条件”中描述的那样,得到了作为实际模拟结果的开始“交叉写入”或“交叉擦除”的轨道间距值。针对上述理由,当轨道间距设置为600nm(500nm)或更低时,通过使用本实施例所示的新颖的记录原理来达到有益效果。As described above, even if the NA value is changed from 0.60 to 0.65 and then to 0.85, since the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 has reached a heat distortion temperature at which the central portion is relatively gentle, the circumferential recording layer 3-2 Due to the gradient of the temperature distribution, substantially similar tendencies are shown, and the thermal diffusion range is wide. For the case where the plastic deformation of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is small, and for the thermal decomposition or gasification (evaporation) of the organic dye recording material in the recording layer 3-2 is mainly based on the conventional write-once information In the case where another recording principle (the mechanism for forming the recording mark 9) occurs in the storage medium (CD-R or DVD-R), as already in the section "(2) Conditions for the lower limit value of the channel bit" As described, the track pitch value for starting "cross writing" or "cross erasing" was obtained as a result of the actual simulation. For the above reasons, when the track pitch is set to 600 nm (500 nm) or less, an advantageous effect is achieved by using the novel recording principle shown in this embodiment.
3-2-B]本发明中的有机染料记录材料共有的基本特征3-2-B] Basic Features Common to Organic Dye Recording Materials in the Invention
如上所述,在透光基片2-2的塑性变形很小、并且记录层3-2中的有机染料记录材料的热分解或气化(蒸发)主要按照在传统的一次写入型信息存储介质(CD-R或DVD-R)中的另一记录原理(形成记录标记9的机制)出现的情况中,存在的问题是,在形成记录标记9之时由于在记录层3-2内或透光基片2-2的表面达到一个高温度的原因,所以不能缩窄沟道位长度或轨道间距。为了解决上述问题,本实施例主要特征在于“创造性的有机染料材料”,其中“出现在一个比较低的温度的在记录层3-2中的一个局部光特征改变是记录的原理”,并且“设置其中容易发生上述原理的环境(记录薄膜结构或形状)而不在记录层3-2中引起基片变形和气化(蒸发)”。本实施例的具体特性可被列表如下。As described above, the plastic deformation in the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 is small, and the thermal decomposition or gasification (evaporation) of the organic dye recording material in the recording layer 3-2 is mainly performed in the conventional write-once type information storage. In the case where another recording principle (mechanism for forming the recording mark 9) in the medium (CD-R or DVD-R) appears, there is a problem that, when the
α]在记录层3-2之内的光特征改变方法α] Optical characteristic changing method within the recording layer 3-2
发色特征改变Changes in hair color characteristics
---由发光区8的定性改变(图2)或摩尔分子光吸收系数的改变引起的局部面积的光吸收的变化--- Changes in the local area of light absorption caused by qualitative changes in the light-emitting region 8 (Figure 2) or changes in the molar molecular light absorption coefficient
发光区8被局部地破坏或发光区8的尺寸改变,从而改变实际光吸收的局部区。以此方式,在记录标记9中幅度(吸收率)在λmax write的位置改变,同时保持光吸收频谱(图3)本身的轮廓(特性)。The light-emitting
与贡献发色现象的电子相关的电子结构(电子层)的改变Changes in electronic structure (electron shell) associated with electrons contributing to chromogenic phenomena
---根据由局部电子层的切割(局部分子键合的分解)引起的褪色反应的光吸收频谱(图3)的改变,或发光区8的维数或结构的改变(图2)---According to the change of the light absorption spectrum (Figure 3) of the fading reaction caused by the cutting of the local electron shell (decomposition of the local molecular bonding), or the change of the dimension or structure of the light emitting region 8 (Figure 2)
取向或排列的分子内(分子间)改变Intramolecular (intermolecular) changes in orientation or alignment
---例如,根据图2所示的偶氮基金属络合物中的取向改变的光特性改变--- For example, the change in optical properties according to the orientation change in the azo metal complex shown in Fig. 2
在分子中的分子结构的改变A change in molecular structure in a molecule
---例如,作出涉及有机染料材料的讨论,该有机染料材料引起阴离子部分和阳离子部分之间的分离、阴离子部分和阳离子部分之一的热分离、以及分子结构自毁并且碳原子被沉淀(变性为黑煤焦油)的焦油现象。结果是,在记录标记9中的折射率n32或吸收系数k32相对于一个未记录区改变,实现光再现。--- For example, make a discussion involving organic dye materials that cause separation between anionic and cationic parts, thermal separation of one of the anionic and cationic parts, and molecular structure self-destruct and carbon atoms are precipitated ( Denaturation into black coal tar) tar phenomenon. As a result, the refractive index n 32 or the absorption coefficient k 32 in the
β]设置记录薄膜结构或形状,使得容易稳定地引起上面[α]的光特性改变:β] sets the recording film structure or shape so that it is easy to stably cause the change of the optical characteristics of [α] above:
---与此技术相关的具体内容将在部分“3-2-C]容易产生本实施例所示出记录原理的理想记录薄膜结构”和随后的内容中详细描述。--- The specific content related to this technology will be described in detail in the section "3-2-C] Easy to produce the ideal recording film structure showing the recording principle shown in this embodiment" and the subsequent content.
γ]为了在一个状态下形成记录标记而减小记录功率,在该状态下,记录层内部或透光基片表面是在比较低的温度γ] to reduce the recording power in order to form recording marks in a state where the inside of the recording layer or the surface of the light-transmitting substrate is at a relatively low temperature
---上面示出[α]中的光特征改变出现在低于透光基片2-2的变形温度或记录层3-2中的气化(蒸发)温度的温度。因此,降低在记录之时的曝光量(记录功率)来防止在透光基片2-2的表面上超过失真温度,或防止在记录层3-2中超过气化(蒸发)温度。该内容稍后将在部分“3-3)对于在本实施例中的有机染料记录层共有的记录特性”中详细描述。此外,相比之下,通过在记录之时检测最佳功率值,有可能确定是否发生上面在[α]中所示的光特性的变化。--- It is shown above that the optical characteristic change in [α] occurs at a temperature lower than the deformation temperature of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 or the gasification (evaporation) temperature in the recording layer 3-2. Therefore, the exposure amount (recording power) at the time of recording is lowered to prevent the distortion temperature from being exceeded on the surface of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2, or to prevent the gasification (evaporation) temperature from being exceeded in the recording layer 3-2. This will be described later in detail in the section "3-3) Recording characteristics common to the organic dye recording layers in this embodiment". Furthermore, by contrast, by detecting the optimum power value at the time of recording, it is possible to determine whether or not the change in the optical characteristics shown in [α] above occurs.
δ]稳定在一个发光区中的电子结构,并且几乎不产生与紫外线或再现光照射相关的结构分解δ] stabilizes the electronic structure in one light-emitting region and produces little structural decomposition associated with ultraviolet or reproducing light irradiation
---当在再现之时紫外线照射到记录层3-2或再现光照射到记录层3-2时,在记录层3-2中将出现温度升高。需要一种看起来矛盾的性能,即避免与这种温度升高相关的特性劣变,并以比基片变形温度或记录层3-2中的气化(蒸发)温度低的温度执行记录。在本实施例中,通过“在发光区中稳定一个电子结构″来确保上述看起来矛盾的性能。具体的技术内容将在″第5章:在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜的实施例的具体描述”中描述。---When ultraviolet rays are irradiated to the recording layer 3-2 or reproducing light is irradiated to the recording layer 3-2 at the time of reproduction, a temperature rise will occur in the recording layer 3-2. A seemingly contradictory performance is required to avoid characteristic deterioration associated with such a temperature rise and to perform recording at a temperature lower than the deformation temperature of the substrate or the gasification (evaporation) temperature in the recording layer 3-2. In the present embodiment, the above-mentioned seemingly contradictory properties are ensured by "stabilizing one electronic structure in the light-emitting region". The specific technical content will be described in "Chapter 5: Specific Description of Examples of Organic Dye Recording Films in This Example".
ε]针对由紫外线或再现光照射出现的再现信号劣变的情况,提高再现信息的可靠性ε] To improve the reliability of reproduced information in case of deterioration of the reproduced signal due to irradiation of ultraviolet rays or reproduced light
---在本实施例中,虽然针对“稳定在发光区中的一个电子结构”作出技术构思,但与由于该透光基片2-2的表面的塑性变形或气化(蒸发)的原因产生的记录层3-2中的局部空腔相比较,按照本实施例示出的记录原理形成的记录标记9的可靠性可能被大为降低。作为其对策,在本实施例中实现记录信息的高密度和可靠性的有益效果,同时结合了强纠错能力(新颖的ECC块结构),如稍后在“第7章:H格式的说明”和在“第8章:B格式的说明”中描述的那样。而且在本实施例中,PRML(部分响应最大似然)技术被作为一种再现方法使用,如在部分“4-2:在本实施例中的再现电路的说明”中描述的那样,在结合了ML解调之时的纠错技术同时,而实现记录信息的高密度和可靠性。---In the present embodiment, although the technical conception is made for "an electronic structure stabilized in the light-emitting region", it has nothing to do with the plastic deformation or gasification (evaporation) of the surface of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2. The reliability of the recording marks 9 formed according to the recording principle shown in this embodiment may be greatly reduced compared with the resulting local cavities in the recording layer 3-2. As a countermeasure therefor, the beneficial effects of high density and reliability of recording information are achieved in this embodiment, while combining strong error correction capability (novel ECC block structure), as described later in "Chapter 7: H Format ” and as described in “Chapter 8: Specification of B Format”. Also in this embodiment, the PRML (Partial Response Maximum Likelihood) technique is used as a reproduction method, as described in Section "4-2: Description of the reproduction circuit in this embodiment", in conjunction with At the same time, the error correction technology at the time of ML demodulation is realized, and the high density and reliability of the recorded information are realized.
在上述的本实施例的具体特性当中,已经对于这样的事实给出了说明,即项[α]到[γ]是为了实现“窄轨道间距”和“窄沟道位长度”而在本实施例中新设计的技术构思的内容。此外,“窄沟道位长度”将实现“最小记录标记长度的降低”。关于其余项[δ]和[ε]的本实施例的含义(目标)将被详细描述。在以本实施例中的H格式再现之时,通过记录层3-2的光穿过焦点的通过速度(线速度)被设置为6.61m/s,而在B格式中的线速度被设置在5.0m/s到10.2m/s的范围中。Among the specific characteristics of the present embodiment described above, the explanation has been given for the fact that the terms [α] to [γ] are used in the present embodiment in order to realize "narrow track pitch" and "narrow channel bit length". The content of the technical idea of the new design in the example. In addition, "narrow channel bit length" will realize "reduction in minimum recording mark length". The meaning (objective) of this embodiment regarding the remaining items [δ] and [ε] will be described in detail. At the time of reproduction in the H format in this embodiment, the passing speed (linear velocity) of light passing through the focal point through the recording layer 3-2 is set at 6.61 m/s, while the linear velocity in the B format is set at In the range of 5.0m/s to 10.2m/s.
在任何情况下,在本实施例中的再现之时的线速度将等于或大于5m/s。如图14所示,在H格式中的数据导入区DTLDI的开始位置是47.6mm的直径。也考虑到B格式,用户数据被记录在直径等于或大于45mm的位置。直径45mm的内圆周是0.141m,因此当以5m/s的线速度再现这一位置时,获得的信息存储介质的旋转频率为35.4转/秒。按照使用根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质的一个方法,将提供例如电视节目的视频图像信息。例如,当用户在再现用户的记录视频图像时按下“暂停(临时停止)按键”,则一个再现焦点将滞留在暂停位置的一条轨道上。当该再现焦点停止在暂停位置的轨道上时,用户能够在按下一个“再现起动按钮”之后以暂停位置开始再现。例如,在用户按下“暂停(临时停止)按钮”之后,用户去过卫生间之后立即有客访问用户的家,在此情况中会存在用户会客的一小时中暂停键一直置于按下状态的情况。一次写入型信息存储介质一小时作出次旋转,并且在此时段该焦点在同一个轨道上寻道(130,000次反复重放)。如果由于重复的重放引起记录层3-2劣变并且不能在此时段之后再现视频图像信息,则征用户一个小时后返回时将无法看到任何部分的视频图像,并因此变成生气,并且在最糟的情况中,存在将此问题提交到法院的危险。因此,一个最小化条件是,即使这样一个暂停被置了一小时或更长(即使发生在同一个轨道中的连续重放),如果记录的视频图像信息未被破坏,则没有视频图像数据被毁,需要保证至少出现100,000次重复重放也没有再现劣变出现。存在一种罕有的情况,其中用户在通用的使用条件中相对于同一个位置,一小时重复暂停(重复重放)10次。因此,当保证根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质期望作出1,000,000次重复重放,一般的用户不会出现使用的问题,并且只要不劣变记录层3-2,重复重放计数的上限值设置为大约1,000,000次被认为是足够了。如果该重复重放计数的上限值被设置为显著超出1,000,000次的值,则将有“记录敏感性降低”或“介质价格增加”的不便。In any case, the linear velocity at the time of reproduction in this embodiment will be equal to or greater than 5 m/s. As shown in FIG. 14, the start position of the data lead-in area DTLDI in the H format is a diameter of 47.6 mm. Also considering the B format, user data is recorded at a position with a diameter equal to or greater than 45 mm. The inner circumference with a diameter of 45 mm is 0.141 m, so when this position is reproduced at a linear velocity of 5 m/s, the obtained rotational frequency of the information storage medium is 35.4 revolutions/s. According to a method of using the write-once type information storage medium according to the present embodiment, video image information such as a TV program is to be provided. For example, when the user presses the "pause (temporary stop) button" while reproducing the user's recorded video image, a reproduction focus will stay on a track at the pause position. When the reproduction focus is stopped on the track at the pause position, the user can start reproduction at the pause position after pressing a "reproduction start button". For example, after the user presses the "pause (temporary stop) button", a visitor visits the user's home immediately after the user has gone to the bathroom. In this case, the pause button has been kept pressed for one hour during the user's meeting with the visitor. Case. Write-once information storage media made in one hour revolutions, and during this time the focus seeks on the same track (130,000 replays). If the recording layer 3-2 deteriorates due to repeated playback and the video image information cannot be reproduced after this period of time, the user will not be able to see any part of the video image when he returns after an hour, and thus becomes angry, and In the worst case, there is a danger of taking the matter to court. Therefore, a minimization condition is that even if such a pause is placed for an hour or more (even if continuous playback occurs in the same track), no video image data is destroyed if the recorded video image information is not corrupted. Destruction, it is necessary to ensure that at least 100,000 repeated replays have occurred without recurrence of deterioration. There is a rare case where the user repeatedly pauses (repeats playback) 10 times in one hour with respect to the same position in general usage conditions. Therefore, when it is guaranteed that the write-once information storage medium according to the present embodiment expects to make 1,000,000 times of repeated playback, general users will not have a problem with use, and as long as the recording layer 3-2 is not deteriorated, the number of repeated playback counts An upper limit value setting of about 1,000,000 times is considered sufficient. If the upper limit value of the repeated playback count is set to a value significantly exceeding 1,000,000 times, there will be inconvenience of "decrease in recording sensitivity" or "increase in medium price".
在保证上述重复再现计数的上限值的情况中,再现功率值成为一个重要的因素。在本实施例中,以公式(8)到(13)定义记录功率的设置范围。半导体激光器光束的特征在于,在等于或小于最大使用功率值的1/80的一个值,连续光照射是稳定的。由于该使用功率最大值的1/80的该功率是在刚开始光照射(开始模式启动)的位置,所以可能发生模式跳变。因此,在这种光照射功率下,在信息存储介质的光反射层4-2中反射的光返回到半导体激光器光源,出现一个以照射光量总是变化为特性的“返回光噪音”。因此在本实施例中,再现功率的值被设置成低于在公式(12)或公式(13)的右侧描述的值的大约1/80的值:In the case of securing the above-mentioned upper limit value of the repeated reproduction count, the reproduction power value becomes an important factor. In this embodiment, the setting range of recording power is defined by formulas (8) to (13). The semiconductor laser beam is characterized in that continuous light irradiation is stable at a value equal to or less than 1/80 of the maximum use power value. Since the power of 1/80 of the maximum value of the used power is at the position where light irradiation is just started (mode start-up), mode jumping may occur. Therefore, at this light irradiation power, the light reflected in the light reflection layer 4-2 of the information storage medium returns to the semiconductor laser light source, and a "return light noise" characterized by a constant variation in the amount of irradiation light occurs. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the value of the reproduction power is set to a value lower than about 1/80 of the value described on the right side of formula (12) or formula (13):
[光再现功率]>0.19×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (B-1)[Optical reproduction power]>0.19×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (B-1)
[光再现功率]>0.19×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1.2 (B-2)[Optical reproduction power]>0.19×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1.2 (B-2)
此外,该最佳再现功率的值由功率监控光检测器的动态范围所限制。虽然图8的信息记录/再现单元141没示出,但记录/再现光头是存在的。此光头结合一个光检测器,监视半导体激光器光源的照射光量。在本实施例中,为了提高在再现之时该再现功率的光的照射精确度,这一光检测器检测一个照射光量,并在光照射之时反馈要被提供给半导体激光器光源的适量的电流。为了降低光头的价格,需要使用很廉价的光检测器。可商用的廉价光检测器时常以树脂铸型(环绕一个光检测单元)。Furthermore, the value of this optimal reproduction power is limited by the dynamic range of the power monitoring photodetector. Although the information recording/reproducing
如在“第0章:使用波长和本实施例之间关系的说明”中公开的那样,在本实施例中把530nm或更短的波长(尤其是455nm或更短的波长)用作光源波长。在此波长范围的情况下,如果照射该波长的光,则用以铸型光检测单元的树脂(主要是环氧树脂)将造成如照射紫外线时出现的退化(例如暗黄色褪色或发生破裂(细白纹),并且该光检测特性被损害。具体地说,在本实施例示出的一次写入型信息存储介质情况下,可能由于存储介质具有如图7A、7B和7C所示的预制沟槽区11而出现一个铸型树脂退化。作为光头的聚焦模糊检测系统,为了消除由来自预制沟槽区11的衍射光产生的不利影响,最经常使用的是一个“刀口技术”,在关于信息存储介质的一个图像形成位置指定一个光检测器(图像形成放大率M是3到10倍的数量级)。当该光检测器放置在该图像形成位置时,由于光束被聚焦在该光检测器上,所以高密度光被照射在铸型树脂上,并且可能出现由此光照射引起的树脂退化。这种铸型树脂特性退化主是由于光子模式(光学反应)的原因发生,但是有可能预测一个与在热模式(热激发)中的照射光量相比较的可允许照射量的上限值。假设最糟情况,假定一个光学系统,其中在一个图像形成位置放置一个光检测器作为光头。As disclosed in "Chapter 0: Explanation of the relationship between the wavelength used and this embodiment", a wavelength of 530 nm or shorter (in particular, a wavelength of 455 nm or shorter) is used as the light source wavelength in this embodiment . In the case of this wavelength range, if light of this wavelength is irradiated, the resin (mainly epoxy resin) used to mold the photodetection unit will cause degradation such as dark yellow discoloration or cracking ( fine white streaks), and the photodetection characteristics are damaged. Specifically, in the case of the write-once information storage medium shown in this embodiment, it may be due to the fact that the storage medium has a pregroove as shown in Figures 7A, 7B and 7C A mold resin degradation occurs in the
从在“3-2-A]要求应用根据本实施例技术的范围”中的“(1)记录层3-2的厚度Dg的条件”所描述的内容可见,当在本实施例中进行记录时发生记录层3-2的最佳特性改变(热模式)时,认为记录层3-2中的温度暂时上升为80℃到150℃的范围中。考虑到大约15℃的室温,温差ΔTwrite的范围从65℃到135℃。在记录时出现脉冲光照射,而在再现时出现连续光照射。在再现时,出现记录层3-2中的温升和温差ΔTread。当光头中的检测系统的图像形成放大率是M时,按照在记录层3-2上照射的会聚光的光密度的1/M2来获得聚焦在光检测器上的检测灯的光密度,因此按照粗略估算的ΔTread/M2来获得再现时的光检测器上的温度升高量。考虑这样的事实,即能被照射在光检测器上的光的密度上限值是由温度升高量转换的,所以认为该上限值是在ΔTread/M2≤1℃的数量级。光头中检测系统的图像形成放大率M一般是3到10倍的数量级,如果假定估算放大率需要设置再现功率以便获得:As can be seen from the contents described in "(1) Conditions for the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2" in "3-2-A] Scope required to apply technology according to the present embodiment", when recording in the present embodiment When a change in the optimum characteristics of the recording layer 3-2 occurs (thermal mode), it is considered that the temperature in the recording layer 3-2 temporarily rises in the range of 80°C to 150°C. Considering a room temperature of about 15°C, the temperature difference ΔT write ranges from 65°C to 135°C. Pulsed light irradiation occurs at the time of recording, while continuous light irradiation occurs at the time of reproduction. At the time of reproduction, a temperature rise and a temperature difference ΔT read in the recording layer 3-2 occur. When the image forming magnification of the detection system in the optical head is M, the optical density of the detection lamp focused on the photodetector is obtained according to 1/M of the optical density of the convergent light irradiated on the recording layer 3-2, Therefore, the amount of temperature rise on the photodetector at the time of reproduction is obtained as roughly estimated ΔT read /M 2 . Considering the fact that the upper limit value of the density of light that can be irradiated on the photodetector is converted by the amount of temperature rise, the upper limit value is considered to be on the order of ΔT read /M 2 ≦1°C. The image formation magnification M of the detection system in the optical head is generally on the order of 3 to 10 times. If the estimated magnification is assumed to be Reproduction power needs to be set in order to obtain:
ΔTread/ΔTwrite≤20 (B-3)ΔT read /ΔT write ≤20 (B-3)
假定记录时的记录脉冲的占空比被估算为50%,则要求如下内容:Assuming that the duty cycle of the recording pulse at the time of recording is estimated to be 50%, the following is required:
[最佳再现功率]≤[最佳记录功率]/10 (B-4)[Best reproduction power]≤[Best recording power]/10 (B-4)
因此,考虑到稍后描述的公式(8)到(13)和上述公式(B-4),最佳再现功率被指定如下:Therefore, in consideration of formulas (8) to (13) described later and the above-mentioned formula (B-4), the optimum reproduction power is specified as follows:
[最佳再现功率]<3×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (B-5)[Best reproduction power]<3×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (B-5)
[最佳再现功率]<3×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (B-6)[Best reproduction power]<3×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (B-6)
[最佳再现功率]<2×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (B-7)[Best reproduction power]<2×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (B-7)
[最佳再现功率]<2×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (B-8)[Best reproduction power]<2×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (B-8)
[最佳再现功率]<1.5×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (B-9)[Best reproduction power]<1.5×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (B-9)
[最佳再现功率]1.5×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (B-10)[Best reproduction power] 1.5×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (B-10)
参考“3-2-E)在针对参数定义的本实施例中的涉及记录层的厚度分布的基本特征”例如,当NA=0.65并且V=6.6m/s时,获得如下关系:Referring to "3-2-E) Basic Features Involving Thickness Distribution of the Recording Layer in the Present Embodiment Defined for Parameters" For example, when NA=0.65 and V=6.6m/s, the following relationship is obtained:
[最佳再现功率]<3mW,[Best reproduction power] < 3mW,
[最佳再现功率]<2mW,或[Best reproduction power] <2mW, or
[最佳再现功率]<1.5mW。[Best reproduction power] <1.5mW.
实际上,当与信息存储介质转动和相对移动的事实相比较时,光检测器是固定不动的,因此考虑到这一事实,则需要把该最佳再现功率设置为在上述公式中获得的值的1/3或更小的数量级。根据本实施例的信息记录/再现设备中,再现功率的值设置为0.4mW。In fact, when compared with the fact that the information storage medium rotates and relatively moves, the photodetector is fixed, so taking this fact into account, it is necessary to set the optimal reproduction power as obtained in the above formula On the order of 1/3 of the value or less. In the information recording/reproducing apparatus according to the present embodiment, the value of the reproducing power is set to 0.4 mW.
3-2-C]容易产生本实施例所示记录原理的理想记录薄膜结构3-2-C] Easy to produce the ideal recording film structure of the recording principle shown in this example
将给出的描述是涉及用于“设置一个环境”的方法(记录薄膜结构或形状),其中容易产生在本实施例中的上述记录原理。A description will be given of a method for "setting an environment" (recording film structure or shape) in which the above-described recording principle in this embodiment is easily produced.
作为其中可能发生在上述记录层3-2内的特性改变的一个环境,本实施例的特性在于,在记录薄膜结构或形状中的技术设计,例如:As an environment in which a characteristic change may occur in the above-mentioned recording layer 3-2, the present embodiment is characterized in technical design in the recording film structure or shape, for example:
“在形成记录标记9的一个区中,可能出现光特性变化的临界温度被超过,而在记录标记9的中心部分将不超过气化(蒸发)温度,并且在记录标记9中心部分附近的透光基片2-2的表面不超过一个热温度”"In an area where the
将参考图6A、6B和6C描述涉及上述说明的具体内容。在图6A、6B和6C中,开放(空白)箭头指示照射激光束7的光程,而虚线箭头指示热流。图6A示出的记录薄膜结构指示一种环境,其中在对应于本实施例的记录层3-2之内最可能出现光特性变化。即,在图6A中,包括有机染料记录材料的记录层3-2的任意位置都具有公式(3)或公式(4)示出范围中的均匀厚度(厚度足够大),并且以垂直于记录层3-2的方向来接收激光束7的照射。如在“6-1)光反射层(材料和厚度)”中详细描述的那样,银合金被用作本实施例中的光反射层4-2的材料。不局限于银合金,包括具有强光反射系数的一个金属的材料通常具有高热导率和热辐射特性。因此,虽然通过吸收照射激光束7的能量而使得记录层3-2的温度上升,但热量朝向具有热辐射特性的光反射层4-2辐射。虽然图6A所示记录薄膜被以均匀形状形成在任意位置,但比较均匀的温升出现在该记录层3-2之内,并且在中心部分的点α、β、和γ的温差是比较小的。因此,在形成记录标记9时,当超过在点α和β的光学特性变化的临界温度时,在中心部分的点α不超过气化(蒸发)温度;并且存在于接近中心部分的点α的一个位置处的透光基片的表面(未示出)不超过热变形温度。Specific contents related to the above description will be described with reference to FIGS. 6A , 6B, and 6C. In FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C, open (blank) arrows indicate the optical path of the irradiating
比较而言,如图6B所示,记录薄膜3-2的一部分提供了一个阶跃。在点δ和ε,激光束7的照射以一个方向倾斜到记录层3-2布置的方向,因此与中心部分的点α相比较,每一单位面积的激光束7的照射量被相对降低。结果是,在点δ和ε的记录层3-2中的温度升高量被降低。而且,在点δ和ε存在朝向光反射层4-2的热辐射,因此与中心部分的点α相比较,在点δ和ε达到的温度被充分降低。因此,热量从点β流到点α,并且热量从点α流到点γ,因此在点β和γ相关于中心部分的点α的温差变得很小。在进行记录时,在点β和γ的温升量是低值,在点β和α不会超过发生光特性改变的临界温度。作为克服此问题的措施,为了在点β和γ造成光特性变化的发生(为了产生一个临界温度或更高的温度),需要增加激光束7的曝光量(记录功率)。在图6B示出的记录薄膜结构中,中心部分的点α相对于点β和γ的温差很大。因此,在现行温度已升至在点β和γ出现光特性变化的一个温度时,在中心部分的点α将超过气化(蒸发)温度,或在该中心部分的点α附近透光基片(未示出)的表面很容易超过热变形温度。In contrast, as shown in Fig. 6B, a part of the recording film 3-2 provides a step. At the points δ and ε, the irradiation of the
此外,即使在激光束7照射一侧的记录层3-2的表面的任意位置垂直于激光束7的照射方向,但在该记录层3-2的厚度随着位置变化的情况中,将提供一种结构,其中很难出现在根据本实施例的记录层3-2内的光特性变化。例如在图6C中所示,考虑一种情况,其中记录层3-2外围部分的厚度Dl明显小于记录层3-2中心部分点α的厚度Dg(例如公式(2)或公式(4)不满足)。即使在该中心部分的点α,虽然发生朝向光反射层4-2的热辐射,但记录层3-2的厚度Dg足够大,因此使得有可能实现热量累积而达到高温。比较而言,在点ξ和η的厚度Dl明显地小,朝向光反射层4-2照射的热量不执行热量累积此温度升高量小。结果是,按次序出现朝向点β、δ和ξ的热量辐射和朝向点γ、ε和η的热量辐射,以及朝向光反射层4-2的热量辐射,如图6B所示的那样,引起在该中心部分的点α相对于点β和γ的温差变得很大。当增加激光束7的曝光量(记录功率)以便在点β和γ产生光特性变化时(为了产生临界温度或更高的温度),将超过中心部分的点α的气化(蒸发)温度,或在该中心部分的点α附近的透光基片(未示出)的表面容易超过热变形温度。In addition, even if any position of the surface of the recording layer 3-2 on the side irradiated with the
根据上述内容而参考图7A、7B和7C,将给出涉及下列内容的描述:在本实施例中涉及预制沟槽形状/尺寸的技术设计的内容,用于提供“环境的设置(记录薄膜的结构或形状)”,其中可能出现根据本实施例的记录原理;以及在本实施例中的涉及记录层厚度分布的技术设计的内容。图7A示出在例如CD-R或DVD-R的传统一次写入型信息存储介质中的记录薄膜结构;而图7B和7C示出在本实施例中的记录薄膜结构。如图7A、7B和7C所示,本发明中的记录标记9被形成在预制沟槽区11中。7A, 7B and 7C in accordance with the foregoing, a description will be given concerning the following: In this embodiment, the technical design of the shape/dimensions of the pregroove is used to provide the setting of the "environment (recording film's structure or shape)", in which the recording principle according to this embodiment may appear; and the content related to the technical design of the recording layer thickness distribution in this embodiment. FIG. 7A shows the structure of a recording film in a conventional write-once type information storage medium such as CD-R or DVD-R; and FIGS. 7B and 7C show the structure of a recording film in this embodiment. As shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B and 7C, the recording marks 9 in the present invention are formed in the
3-2-D]与在本实施例中的预制沟槽形状/尺寸相关的基本特征3-2-D] Basic features related to prefabricated groove shape/size in this embodiment
如图7A所示,其中有许多情况,在例如CD-R或DVD-R的传统的一次写入型信息存储介质中,以一个“V形沟槽”形成预制沟槽区11。在这样的结构情况下,如图6B描述的那样,激光束7的能量吸收效率低,并且在记录层3-2中的温度分布非均匀性变得很大。本实施例的特性在于,为了接近图6A的理想状态,在至少该“透光基片2-2”侧的预制沟槽区11中提供与入射激光束7的穿行方向正交的一个平面形状。如参考图6A描述的那样,所希望的是这一平面区尽可能地宽。因此,本实施例的第二特征在于,在预制沟槽区11中提供平面区,并且该预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg大于槽岸区的宽度Wl(Wg>Wl)。在此说明书中,预制沟槽区的宽度Wg和槽岸区的宽度Wl被定义为在一个位置处的不同宽度,在所述位置上穿过一个具有中间高度的平面,该中间高度是在预制沟槽区的平面位置所在的高度和槽岸区成为最高并且该预制沟槽中的倾斜表面的一个位置的高度之间。As shown in FIG. 7A, there are many cases where, in a conventional write-once type information storage medium such as CD-R or DVD-R, the
已经使用热分析作出了讨论,数据已被记录在实际产生为设计原型的一次写入型信息存储介质中,已经作出在记录标记9的位置由截面SEM(扫描型电子显微镜)图像引起的基片变形观测,并且已经重复了在记录层3-2中存在或不存在由于气化(蒸发)产生的空腔的观测。结果发现,通过把预制沟槽区的宽度Wg加宽从而更明显地大于槽岸区的宽度Wl,将获得有益的效果。而且,预制沟槽区宽度Wg和槽岸区宽度Wl的比例是Wg∶Wl=6∶4,并且期望是大于Wg∶Wl=7∶3,因此认为在记录层3-2中的局部光特性变化可能出现,而该改变在记录之时更稳定。如上所述,当预制沟槽区宽度Wg和槽岸区宽度Wl之间的差值增加时,从槽岸区12的顶部消除了一个平台表面,如图7C所示。在传统的DVD-R盘中,预制凹坑(槽岸预制凹坑:未示出)被形成在槽岸区12中,并且其中预先实现用于记录地址信息等的格式。因此,在槽岸区12中形成平台区是有条件的强制措施。结果是,以“V形沟槽”形成预制沟槽区11。此外,在传统的CD-R盘中,利用调频把摆动信号记录在预制沟槽区11中。在传统的CD-R盘中的调频系统中,时隙间隔(详细给出每个格式的细节说明)不是恒定的,并且在摆动信号检测之时的相位调整(PLL:PLL(锁相环)的同步)比较困难。因此,预制沟槽区11的壁面被集中(使得靠近该V-沟槽)在一个中心的附近,该中心的再现焦点的强度是最高的,并且摆动幅度量增加,因此保证了摆动信号检测的精确度。如7B和7C所示,在已经加宽本实施例的预制沟槽区11中的平台区之后,当预制沟槽区11的倾斜表面相对地移到再现焦点的中心位置的外侧时,将很难获得一个摆动检测信号。本实施例的特征在于,加宽上述预制沟槽区的宽度Wg并且结合利用了其中总是固定地保持摆动检测的时隙间隔的PSK(相移键控)的H格式、或利用了FSK(频移键控)或STW(锯齿摆动)的B格式,从而保证在低记录功率的稳定的记录特性(适合于高速记录或分层),并且保证稳定的摆动信号检测特性。特别是在H格式中,除了上述的组合之外,“摆频调制的比例被降低到明显地低于非调制区的摆频调制的比例”,从而更显著地帮助在摆动信号检测之时的同步,并且进一步更显著地稳定摆动信号检测的特征。Discussions have been made using thermal analysis, data has been recorded in a write-once type information storage medium actually produced as a design prototype, and a substrate caused by a cross-sectional SEM (scanning electron microscope) image at the position of the
3-2-E]相关本实施例中的记录层3-2的厚度分布的基本特征3-2-E] Basic features related to the thickness distribution of the recording layer 3-2 in this embodiment
在本说明书中,如图7B和7C所示,槽岸区12中的记录层3-2为最厚的一部分的厚度被定义为槽岸区12中的厚度Dl;并且在预制沟槽区11中记录层3-2为最厚的一部分被定义为预制沟槽区中的记录层厚度Dg。如已参照图6C描述的那样,槽岸区中的记录层厚度Dl被相对增加,因此,在该记录层中的局部光特征改变会稳定地出现在进行记录之时。In this specification, as shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the thickness of a portion where the recording layer 3-2 in the
以上述同样方式,已经使用热分析作出了讨论,数据已被记录在实际产生为设计原型的一次写入型信息存储介质中,已经在记录标记9的位置用截面SEM(扫描型电子显微镜)图像作出基片变形观测以及对在记录层3-2中存在或不存在由气化(蒸发)产生的空腔的观测。结果已经发现,需要把预制沟槽区中的记录层厚度Dg和在槽岸区中的记录层厚度Dl之间的比例设置为等于或小于Dg∶Dl=4∶1。而且设置Dg∶Dl=3∶1,并且期望设置Dg∶Dl=2∶1,从而使得有可能保证在实施例中的记录原理的稳定性。In the same manner as above, a discussion has been made using thermal analysis, data has been recorded in a write-once type information storage medium actually produced as a design prototype, and a cross-sectional SEM (scanning electron microscope) image has been taken at the position of the
3-3)对于在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜共有的记录特性3-3) Recording characteristics common to the organic dye recording films in this embodiment
作为“3-2-B]本实施例中有机染料记录材料共有的基本特征”的内容之一,本实施例的特征是记录功率控制,如在项[γ]中描述的那样。As one of the contents of "3-2-B] Basic features common to organic dye recording materials in this embodiment", this embodiment is characterized by recording power control as described in item [γ].
以一个温度发生的记录层3-2中的局部光特性改变引起该记录标记9的形成,该温度比传统的透光基片2-2在以记录层3-2中的热分解温度、或以气化(蒸发)温度时的塑性变形温度低得多。因此,记录功率的上限值受限,以致不保证在进行记录之时该透光基片2-2局部超出塑性变形温度,或在该记录层3-2中局部地超过热分解温度或气化(蒸发)温度。The formation of the
对照使用热分析的讨论,通过使用稍后在“4-1)本实施例的再现设备或记录/再现设备的结构和特征的说明”中描述的设备、以及通过使用稍后在“4-3)在本实施例中的记录条件的说明”中描述的记录条件,已经作出在按照本实施例示出的记录原理来执行记录情况中的最佳功率值的展示。在演示测试中使用的记录/再现设备的物镜的数值孔径(NA)值是0.65,并且进行记录时的线速度是6.61m/s。作为随后在“4-3)本实施例中的记录条件的说明”中定义的记录功率的值(峰值功率),已经发现:In contrast to the discussion using thermal analysis, by using the device described later in "4-1) Explanation of the structure and characteristics of the reproducing device or recording/reproducing device of the present embodiment", and by using the device described later in "4-3 ) The recording conditions described in "Description of recording conditions in this embodiment" have made presentations of optimum power values in the case where recording is performed according to the recording principle shown in this embodiment. The numerical aperture (NA) value of the objective lens of the recording/reproducing apparatus used in the demonstration test was 0.65, and the linear velocity at the time of recording was 6.61 m/s. As the value of recording power (peak power) defined later in "4-3) Description of recording conditions in the present embodiment", it has been found that:
·大部分有机染料记录材料以30mW发生气化(蒸发),并且在记录标记中出现空腔;Vaporization (vaporization) of most organic dye recording materials occurs at 30 mW, and cavities appear in recording marks;
...该透光基片2-2在记录层3-2附近的一个位置的温度明显超出玻璃转换温度;... the temperature of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 at a location near the recording layer 3-2 significantly exceeds the glass transition temperature;
·该透光基片2-2的温度在记录层3-2附近的一个位置以20mW达到塑性变形温度(玻璃化转变温度);The temperature of the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 reaches the plastic deformation temperature (glass transition temperature) at 20 mW at a position near the recording layer 3-2;
·考虑到余量,例如表面预弯曲或信息存储介质的记录功率变化,期望15mW或更小。• In consideration of margins such as surface pre-bending or recording power variation of the information storage medium, 15 mW or less is desired.
上述的“记录功率”表示照射到记录层3-2的曝光量的取和。获得焦点中心部分以及该光强密度为最高的一个部分的光能量密度作为用于在本实施例中讨论的参数。焦点大小反比于NA值,并因此在该焦点中心部分的光能量密度与NA值的平方成比例增加。因此,通过使用下面的相关公式,电流值能被转换成稍后描述的B格式或另一格式(另一NA值)(D3)中的最佳记录功率的一个值:The "recording power" mentioned above means the sum of the exposure amounts irradiated to the recording layer 3-2. The optical energy density of the central portion of the focal point and the portion where the optical intensity density is the highest is obtained as parameters used in the discussion in this embodiment. The focal spot size is inversely proportional to the NA value, and thus the optical energy density at the central portion of the focal spot increases in proportion to the square of the NA value. Therefore, the current value can be converted into a value of the optimum recording power in the B format described later or another format (another NA value) (D3) by using the following related formula:
[适用于不同NA值的记录功率]=[当NA=0.65时的记录功率]×0.652/NA2 (5)[Recording power applicable to different NA values]=[Recording power when NA=0.65]×0.65 2 /NA 2 (5)
而且,最佳记录功率根据相变记录型材料中的线速度V而改变。通常,最佳记录功率正比于在相变记录型材料中的线速度的1/2次方变化,并且正比于有机染料记录材料中的线速度V变化。因此,考虑通过扩展公式(5)获得的线速度V的最佳记录功率的转换公式被获得如下:Also, the optimum recording power varies depending on the linear velocity V in the phase-change recording type material. In general, the optimum recording power is proportional to the 1/2 power change of the linear velocity in phase-change recording type materials, and is proportional to the linear velocity V change in organic dye recording materials. Therefore, the conversion formula of the optimum recording power considering the linear velocity V obtained by extending the formula (5) is obtained as follows:
[通常记录功率]=[当NA=0.65时的记录功率;6.6m/s]×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (6)[Normal recording power]=[Recording power when NA=0.65; 6.6m/s]×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (6)
或or
[通常记录功率]=[当NA=0.65时的记录功率;6.6m/s]×(0.65/NA)2×V/6.6)1/2 (7)[Normal recording power]=[Recording power when NA=0.65; 6.6m/s]×(0.65/NA) 2 ×V/6.6) 1/2 (7)
当总结上述讨论结果时,作为用于保证本实施例所示记录原理的记录功率,所希望设置的上限值为:When summarizing the above discussion results, as the recording power used to ensure the recording principle shown in this embodiment, the upper limit value that is desired to be set is:
[最佳记录功率]<30×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (8)[Best recording power]<30×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (8)
[最佳记录功率]<30×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (9)[Best recording power]<30×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (9)
[最佳记录功率]<20×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (10)[Best recording power]<20×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (10)
[最佳记录功率]<20×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (11)[Best recording power]<20×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (11)
[最佳记录功率]<15×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6) (12)[Best recording power]<15×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) (12)
[最佳记录功率]<15×(0.65/NA)2×(V/6.6)1/2 (13)[Best recording power]<15×(0.65/NA) 2 ×(V/6.6) 1/2 (13)
从上述公式中,针对公式(8)或公式(9)的条件被达到作为一个强制条件;达到针对公式(10)或公式(11)的一个目标条件;并且达到针对公式(12)或公式(13)的一个条件作为期望条件。From the above formulas, the condition for formula (8) or formula (9) is achieved as a mandatory condition; a target condition for formula (10) or formula (11) is achieved; and the condition for formula (12) or formula ( 13) as the desired condition.
3-4)涉及本实施例中的“H-L”记录薄膜的特性说明3-4) Explanation concerning the characteristics of the "H-L" recording film in this example
具有“在记录标记9中的光反射量低于在未记录区中的光反射量”的特征的记录薄膜被称为“H-L”记录薄膜。相反,其中上述光反射量高的记录薄膜被称为“L-H”记录薄膜。在这些记录薄膜中,对于“H-L”记录薄膜而言,本实施例的特征在于:A recording film having a feature that "the amount of light reflection in the recorded
1)以一个比值提供一个上限值,该比值是再现波长的吸收率相对于在光吸收频谱的λmax write位置的吸收率的比值;以及1) providing an upper limit value as a ratio of the absorbance at the reproduction wavelength relative to the absorbance at the λ max write position of the optical absorption spectrum; and
2)改变光吸收频谱轮廓,以形成一个记录标记。2) Change the light absorption spectral profile to form a recording mark.
在本实施例的H格式中,作为一种调制系统,采用ETM(八到十二:8比特数据代码转换成12沟道位)和RLL(1,10)(在调制之后的码列当中,与12沟道位长度T相关的最小反向长度是2T,并且最大反向长度是11T)。其中执行稍后在“4-2)本实施例再现电路的说明”中描述的再现电路的性能评价,为了稳定执行该再现电路的再现,已发现需要满足的[在I11H和来自具有足够长的长度的记录标记(11T)的再现信号量I11L之间的差值I11≡I11H-I11L]的比例是:In the H format of this embodiment, as a modulation system, ETM (eight to twelve: 8-bit data code conversion into 12 channel bits) and RLL (1, 10) (in the code train after modulation, The minimum inversion length associated with 12 channel bit length T is 2T, and the maximum inversion length is 11T). In which the performance evaluation of the reproducing circuit described later in "4-2) Explanation of the reproducing circuit of the present embodiment" is performed, in order to stably perform the reproduction of the reproducing circuit, it has been found that it is necessary to satisfy the [in I 11H and from the The ratio of the difference I 11 ≡I 11H -I 11L ] between the reproduced signal amount I 11L of the length of the recording mark (11T) is:
I11/I11H≥0.4 (20)或优选地是,I 11 /I 11H ≥ 0.4 (20) or preferably,
I11/I11H>0.2 (21)I 11 /I 11H >0.2 (21)
在本实施例中,在以高密度记录的信号再现之时利用一种PRML(部分响应最大似然)方法。为了根据PRML技术正确地执行检测,要求再现信号的线性度。In this embodiment, a PRML (Partial Response Maximum Likelihood) method is used at the time of reproduction of a signal recorded at a high density. In order to correctly perform detection according to the PRML technique, the linearity of the reproduced signal is required.
为了确保上述再现信号的线性,已经发现当具有3T长度的一记录标记和来自未记录空间的重复信号的再现信号幅度为定义为I3时,需要满足相对于上述I11的一个比例关系:In order to ensure the linearity of the above-mentioned reproduced signal, it has been found that when the reproduced signal amplitude of a recorded mark with a length of 3T and a repeated signal from an unrecorded space is defined as I3 , a proportional relationship relative to the above-mentioned I11 needs to be satisfied:
I3/I11≥0.35 (22);或最好是I 3 /I 11 ≥0.35 (22); or preferably
I3/I11>0.2 (23)I 3 /I 11 >0.2 (23)
作为用于挑选适合于具体“H-L”记录层的有机染料材料的方法,根据在本实施例中的一个光学薄膜设计,选择一种在未记录状态下的折射因数范围是n32=1.3到2.0的有机染料材料;吸收系数范围是k32=0.1至0.2,期望n32=1.7至1.9;吸收系数范围是k32=0.15到0.17,并且满足上述的一系列条件。As a method for selecting an organic dye material suitable for a specific "HL" recording layer, according to an optical film design in the present embodiment, a refractive index range of n 32 =1.3 to 2.0 in the unrecorded state is selected organic dye material; the range of absorption coefficient is k 32 =0.1 to 0.2, and it is expected that n 32 =1.7 to 1.9; the range of absorption coefficient is k 32 =0.15 to 0.17, and a series of conditions mentioned above are satisfied.
在“H-L”记录薄膜中,在未记录区的光吸收频谱中,虽然λmax write的波长比再现光或记录/再现光的波长(例如405nm)更短,但对此不作限制,λmax write的波长可以比再现光或记录/再现光的波长(例如405nm)更长。In the "HL" recording film, in the light absorption spectrum of the unrecorded area, although the wavelength of λ max write is shorter than the wavelength of reproducing light or recording/reproducing light (for example, 405 nm), there is no limitation to this, and λ max write The wavelength of light may be longer than the wavelength of reproducing light or recording/reproducing light (for example, 405 nm).
为了满足上述公式(22)或公式(23),记录层3-2的厚度Dg将受到影响。例如,倘若记录层3-2的厚度Dg明显超过容许值,则在记录层3-2中仅与透光基片2-2接触的那一部分的光特性才随着记录标记9的形成的状态而变化,因此接触到相邻其位置的光反射层4-2的那一部分的记录层3-2的光特性被获得作为与在未记录区中的光特性值相等的一个值。结果是,再现光量的改变被降低,并且公式(22)或公式(23)中I3值被减小,并且无法满足公式(22)或公式(23)的一个条件。因此,为了满足公式(22),如图7B和7C所示,必需改变在记录标记9中接触到光反射层4-2的那部分的光学特征。而且,如果记录层3-2的厚度Dg明显地超出一个容许值,则当形成记录标记时将出现厚度方向上的温度梯度。随后,在该记录层3-2中接触该光反射层4-2的那一部分达到光特性变化温度之前,将超过接触到透光基片2-2的一个部分的气化(蒸发)温度,即超过在该透光基片2-2中的热变形温度。针对上述原因,在本实施例中为了满足公式(22),根据热分析的讨论,记录层3-2的厚度Dg被设置为“3T”或更小;并且满足公式(23)的一个条件是该记录层3-2的厚度Dg被设置为“3×3T”或更小。实际上,在记录层3-2的厚度Dg等于或小于“3T”的情况中,虽然可以满足公式(22),但考虑到由一次写入型信息存储介质的表面移动或弯曲产生的倾斜、或相关焦点模糊的余量的影响,该厚度可被设置为“T”或更小。考虑通过前面描述的公式(1)和(2)获得的结果,本实施例中该记录层3-2的厚度Dg被设置在指定一个要求的最小条件中的范围里:In order to satisfy the above formula (22) or formula (23), the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 will be affected. For example, if the thickness Dg of the recording layer 3-2 significantly exceeds the allowable value, only the optical characteristics of the portion of the recording layer 3-2 that is in contact with the light-transmitting substrate 2-2 will follow the state of the
9T≥Dg≥λ/8n32 (27)9T≥Dg≥λ/8n 32 (27)
并且在一个期望的条件中:And in a desired condition:
3T≥Dg≥λ/4n32 (28)3T≥Dg≥λ/4n 32 (28)
在不限制于此的条件下,最极端的条件可以定义为:Without being limited thereto, the most extreme conditions may be defined as:
T≥Dg≥λ/4n32 (29)T≥Dg≥λ/4n 32 (29)
如后面描述的那样,H格式中的沟道位长度T的值是102nm,而B格式中是69nm到80nm。因此,H格式中3T的值是306nm,B格式中是207nm到240nm。H格式中9T的值是918nm,B格式中是621nm到720nm。在此虽然描述了“H-L”记录薄膜,但用于公式(27)到(29)的条件可以用于“L-H”记录薄膜而不被限制于此。As described later, the value of the channel bit length T in the H format is 102 nm, and in the B format is 69 nm to 80 nm. Therefore, the value of 3T in H format is 306nm, and in B format is 207nm to 240nm. The value of 9T in H format is 918nm, and in B format is 621nm to 720nm. Although the "H-L" recording film is described here, the conditions for the formulas (27) to (29) can be applied to the "L-H" recording film without being limited thereto.
第4章:再现设备或记录/再现设备以及记录条件/再现电路的说明Chapter 4: Description of Reproducing Devices or Recording/Reproducing Devices and Recording Conditions/Reproducing Circuits
4-1)本实施例中的再现设备或记录/再现设备的结构和特征的说明4-1) Description of the structure and features of the reproducing device or recording/reproducing device in this embodiment
图8表示根据本发明的信息记录/再现设备一个实施例的结构示例图。图8中,控制单元143的高端主要地表示用于一种信息存储介质的信息记录控制系统。在本实施例的信息再现设备中,图8中排除信息记录控制系统的结构对应于上述结构。图8中,粗实线箭头指示指定再现信号或记录信号的主信息的流动;细实线箭头表示信息流动;点划线箭头表示基准时钟线路;细虚线箭头表示命令指示方向。Fig. 8 is a diagram showing a structural example of an embodiment of an information recording/reproducing apparatus according to the present invention. In FIG. 8, the upper side of the
光头(未示出)放置在图8示出的信息记录/再现单元141中。在本实施例中,使用在光头中的光源(半导体激光器)的波长是405nm,但是本实施例并不局限于此,并且如先前描述的那样,能使用具有等于或短于620nm或530nm使用波长的光源,或范围从355nm到455nm的一个光源。此外,用于把上述波长光束聚焦在信息存储介质上的两个物镜透镜可被结合在该光头中。在对于H格式的信息存储介质执行记录/再现操作的情况中,使用具有NA值为065的一个物镜。提供的一个结构使得在对于B格式信息存储介质执行记录/再现操作的情况中,使用具有NA=0.85的物镜。作为恰即在光入射到物镜之前的一个入射光的强度分布,当中心强度被设置为“1”时,在物镜圆周(孔径的边界位置)的相对光强被称为“RIM强度”。H格式中的RIM强度的值被设置在55%到70%范围中。此时,对光头中的波面失真量作光学设计使其相对于一个使用波长λ是0.33λ,(0.33λ或更小)。An optical head (not shown) is placed in the information recording/reproducing
在本实施例中,部分响应最大似然(PRML)被用于信息再现,以便实现信息存储介质的高密度(点[A])。作为各种测试的结果,当PR(1,2,2,2,1)被用作将被使用的PR类时,当例如焦点模糊或轨道移位的伺服校正错误已经出现时,能够增加线密度并提高再现信号的可靠性(即能提高解调可靠性)。因此,在本实施例中使用PR(1,2,2,2,1)(点[A1])。在本实施例中,按照一个(d,k;m,n)调制规则(在上述方法中,这表示m/n调制的RLL(d,k)),调制之后的沟道位模式被记录在信息存储介质中。In this embodiment, Partial Response Maximum Likelihood (PRML) is used for information reproduction in order to achieve high density of information storage media (point [A]). As a result of various tests, when PR(1, 2, 2, 2, 1) is used as the PR class to be used, it is possible to increase the line Density and improve the reliability of the reproduced signal (that is, can improve the demodulation reliability). Therefore, PR(1, 2, 2, 2, 1) (point [A1]) is used in this embodiment. In this embodiment, according to a (d, k; m, n) modulation rule (in the above method, this means RLL(d, k) of m/n modulation), the channel bit pattern after modulation is recorded in information storage media.
具体地说,用于把8位数据转换为12沟道位(m=8,n=12)的ETM(8到12调制)被用作为一个调制方式,并且其中具有连续“0”的最小值的一个RLL(1,10)的条件被定义为d=1,并且最大值被定义为k=10作为运行长度限定的RLL限制,以便对于调制之后的沟道位模式必须满足的“0”后面的长度施加限制。在本实施例中,为了实现高密度的信息存储介质,沟道位间隙被减小到最小。结果是,例如在属于是d=1的模式的一个重复的模式“101010101010101010101010”已被记录在信息存储介质之后,在信息记录/再现单元141中再现该数据的情况中,该数据接近具有再现光学系统的MTF特性的关闭频率,以一种几乎被噪声隐藏的形状来形成一个再现的原生信号的信号振幅。因此,把部分响应最大似然(PRML)技术用作来再现记录标记或凹坑的一种方法,该记录标记或凹坑已被密集到MTF特性(关闭频率)的一个极限程度。即,从信息记录/再现单元141再现的信号承受由PR均衡电路130进行的再现波形校正。Specifically, ETM (8-to-12 modulation) for converting 8-bit data into 12-channel bits (m=8, n=12) is used as a modulation method, and has a minimum value of continuous "0" therein The condition of an RLL(1,10) of is defined as d=1, and the maximum value is defined as k=10 as the RLL limit defined by the run length, so that the channel bit pattern after modulation must satisfy the following "0" limit on the length. In this embodiment, in order to realize a high-density information storage medium, the channel bit gap is minimized. As a result, for example, after a repeated pattern "10101010101010101010101010" belonging to the pattern of d=1 has been recorded in the information storage medium, in the case of reproducing the data in the information recording/reproducing
通过把经过PR均衡电路130的信号转换为数字量,根据从基准时钟产生电路160送出的基准时钟198的一个定时,采样已经过PR均衡电路130的信号;采样的信号由AD转换器169转换成一个数字数据;并且在维特比解码器156中执行维特比解码过程。维特比解码的数据被以传统的限幅电平处理成完全类似于二进制数据的数据。在已经使用该PRML技术的情况中,如果由AD转换器169获得的采样定时被偏移,则将增加维特比解码之后的数据误码率。因此,为了提高采样定时的精度,根据本实施例的信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备具有特别的其它采样定时抽样电路(施密特(Schmidt)触发器二进化电路155和PLL电路174的组合)。此施密特触发电路155在用于进行二进制化的限制参考电平具有一个特定值(现实中二极管的正向电压值),并且特征在于,仅当该具体宽度已被超过时才提供二进制化。因此,如上所述,例如在已经输入“101010101010101010101010”的一个模式的情况中,信号幅度很小,因此不发生进行二进制化的切换。例如在比上述的模式罕有的“1001001001001001001001”等模式已被输入的情况中,再现原生信号的幅度增加,因此根据由施密特触发器二进化电路155的“1”的定时发生二进制信号的极性切换。在本实施例中,使用NRZI(不归零反向)技术,并且上述模式的“1”的位置与记录标记或凹坑的边缘部分(边界部分)重合。By converting the signal through the
PLL电路174检测在属于是施密特触发器二进化电路155的输出的一个二进制信号和从基准时钟产生电路160发送基准时钟198的一个信号之间的频率和相位中的偏移,以便改变PLL电路174的输出时钟的频率和相位。通过使用PLL电路174的输出信号和在维特比解码器156上的解码特性信息以及会聚长度(关于维特比解码器156的路径度量存储器中的信息(到会聚的距离),虽然没有具体示出),基准时钟产生电路160把一个反馈施加到一个基准时钟198的(频率和相位),以便降低在维特比解码之后的误码率。由基准时钟产生电路160产生的基准时钟198被用作再现信号处理之时的参考定时。The
同步码位置采样单元145用于检测共存于维特比解码器156的输出数据序列中的同步码的出现和位置,并且采样上述输出数据的开始位置。在把这个开始位置定义为一个参考的同时,解调电路152对于暂存在移位寄存器电路170中的数据执行解调处理。在本实施例中,参考记录在解调转换表记录单元154中的一个转换表,上述暂存数据被以逐位为基础返回到12-沟道上的原始位模式。然后,由ECC解码电路162执行纠错处理,并且由解扰电路159执行解扰。预先通过摆频调制把地址信息记录在根据本实施例的记录类型(可重写的型或一次写入型)的信息存储介质中。摆动信号检测单元135再现这一地址信息(即判断摆动信号的内容),并把为了提供对于一个期望位置的接入所需要的信息提供到控制单元143。The synchronization code
现将给出关于提供在比控制单元143更高位置的信息记录控制系统的描述。在根据在信息存储介质上的记录位置从数据ID产生单元165产生数据ID信息之后,当由CPR_MAI数据产生单元167产生复制控制信息时,关于数据ID、IED、CPR_MAI以及EDC的各种信息被添加到将由数据ID、IED、CPR_MAI、和EDC添加单元168记录的信息。在由加扰电路157加扰该添加的信息之后,由ECC编码电路161形成一个ECC块,并由调制电路151把ECC块转换成沟道位模式。由同步码产生/添加单元146添加同步码,并以信息记录/再现单元141将数据记录在信息存储介质中。在调制之时,由DSV(数字和值)计算单元148顺序地计算调制之后的DSV值,并且该连续计算的值被反馈,以便在调制之后作代码转换。A description will now be given regarding an information recording control system provided at a higher position than the
图9示出包括图8所示同步码位置检测器单元145的外设部分的详细结构。同步码包括同步位置检测码部分和具有固定模式的可变码部分。从维特比解码器输出的沟道位模式中,同步位置检测码检测器单元182检测具有上述固定模式的一个同步位置检测码部分的位置。可变码转移单元183和184采样关于存在于该检测位置之前与之后的一个可变码的数据,并判断该同步码位于扇区中的哪个同步帧中,用识别单元185检测该同步码,以便检测具有上述固定模式的一个同步位置。依照移位寄存器电路170、解调电路152中的解调程序单元188、和ECC解码电路162的顺序,记录在信息存储介质上的用户信息被顺次转移。FIG. 9 shows a detailed configuration of a peripheral portion including the sync code
在本实施例中,通过针对在数据区、数据导入区和数据导出区的再现而使用PRML系统,实现了信息存储介质的高密度的H格式(尤其提高了线密度)。此外,确保了与目前DVD的兼容性,并通过使用针对在系统导入区和系统导出区中进行再现的一个限幅电平检测系统而保证了再现稳定性。(将在后面的“第7章:H格式的说明”给出详细说明。)In this embodiment, by using the PRML system for reproduction in the data area, data lead-in area, and data lead-out area, the high-density H format of the information storage medium (especially improved line density) is realized. In addition, compatibility with current DVDs is ensured, and reproduction stability is ensured by using a slice level detection system for reproduction in the system lead-in area and system lead-out area. (Details will be given later in "Chapter 7: Description of H Format".)
第5章:本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜的具体描述Chapter 5: Specific description of the organic dye recording film in this example
5-1)在本实施例中的涉及“L-H”记录薄膜的特性说明5-1) Description of characteristics related to "L-H" recording film in this embodiment
将对于“L-H”记录薄膜给出描述,该“L-H”记录薄膜具有的特性是,与在未记录区中相比,在记录标记中的光反射量被降低。从在“3-2-B]本实施例中有机染料记录材料共有的基本特征”中描述的记录原理当中,在使用这种记录薄膜情况下的记录原理主要利用下列任一原理:A description will be given for an "L-H" recording film having a characteristic that the amount of light reflection in recorded marks is reduced compared with that in unrecorded areas. From among the recording principles described in "3-2-B] Basic features common to organic dye recording materials in the present embodiment", the recording principle in the case of using this recording film mainly utilizes either of the following principles:
发色特性改变;Changes in hair color characteristics;
与贡献发色现象的成分相关的电子结构(电子层)的改变[褪色反应等];以及Changes in electronic structure (electron shells) associated with components contributing to chromogenic phenomena [fading reactions, etc.]; and
在分子之间的排列变化,并且改变光吸收频谱的特性。该“L-H”记录薄膜的特征在于,已考虑了具有单面双层结构的只读型信息存储介质的特征而规定了在未记录位置和记录位置中的反射量范围。Alignment changes between molecules and changes the characteristics of the light absorption spectrum. This "L-H" recording film is characterized in that the range of the reflection amount between the unrecorded position and the recorded position is specified in consideration of the characteristics of a read-only information storage medium having a single-sided double-layer structure.
图10示出在本实施例中的各种记录薄膜的非记录位置以及记录位置的反射系数。在已经使用H格式的情况中(参考“第7章:H格式的说明书”),信号以在该“L-H”记录薄膜中的一个嵌入区(例如系统导入区SYLDI)和一个记录标记区(数据导入区DTLDI、数据导出区DTLDO、或数据区DTA)的一个相同的方向出现,同时一个沟槽电平被定义为一个参考。相似的,在“H-L”记录薄膜中,在把沟槽电平定义为参考的同时,信号以在一个嵌入区(例如系统导入区SYSDI)和一个记录标记区(数据导入区DTLDI、数据导出区DTLDO、或数据区DTA)的相反的方向出现。利用这种现象,除了用于在“L-H”记录薄膜和“H-L”记录薄膜之间的记录薄膜识别之外,还促进了对应于“L-H”记录薄膜和“H-L”记录薄膜的检测电路的设计。此外,调整从本实施例示出的“L-H”记录薄膜上的记录标记中获得的再现信号特性,以便符合从“H-L”记录薄膜获得的信号特性,以便满足公式(20)到(23)。以此方式,在使用“L-H”记录薄膜和“H-L”记录薄膜任何一个的情况下,能使用相同的信号处理器电路,并且该信号处理器电路能被简化以及降低价格。FIG. 10 shows the reflection coefficients of the non-recording position and the recording position of various recording films in this embodiment. In the case where the H format has been used (refer to "Chapter 7: Specification of the H format"), the signal is recorded in an embedded area (such as the system lead-in area SYLDI) and a recording mark area (data A same direction of the lead-in area DTLDI, data lead-out area DTLDO, or data area DTA) occurs while a groove level is defined as a reference. Similarly, in the "H-L" recording film, while defining the groove level as a reference, the signal is recorded in an embedding area (such as the system lead-in area SYSDI) and a recording mark area (data lead-in area DTLDI, data lead-out area The opposite direction of DTLDO, or data area DTA) appears. Utilizing this phenomenon facilitates the design of detection circuits corresponding to the "L-H" recording film and the "H-L" recording film, in addition to being used for recording film discrimination between the "L-H" recording film and the "H-L" recording film . In addition, the reproduced signal characteristics obtained from the recording marks on the "L-H" recording film shown in this embodiment were adjusted so as to conform to the signal characteristics obtained from the "H-L" recording film so as to satisfy equations (20) to (23). In this way, in the case of using either of the "L-H" recording film and the "H-L" recording film, the same signal processor circuit can be used, and the signal processor circuit can be simplified and reduced in price.
参考图27A和27B,将给出关于与示出图10所示的“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜之间的光反射系数中的关系的实施例有关的另一实施例的描述。Referring to FIGS. 27A and 27B , description will be given regarding another embodiment related to an embodiment showing the relationship in light reflectance between the "H-L" recording film and the "L-H" recording film shown in FIG. 10 .
在本实施例中,如图7B和7C所示,预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg被设置为宽于槽岸区12的宽度Wl。这样,根据本实施例,当在预制沟槽区11(数据导入区DTLDI或数据区DTA和数据导出区DTLDO的内部)上执行寻道时,来自预制沟槽区11的信号电平(Iot)沟槽增加。In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C , the width Wg of the
在本实施例中,如下所述,通过使用由光头检测到的检测信号电平来定义“光反射系数”。In the present embodiment, the "light reflectance" is defined by using the detection signal level detected by the optical head as described below.
首先,入射光量IO的平行激光束被照射到没有精细非规则性的特定区,诸如信息存储介质1101的预制凹坑或预制沟槽;从信息存储介质1101反射的平行激光束的反射光量IR被测量到;以及值RS=IR/IO被利用为光反射系数RS。这样,不使用光头测量的值被定义为校准光反射系数RS。接下来,通过使用光头在其预定区上检测的检测信号电平被定义为反射光功率DS,并且值(RS/DS)被利用为将通过使用光头在信息存储介质1101的每个位置检测到的检测信号电平转换成“光反射系数”的转换系数。First, a parallel laser beam of an incident light amount 10 is irradiated to a specific area without fine irregularities, such as a pre-pit or a pre-groove of the information storage medium 1101; the reflected light amount I of the parallel laser beam reflected from the information storage medium 1101 R is measured; and the value R S =I R /I O is utilized as the light reflectance R S . Thus, the value measured without using the light head is defined as the calibration light reflectance R S . Next, the detection signal level detected on its predetermined area by using the optical head is defined as reflected optical power D S , and the value (R S /D S ) is utilized as the The detection signal level of position detection is converted into the conversion coefficient of "light reflection coefficient".
根据本实施例,信息存储介质的反射系数被指定,使得“H-L”记录薄膜的系统导入区SYLDI的光反射系数的范围是从16%到32%。According to the present embodiment, the reflectance of the information storage medium is specified such that the light reflectance of the system lead-in area SYLDI of the "H-L" recording film ranges from 16% to 32%.
此外,根据本实施例,在高电平指定“H-L”记录薄膜中的未记录区中的光反射量(Iot)沟槽对系统导入区SYLDI中的光反射量I11HP的比率(Iot)沟槽/I11HP,从而被包括在0.5到1.0的范围内。如图7B和7C所示,预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg窄于槽岸区12的宽度Wl,从而增加了(Iot)沟槽的电平。具体地说,在“H-L”记录薄膜中,记录层2-3的厚度Dg增加,从而减少了沟槽区与槽岸区之间的阶跃差Hr。这样,(Iot)沟槽的电平增加,从而(Iot)沟槽/I11HP的值是50%或更多。结果,来自记录在沟槽区11中的记录标记的光反射量I11HM能够被增加,并且来自沟槽区11的记录标记的检测信号幅度被增加。Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, the ratio (Iot) of the light reflection amount (Iot) groove in the unrecorded area in the "HL" recording film to the light reflection amount I11HP in the system lead-in area SYLDI is specified at the high level (Iot) groove Tank /I 11HP is thus included in the range of 0.5 to 1.0. As shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the width Wg of the
现参照图27A和27B来描述“L-H”记录薄膜中的检测信号电平。从半导体激光器1121发出的激光束1117通过准直透镜1122而形成平行光束。该平行光束光束穿过分束器1123并通过物镜1128聚焦在光盘1101的预制沟槽区1111。从该预制沟槽区1111反射的光束穿过物镜1128入射到分束器1123。由分束器1123反射的光束通过聚焦透镜1124而照射到光检测器1125。光检测器1125具有输出检测信号I1和I2的光检测单元1125-1和光检测单元1125-2。如在“H-L”记录薄膜中一样,由(Rs/Ds)×I11HP来定义“L-H”记录薄膜的系统导入区SYLDI中的光反射量。在本实施例中,“L-H”记录薄膜的系统导入区SYLDI中的光反射系数被指定在14%到28%的范围内。在“L-H”记录薄膜中,如图7B和7C所示的预制沟槽区11和槽岸区12中的记录薄膜3-2的厚度Dg和Dl是相对小的。因此,在未记录区中当轨道环是ON时的预制沟槽区214的未记录区中的检测信号电平(Iot)沟槽小于“H-L”记录薄膜的该检测信号电平(Iot)沟槽。结果,在本实施例中,数据导入区DTLDI、数据区DTA或数据导出区DTLDO的未记录位置的预制沟槽区214上的光反射量(Iot)沟槽的比率(Iot)沟 槽/I11HP被设置为低于“H-L”记录薄膜的该光反射量(Iot)沟槽的比率(Iot)沟槽/I11HP,从而被包括在40%到80%的范围内。在“L-H”记录薄膜中,记录标记中的光反射系数要比未记录区的反射系数更加显著地增加,因此,如图27B所示的再现信号波形被产生。在图27B中,来自记录标记的再现信号的最高检测信号电平I11HM被用作光反射量,并且该反射系数由(RS/DS)×I11HM指定。在本实施例中,“L-H”记录薄膜中的反射系数在14%到28%的范围内。根据本实施例,系统导入区SYLDI中的光反射范围被指定从而在“L-H”记录薄膜和“H-L”记录薄膜中部分重叠。在系统导入区SYLDI中的“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜之间存在光反射系数的重叠部分α。在本实施例中,在这个区中的光反射范围在16%到28%的范围内。本实施例便用用于重叠系统导入区SYLDI中的“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜之间的反射系数范围的方法,在所述系统导入区SYLDI中通过控制每个记录层3-2的光特性来产生系统导入区SYLDI中的“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜之间的反射系数的重叠部分。此外,提供了当轨道环在数据导入区DTLDI、数据DTA或数据导出区DTLDO是ON时的光反射系数的重叠部分β。在这个重叠部分,“H-L”记录薄膜的未记录区中的(Iot)沟槽电平被设置为高于“L-H”记录薄膜的未记录区中的检测信号电平(Iot)沟槽的信号电平,从而存在光反射系数之间的重叠部分β。The detection signal level in the "LH" recording film will now be described with reference to Figs. 27A and 27B. A laser beam 1117 emitted from a
具体地讲,如图7B和7C所示,在“H-L”记录薄膜中与在“L-H”记录薄膜相比,记录层3-2的厚度Dg和Dl被设置更大一些。结果,“H-L”记录薄膜中的光反射层4-2中的阶跃差Hr小于“L-H”记录薄膜中的该阶跃差Hr。结果,“H-L”记录薄膜中的未记录区中的检测信号电平(Iot)沟槽增加。在本实施例中,当轨道环是ON时的光反射系数范围在“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”薄膜之间是一致的。此外,数据区DTA等中的“H-L”记录薄膜和“L-H”记录薄膜之间光反射系数的重叠部分β最大化。此外,在本实施例中,存在部分γ,在该部分γ,在系统导入区SYLDI中的光反射系数彼此重叠的部分α和在数据区DTA中的光反射系数彼此重叠的部分β之间光反射系数彼此重叠。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the thicknesses Dg and Dl of the recording layer 3-2 are set somewhat larger in the "HL" recording film than in the "LH" recording film. As a result, the step difference Hr in the light reflection layer 4-2 in the "HL" recording film is smaller than that in the "LH" recording film. As a result, the detection signal level (Iot) grooves in the unrecorded area in the "HL" recording film increased. In this embodiment, the light reflectance range when the track ring is ON is consistent between the "HL" recording film and the "LH" film. In addition, the overlapping portion β of the light reflectance between the "HL" recording film and the "LH" recording film in the data area DTA and the like is maximized. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, there is a portion γ in which light is transmitted between a portion α in which the light reflection coefficients overlap each other in the system lead-in area SYLDI and a portion β in which the light reflection coefficients overlap each other in the data area DTA. The reflection coefficients overlap each other.
在本实施例中,如图7B或7C所示,预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg宽于槽岸区12的宽度Wl,并且来自诸如数据区DTA的内部的未记录区中的沟槽的检测信号电平(Iot)沟槽被降低,从而增加了部分α和部分β之间的光反射系数的重叠部分γ。In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7B or 7C, the width Wg of the pregroove
5-2)与在本实施例中的“L-H”记录薄膜相关的光吸收频谱的特性5-2) Characteristics of the light absorption spectrum associated with the "L-H" recording film in this embodiment
如已在″3-4)涉及本实施例的“H-L”记录薄膜的特性说明″中描述的那样,在一个未记录区中的相关吸收率在“H-L”记录薄膜中实际是较低,因此,当在再现时再现光已经照射的时候,出现由再现光的吸收能量产生的光特性改变。即使在该再现光的能量已在被吸收中具有高吸收率的记录标记吸收之后发生光特性改变(记录动作的更新),来自该记录标记的光反射系数也被降低。因此,由于这种改变是在其中该再现信号的幅度增加(I11≡I11H-I11L)的方向中起作用,所以再现信号处理很少受影响。As already described in "3-4) Description of the characteristics of the "HL" recording film related to the present embodiment", the relative absorbance in an unrecorded area is actually lower in the "HL" recording film, so , when reproduction light has been irradiated at the time of reproduction, a change in optical characteristics resulting from absorbed energy of the reproduction light occurs. Even if a change in optical characteristics (renewal of recording action) occurs after the energy of the reproducing light has been absorbed by a recording mark having a high absorptivity in absorption, the light reflectance from the recording mark is lowered. Therefore, since this change is effected in a direction in which the amplitude of the reproduced signal increases (I 11 ≡I 11H −I 11L ), reproduced signal processing is less affected.
相比之下,该“L-H”记录薄膜具有的光特性是“未记录部分的光反射系数低于记录标记中的光反射系数”。这意味着未记录部分的吸收率高于该记录标记中的吸收率。因此,与该“H-L”记录薄膜相比较,在再现之时,在“L-H”记录薄膜中可能出现信号劣变。如在“3-2-B]本发明中的有机染料记录材料共有的基本特征”中描述的那样,需要在已经出现由于紫外线或再现光照射引起的再现信号劣变的情况下提高再现信息的可靠性。In contrast, the "L-H" recording film has an optical characteristic that "the light reflectance of the unrecorded portion is lower than that of the recorded mark". This means that the absorption rate in the unrecorded portion is higher than that in the recorded mark. Therefore, signal degradation may occur in the "L-H" recording film at the time of reproduction, as compared with the "H-L" recording film. As described in "3-2-B] Basic Features Common to Organic Dye Recording Materials in the Invention", it is necessary to improve the ability to reproduce information in the case where deterioration of the reproduced signal due to irradiation of ultraviolet rays or reproduction light has occurred. reliability.
作为详细检查有机染料记录材料的特性的结果,已经发现一种吸收再现光能量的机制来使得一个光特性的变化基本上模拟于由紫外线照射引起的一个光特性的改变。结果是,如果在未记录区中提供一种提高与紫外线照射相关的耐久性的结构,则在再现之时几乎不发生信号劣变。因此,本实施例的特性在于,在“L-H”记录薄膜中,λmax write(最接近记录光波长的最大吸收波长)的值比记录光或再现光的波长(接近405nm)要长。以此方式,能够降低与紫外线相关的吸收率,并且能够显著地提高与紫外线照射相关的耐久性。如从图12中显见的那样,在λmax write附近的一个记录部分和一个未记录部分之间的吸收率的差值是小值,并且降低了在该波长光在λmax write附近的情况中的再现信号调制程度(信号幅度)。考虑到半导体激光器光源的波长改变,所希望的是在355nm到455nm的范围中的采用足够大的再现信号调制(信号幅度)。因此在本实施例中,设计记录薄膜3-2而使得λmax write的一个波长存在于355nm到455nm的范围之外(即以比455nm长的波长)。As a result of detailed examination of the properties of organic dye recording materials, it has been found that a mechanism absorbs the energy of reproduced light so that a change in a light property substantially mimics a change in a light property caused by ultraviolet irradiation. As a result, if a structure that improves durability with respect to ultraviolet irradiation is provided in an unrecorded area, signal degradation hardly occurs at the time of reproduction. Therefore, the present embodiment is characterized in that, in the "LH" recording film, the value of λ max write (maximum absorption wavelength closest to the wavelength of recording light) is longer than the wavelength of recording light or reproducing light (nearly 405 nm). In this way, the absorptivity associated with ultraviolet rays can be reduced, and the durability associated with ultraviolet irradiation can be remarkably improved. As is apparent from FIG. 12, the difference in absorptivity between a recorded portion and an unrecorded portion near λ max write is a small value, and reduces the The degree of modulation (signal amplitude) of the reproduced signal. Considering the wavelength change of the semiconductor laser light source, it is desirable to employ a sufficiently large reproduction signal modulation (signal amplitude) in the range of 355 nm to 455 nm. In this embodiment, therefore, the recording film 3-2 is designed so that a wavelength of λ max write exists outside the range of 355 nm to 455 nm (ie, at a wavelength longer than 455 nm).
图11示出在本实施例的“L-H”记录薄膜中的光吸收频谱的示例。如在“5-1)关于″L-H″记录薄膜特性的描述”中的所述的那样,在本实施例中,在“L-H”记录薄膜的一个非记录部分(“L”部分)在光反射系数的下限值β被设置为18%,而上限值γ被设置为32%。从1-0.32=0.68看出,为了满足上述条件,有可能直观地理解在一个未记录区中对405nm的吸收率的一个值Al405是否将满足:FIG. 11 shows an example of the light absorption spectrum in the "LH" recording film of this embodiment. As described in "5-1) Description about the characteristics of the "LH" recording film", in this embodiment, a non-recording portion ("L" portion) of the "LH" recording film is The lower limit value β of the coefficient is set to 18%, and the upper limit value γ is set to 32%. Seen from 1-0.32=0.68, in order to satisfy the above-mentioned conditions, it is possible to intuitively understand whether a value Al 405 for the absorbance at 405 nm in an unrecorded area will satisfy:
Al405≥68% (36)Al 405 ≥68% (36)
虽然在图1A和1B中的该光反射层4-2的对405nm光反射系数比100%稍低,但为了简化起见而假定该系数几乎接近100%。因此,当吸收率Al=0时该光反射系数几乎是100%。在图11中整个记录薄膜对λmax write的光反射系数由Rλmax write指定。此时,假定该光反射系数是零(Rλmax write≈0),则得出公式(36)。然而现实上该系数并不设置为“0”,因此有必要推出一个准确的公式。用于把“L-H”记录薄膜的非记录部分(“L”部分)的光反射系数的上限值设置到32%的一个条件的公式由下面给出:Although the reflection coefficient for 405 nm light of the light reflection layer 4-2 in FIGS. 1A and 1B is slightly lower than 100%, it is assumed that the coefficient is almost close to 100% for the sake of simplification. Therefore, the light reflectance is almost 100% when the absorptivity Al=0. In Fig. 11, the light reflection coefficient of the entire recording film to λ max write is designated by R λ max write . At this time, assuming that the light reflection coefficient is zero (Rλ max write ≈0), formula (36) is obtained. However, in reality the coefficient is not set to "0", so it is necessary to derive an accurate formula. A conditional formula for setting the upper limit value of the light reflectance of the non-recording portion ("L" portion) of the "LH" recording film to 32% is given below:
1-Al405×(1-Rλmax write)≤0.32 (37)1-Al 405 ×(1-Rλ max write )≤0.32 (37)
在传统的一次写入型信息存储介质中只用该“H-L”记录薄膜,不存在关于“L-H”记录薄膜信息的累积。但是,在用稍后在“5-3)阴离子部分:偶氮基金属络合物+阳离子部分:染料”和“5-4)使用“铜”作为偶氮基金属络合物+中心金属”中描述的实施例的情况下,获得如下满足公式(37)的最严格的条件:Only the "H-L" recording film is used in a conventional write-once type information storage medium, and there is no accumulation of information on the "L-H" recording film. However, later in "5-3) Anion part: azo metal complex + cationic part: dye" and "5-4) Use of "copper" as azo metal complex + center metal" In the case of the example described in , the most stringent condition satisfying equation (37) is obtained as follows:
Al405≥80%; (38)Al 405 ≥ 80%; (38)
在使用稍后在本实施例中描述的有机染料记录材料的情况下,当产生的记录薄膜的光学设计包括在制造时的例如特性变化的余量或包括记录层3-2该厚度改变时,已经发现满足在“关于“L-H”记录薄膜的特性说明”部分中描述的该反射系数的最小条件是满足:In the case of using an organic dye recording material described later in this embodiment, when the optical design of the resulting recording film includes a margin for, for example, characteristic variation at the time of manufacture or includes the recording layer 3-2 when the thickness is changed, It has been found that the minimum condition for satisfying the reflectance described in the section "Explanation on the characteristics of the "L-H" recording film" is to satisfy:
Al405≥40% (39)Al 405 ≥40% (39)
而且,通过满足下列公式的任何一个:And, by satisfying any one of the following formulas:
Al355≥40% (40)Al 355 ≥40% (40)
Al455≥40% (41)Al 455 ≥40% (41)
则即使光源的波长在355nm到405nm的范围中、或405nm到455nm的范围中改变,也有可能确保稳定的记录特性或再现特征(在两个公式被同时满足的情况下,在355nm到455nm的范围中改变)。Then even if the wavelength of the light source is changed in the range of 355nm to 405nm, or in the range of 405nm to 455nm, it is possible to ensure stable recording characteristics or reproduction characteristics (in the case where both formulas are satisfied at the same time, in the range of 355nm to 455nm change in).
图12示出在根据本实施例的“L-H”记录薄膜中记录之后的光吸收频谱的改变。认为在记录标记中的最大吸收波长λImax的值从λmax write的波长偏离,并且发生分子间排列改变(例如在偶氮基金属络合物之间的排列改变)。而且,认为一个褪色反应(局部电子层的削减(局部分子链分解)与一个位置并行发生,在所述位置中λlmax位置中的吸收率和对405nm的吸收率Al405都被降低,并且该光吸收频谱自行扩散。FIG. 12 shows changes in the light absorption spectrum after recording in the "LH" recording film according to this embodiment. It is considered that the value of the maximum absorption wavelength λI max in a recording mark deviates from the wavelength of λ max write , and an intermolecular alignment change (such as an alignment change between azo-based metal complexes) occurs. Moreover, it is considered that a fading reaction (reduction of local electron shells (local molecular chain decomposition) occurs in parallel with a position in which the absorptivity in the λ1 max position and the absorptivity Al 405 to 405 nm are all reduced, and the The light absorption spectrum diffuses by itself.
在根据本实施例的“L-H”记录薄膜中,通过满足公式(20)、(21)、(22)和(23)的每一个的条件,同一个信号处理器电路可供“L-H”记录薄膜和“H-L”记录薄膜两者使得,由此使得简化并使信号处理器电路价格的降低。在公式(20)中,当:In the "L-H" recording film according to the present embodiment, by satisfying the conditions of each of the formulas (20), (21), (22) and (23), the same signal processor circuit can be used for the "L-H" recording film Both and "H-L" recording films allow, thereby enabling simplification and reduction in the price of signal processor circuits. In formula (20), when:
I11/I11H≡(I11H-I11L)/I11H≥0.4 (42)I 11 /I 11H ≡(I 11H -I 11L )/I 11H ≥0.4 (42)
被修正时,is corrected,
则获得I11H≥I11L/0.6 (43)。Then I 11H ≥I 11L /0.6 is obtained (43).
如先前描述的那样,在本实施例中,“L-H”记录薄膜的一个未记录部分(“L”部分)的光反射系数的下限值β被设置为18%,并且这一值对应于I11L。而且在概念上该上述值对应于:As previously described, in the present embodiment, the lower limit value β of the light reflectance of an unrecorded portion ("L" portion) of the "LH" recording film is set to 18%, and this value corresponds to 1 11L . And conceptually this above value corresponds to:
因此,从公式(43)和(44)确立下列公式:Therefore, the following formulas are established from formulas (43) and (44):
1-Ah405×(1-Rλmax write)≥0.18/0.6 (45)1-Ah 405 ×(1-Rλ max write )≥0.18/0.6 (45)
在上面的公式(45)和(36)之间比较发现,Al405和Ah405看上去可被设置在68%到70%附近作为吸收率的值。而且,考虑在公式(39)的范围中获得Al405的值并且信号处理器电路的性能稳定的情况,一个条件被获得为:A comparison between the above formulas (45) and (36) found that Al 405 and Ah 405 seem to be set around 68% to 70% as the value of the absorption rate. Also, considering the case where the value of Al 405 is obtained in the range of formula (39) and the performance of the signal processor circuit is stable, a condition is obtained as:
Ah405≤0.4 (47)Ah 405 ≤0.4 (47)
如有可能,则期望满足;Expectations are met, if possible;
Ah405≤0.3 (48)Ah 405 ≤0.3 (48)
5-3)阴离子部分:偶氮基金属络合物+阳离子部分:染料5-3) Anion part: azo metal complex + cationic part: dye
现将给出对于具有在“5-1)关于在实施例中的″L-H″记录薄膜的特性说明”中描述的有机染料材料的具体描述,本实施例满足在“5-2)关于在实施例中的“L-H”记录薄膜光吸收频谱的特性”中示出的条件。记录层3-2的厚度满足公式(3)、(4)、(27)和(28)所示的条件,并且通过旋转器涂覆(旋涂)形成。为了比较,现将通过实例给出说明。通过“离子键”把一个“盐”晶体组合在正电荷“钠离子”和负电荷“氯化物离子”之间。类似地,同样在聚合物中,存在一种情况,其中以接近“离子键”的形式互相组合多个聚合物,形成构成一个有机染料材料。在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜3-2包括正电荷“阳离子部分”和负电荷“阴离子部分”。具体地说,上述记录薄膜技术上的特征在于:通过利用具有发色特性的“染料”用于正电荷“阳离子部分”以及利用有机金属络合物用于负电荷“阴离子部分”而提高键合稳定性;并且满足在“3-2-B]本实施例中的有机染料记录材料共有的基本特征”中示出一个条件,即“δ]发色区中的电子结构稳定,并且几乎不出现与紫外线或再现光照射相关的结构分解”。具体地说,在本实施例中,其通用结构式在图2中示出的一个“偶氮基金属络合物“被利用作为有机金属络合物。在本实施例中它包括阴离子部分和阳离子部分的组合,钴或镍用作此偶氮基金属络合物的中心金属M,由此提高光学稳定性。其中可能使用:钪、钇、钛、锆、铪、钒、铌、钽、铬、钼、钨、锰、锝、铼、铁、钌、锇、铑、铱、钯、铂、铜、银、金、锌、镉、或汞等,不限制使用其它。A specific description will now be given for the organic dye material described in "5-1) Explanation about the characteristics of the "L-H" recording film in the embodiment", which satisfies the requirements in "5-2) about the The conditions shown in "L-H" recording film light absorption spectrum characteristics" in the example. The thickness of the recording layer 3-2 satisfies the conditions shown in formulas (3), (4), (27) and (28), and is formed by spinner coating (spin coating). For comparison, an illustration will now be given by way of example. A "salt" crystal is assembled between a positively charged "sodium ion" and a negatively charged "chloride ion" by means of an "ionic bond". Similarly, also in polymers, there is a case where a plurality of polymers are combined with each other in a form close to "ionic bond" to form a material constituting one organic dye. The organic dye recording film 3-2 in this embodiment includes a positive charge "cation portion" and a negative charge "anion portion". Specifically, the above-mentioned recording film is technically characterized in that bonding is improved by using a "dye" having chromogenic properties for a positively charged "cationic part" and an organometallic complex for a negatively charged "anionic part". Stability; and satisfy a condition shown in "3-2-B] Basic features shared by the organic dye recording materials in this embodiment", that is, "δ] The electronic structure in the color-emitting region is stable, and hardly appears Structural breakdown associated with exposure to ultraviolet or reproduced light". Specifically, in this example, an "azometal complex" whose general structural formula is shown in FIG. 2 was utilized as the organometallic complex. In this embodiment it includes a combination of an anionic part and a cationic part, and cobalt or nickel is used as the central metal M of this azo-based metal complex, thereby enhancing optical stability. Among them may be used: scandium, yttrium, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium, osmium, rhodium, iridium, palladium, platinum, copper, silver, Gold, zinc, cadmium, or mercury, etc., and the use of others is not limited.
在本实施例中,作为用于阳离子部分的染料,其中使用任何图13所示通用结构式的菁蓝染料之一;一种苯乙烯基染料;以及一种单次甲基菁蓝染料。In this embodiment, as the dye for the cationic portion, any of the cyanine dyes of the general structural formula shown in Fig. 13; a styryl dye; and a monomethine cyanine dye were used therein.
尽管在本实施例中偶氮基金属络合物被用于阴离子部分,但是例如可使用甲簪金属络合物,且不限于此。首先使包括阴离子部分和阳离子部分的有机染料记录材料成为粉末。在形成记录层3-2的情况下,把形成粉末的有机染料记录材料溶解在有机溶剂中,在透明基片2-2上进行旋涂。此时,要被使用的有机溶剂包括:氟乙醇基TFP(四氟丙醇)或戊烷;己烷;环己烷;石油醚;醚或类似物、腈或类似物、以及硝基化合物或含硫混合物中的任一种、或其组合。Although an azo metal complex is used for the anion moiety in this embodiment, for example a formazan metal complex may be used, without being limited thereto. First, an organic dye recording material including an anionic part and a cationic part is powdered. In the case of forming the recording layer 3-2, the powder-formed organic dye recording material is dissolved in an organic solvent and spin-coated on the transparent substrate 2-2. At this time, organic solvents to be used include: fluoroethanol-based TFP (tetrafluoropropanol) or pentane; hexane; cyclohexane; petroleum ether; ether or the like, nitrile or the like, and nitro compounds or Any one of the sulfur-containing mixtures, or a combination thereof.
第6章:与在旋涂型有机染料记录薄膜中和在光反射层界面上的预制沟槽形状/预制凹坑形状相关的描述Chapter 6: Description related to pregroove shape/prepit shape in spin-coating type organic dye recording film and on light reflection layer interface
6-1)光反射层6-1) Light reflection layer
如在“第0章:使用波长和本实施例之间的关系说明”所述,本实施例假定一个355nm至455nm的范围,特别在405nm周围。当在该波长频宽下每一个均具有高光反射系数的金属材料从最高光反射系数开始按顺序排列时,Ag的光反射系数为大约96%;Al的光反射系数为大约80%;并且Rh的光反射系数为大约80%。在使用有机染料记录材料的一次写入型信息存储介质中,如图1B所示,来自光反射层4-2的反射光为标准,因此,光反射层4-2需要高的光反射系数的特性。特别的,在根据本实施例的“H-L”记录薄膜的情况下,未记录区域的光反射系数很低。因此,如果光反射层4-2中的光反射系数很低,尤其是,来自预制凹坑(凸纹)的再现信号C/N比很低,则在再现时缺乏稳定性。因此,具体地说,光反射层4-2中的光反射系数单纯地必须为高。因此,在本实施例中,在上述波长带宽中,使用主要由具有最高光反射系数的Ag(银)构成的材料。对于光反射层4-2的材料,如果单独使用银,则会出现“原子容易移动”或者“容易出现腐蚀”的问题。为了解决第一个问题,当通过加入其它原子进行部分合金配置时,银原子难以移动。在加入其它原子的第一实施例中,根据第一实施例由AgNdCu构成光反射层4-2。AgNdCu处在固体可溶(solid soluble)状态,因此,光反射系数比单独使用银的状态稍微降低。在加入其它原子的第二实施例中,光反射层4-2由AgPd构成,并且电势改变,因此几乎不会以电化学方式出现腐蚀。如果由于银氧化等原因导致光反射层4-2腐蚀,则光反射系数被降低。在具有图1B所示的记录薄膜结构的有机染料记录薄膜中,尤其是,在“第3章:在本实施例中的有机染料记录薄膜特性说明”中描述的有机染料记录薄膜的情况下,尤其是,记录层3-2和光反射层4-2之间的界面上的光反射系数很重要。如果在该界面上出现腐蚀,则光反射系数降低,并且光学界面形状变模糊。另外,来自于轨道移位检测信号(推挽信号)或摆动信号和预制凹坑(凸纹)区域的检测信号特性退化。另外,在预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg比槽岸区的宽度Wl宽的情况下,几乎不会产生轨道移位检测信号(推挽信号)或摆动信号,因此,由于腐蚀,增强了在记录层3-2和光反射层4-2之间的界面上的光反射系数的退化的影响。为了防止该界面上的光反射系数的退化,AgBi被用于光反射层4-2,作为第三实施例。因为在表面(记录层3-2和光反射层4-2之间的界面)上形成了被动涂层薄膜,所以AgBi形成了非常稳定的相,并且防止上述界面上的光反射系数退化。即,如果将Bi(铋)少量添加到Ag中,则Bi与上述界面隔离,被隔离的Bi被氧化。其后,形成了称作氧化铋的非常好的薄膜(被动涂层薄膜)以预防内部氧化。该被动涂层薄膜形成在该界面上,并且形成了非常稳定的相。因此,光反射系数的退化不会出现,并且能够在很长一段时间内保证来自轨道移位检测信号(推挽信号)或摆动信号和预制凹坑(凸纹)区域的检测信号特性的稳定性。在范围从355nm至455nm的波长带上,单一的银具有最高的光反射系数,并且当其它原子的添加量增加时,光反射系数降低。因此,期望的是,本实施例中在AgBi中的Bi原子的添加量等于或小于5at%。这里使用的单位at%表示原子百分数,并且表示例如在总原子数为100的AgBi中存在5个Bi原子。当通过实际制造被动涂层薄膜来评估特性时,发现,只要Bi原子的添加量等于或大于0.5at%,就可制成被动涂层薄膜。基于上述评估的结果,本实施例中光反射层4-2中的Bi原子的添加量被限定为1at%。在该第三实施例中,仅添加一个Bi原子,并且与根据第一实施例(在Ag中添加两种原子Nd和Cu的情况下)的AgNdCu相比,可减少原子的添加量,并且AgBi可比AgNdCu显著地提高光反射系数。结果,即使在根据本实施例的“H-L”记录薄膜的情况下或如图7B和7C所示预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg比槽岸区域的宽度Wl宽的情况下,可以以高精确度从轨道移位检测信号(推挽信号)或摆动信号和预制凹坑(凸纹)区域稳定地获得检测信号。第三实施例不限于AgBi,并且包括AgMg,AgNi、AgGa、AgNx、AgCo、AgAl或先前所述的原子的三元系统可被用作允许生成被动涂层薄膜的银。该光反射层4-2的厚度被设置在5nm至200nm的范围内。如果厚度小于5nm,则光反射层4-2不均匀,并且以槽岸形状形成。因此,光反射层4-2的厚度被设置为5nm。当AgBi薄膜的厚度等于或小于80nm时,该薄膜渗透到其背面。因此,在单面形成单记录层的情况下,厚度被设置为80nm至200nm,优选地,厚度范围为100nm至150nm。在单面形成双层记录层的情况下,厚度范围为5nm至15nm。As described in "Chapter 0: Explanation of the relationship between the wavelength used and the present embodiment", the present embodiment assumes a range of 355 nm to 455 nm, particularly around 405 nm. When metal materials each having a high light reflection coefficient in the wavelength bandwidth are arranged in order from the highest light reflection coefficient, the light reflection coefficient of Ag is about 96%; the light reflection coefficient of Al is about 80%; and Rh The light reflectance is about 80%. In a write-once type information storage medium using an organic dye recording material, as shown in FIG. 1B, reflected light from the light reflection layer 4-2 is standard, and therefore, the light reflection layer 4-2 requires a high light reflection coefficient. characteristic. In particular, in the case of the "H-L" recording film according to this embodiment, the light reflectance of the unrecorded area is low. Therefore, if the light reflectance in the light reflection layer 4-2 is low, especially, the reproduction signal C/N ratio from the pre-pit (emboss) is low, there is a lack of stability in reproduction. Therefore, specifically, the light reflection coefficient in the light reflection layer 4-2 simply needs to be high. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the above wavelength bandwidth, a material mainly composed of Ag (silver) having the highest light reflection coefficient is used. As for the material of the light reflection layer 4-2, if silver is used alone, there will be a problem that "atoms are easy to move" or "corrosion is easy to occur". In order to solve the first problem, when a partial alloy configuration is performed by adding other atoms, it is difficult for silver atoms to move. In the first embodiment in which other atoms are added, the light reflection layer 4-2 is composed of AgNdCu according to the first embodiment. AgNdCu is in a solid soluble state, so the light reflectance is slightly lower than that of silver alone. In the second embodiment in which other atoms are added, the light reflection layer 4-2 is composed of AgPd, and the potential is changed so that corrosion hardly occurs electrochemically. If the light reflection layer 4-2 corrodes due to silver oxidation or the like, the light reflection coefficient is lowered. In the organic dye recording film having the recording film structure shown in FIG. 1B, particularly, in the case of the organic dye recording film described in "Chapter 3: Description of Organic Dye Recording Film Characteristics in this Example", In particular, the light reflectance at the interface between the recording layer 3-2 and the light reflective layer 4-2 is important. If corrosion occurs on this interface, the light reflectance decreases and the shape of the optical interface becomes blurred. In addition, the detection signal characteristics from the track shift detection signal (push-pull signal) or wobble signal and the pre-pit (emboss) area are degraded. In addition, in the case where the width Wg of the
6-2)与涂覆型有机染料记录薄膜中的和光反射层界面上的预制凹坑形状相关的说明6-2) Explanation related to shape of pre-pit in coating type organic dye recording film and on interface of light reflection layer
在根据本实施例的H格式中,设置有系统导入区SYLDI。在该区域中,设置有凸凹区211,并且预先以预制凹坑形式记录信息。该区域中的再现信号被调整以符合来自只读型信息存储介质的再现信号的特性,并且图8中所示的信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备中的信号处理器电路与只读型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质兼容。与从该区域检测到的信号相关的定义被调整,以符合“3-4)涉及本发明中的“H-L“记录薄膜的特性说明”的定义。即,来自具有足够大的长度(11T)的空白区域的再现信号量被定义为I11H,并且来自具有足够大的长度(11T)的预制凹坑(凸纹)区域的再现信号量被定义为I11L。另外,这些量之间的差值被定义为I11=I11H-I11L。在本实施例中,根据来自该只读型信息存储介质的再现信号特性,该区域中的再现信号被设置为:In the H format according to the present embodiment, a system lead-in area SYLDI is provided. In this area, an embossed
I11/I11H≥0.3 (54)I 11 /I 11H ≥ 0.3 (54)
并且,期望的是,被设置为and, desirably, is set to
I11/I11H>0.5 (55)I 11 /I 11H >0.5 (55)
当与具有2t长度的预制凹坑(凸纹)区域相关的空白区域的重复信号幅度被定义为I2时,该幅度被设置为:When the repetitive signal amplitude of the blank area associated with a pre-pit (emboss) area with a length of 2t is defined as I2 , the amplitude is set as:
I2/I11≥0.5 (56)I 2 /I 11 ≥0.5 (56)
并且,期望的是,被设置为and, desirably, is set to
I2/I11>0.7 (57)I 2 /I 11 >0.7 (57)
下面将对符合上述公式(54)或公式(55)的物理条件进行说明。The physical conditions satisfying the above formula (54) or formula (55) will be described below.
如图1B所示,来自预制凹坑的信号特性主要取决于光反射层4-2的反射率。因此,根据光反射层4-2中的空白区域14和预制凹坑(凸纹)区域13之间的阶跃量Hpr来确定再现信号幅度值I11。当进行光学近似计算时,对于记录层3-2中的再现光波长λ和折射率n32,该阶跃量具有以下关系:As shown in FIG. 1B, the signal characteristics from the pre-pit mainly depend on the reflectance of the light reflection layer 4-2. Therefore, the reproduced signal amplitude value I 11 is determined according to the step amount Hpr between the
I11∝sin2{(2π×Hpr×n32)/λ} (58)I 11 ∝ sin 2 {(2π×Hpr×n 32 )/λ} (58)
从公式(58)中发现,当时I11变得最大。为了符合公式(54)或公式(55),根据公式(58),必须符合:It is found from formula (58) that when When I 11 becomes the maximum. To comply with Equation (54) or Equation (55), according to Equation (58), one must comply with:
Hpr≥λ/(12×n32) (59)Hpr≥λ/(12×n 32 ) (59)
并且期望的是,and expect that,
Hpr>λ/(6×n32) (60)Hpr>λ/(6×n 32 ) (60)
如在“第0章:使用波长和本实施例之间的关系说明”所述,在本实施例中使用λ=355nm至455nm,并且如“2-1)记录/记录薄膜原理的差别以及关于再现信号的产生的基本概念中的差别”所述,建立n32=1.4至1.9。因此,当把该值代入公式(59)或公式(60),则生成阶跃以便符合条件:As described in "Chapter 0: Explanation of the relationship between the wavelength used and this embodiment", λ = 355nm to 455nm is used in this embodiment, and as in "2-1) Differences in recording/recording film principle and about Differences in Basic Concepts of Generation of Reproduced Signals", establish n 32 =1.4 to 1.9. Therefore, when this value is substituted into Equation (59) or Equation (60), a step is generated to meet the condition:
Hpr≥15.6nm (62)Hpr≥15.6nm (62)
并且期望的是,and expect that,
Hpr>31.1nm (63)Hpr>31.1nm (63)
在传统一次写入型信息存储介质中,在空白区域14中记录层3-2的厚度很小,因此,光反射层4-2和记录层3-2之间的界面上的阶跃很小,并且公式(62)未被成功地满足。相反,在本实施例中,进行这样的发明,即,保证预制凹坑(凸纹)区域13中的记录层3-2的厚度Dg和空白区域14中的记录层3-2的厚度Dl之间的关系符合“3-2-E]在针对参数定义的本实施例中的涉及记录层的厚度分布的基本特征”中所述的条件。结果,符合公式(62)或公式(63)的足够大的阶跃Hpr 被成功提供。In the conventional write-once type information storage medium, the thickness of the recording layer 3-2 is small in the
通过进行如上所述的光学近似讨论,在本实施例中,为了具有再现信号的足够的分辨率以便符合公式(56)或公式(57),进行一项发明,即,预制凹坑(凸纹)区域13的宽度Wg等于或小于轨道间距的一半,并且可大量取得来自预制凹坑(凸纹)区域13的再现信号。By performing the optical approximation discussion as described above, in the present embodiment, in order to have a sufficient resolution of the reproduced signal so as to comply with the formula (56) or the formula (57), an invention is made that the pre-pit (emboss )
第7章:H格式的说明Chapter 7: Description of H Format
现在,将在此说明本实施例中的H格式。Now, the H format in this embodiment will be explained here.
图14示出了本实施例中的信息存储介质的结构和尺寸。对于实施例,精确地示出了信息存储介质的三种实施例,诸如:Fig. 14 shows the structure and dimensions of the information storage medium in this embodiment. For the embodiments, three embodiments of information storage media are precisely shown, such as:
专用于再现的“只读型信息存储介质”,不能进行记录:"Read-only information storage media" intended exclusively for reproduction and not capable of recording:
能够附加记录的“一次写入型信息存储介质”;以及A "write-once information storage medium" capable of additional recording; and
能够任意次重写或记录的“可重写型信息存储介质”"Rewritable information storage medium" capable of rewriting or recording any number of times
如图14所示,所述三种信息存储介质在大多数结构和尺寸上彼此通用。在全部三种信息存储介质中,从内圆周侧排列有烧录区BCA、系统导入区SYLDI、连接区CNA、数据导入区DTLDI、和数据区DTA。除OPT型只读介质之外的全部介质的特征在于,数据导出区DTLDO排列在外圆周。如稍后所述,在OPT型只读介质中,中间区MDA排列在外圆周。在一次写入型和可重写型介质中的任一种中,该区域的内侧用于只读(附加写入禁用)。在只读型信息存储介质中,以凸纹(预制凹坑)的形式在数据导入区DTLDI中记录信息。相反,在一次写入型和可重写型介质中,通过在数据导入区DTLDI中附加地形成记录标记,可附加地写入(在可重写型中是重写)信息。如后面所述,在一次写入型和可重写型信息存储介质中,在数据导出区DTLDO中,可进行附加写入(在可重写型中是重写)的区域和以凸纹(预制凹坑)的形式记录信息的只读区共存。如前所述,在图14所示的数据区DTA、数据导入区DTLDI、数据导出区DTLDO、和中间区MDA中,通过使用用于再现其中记录的信号的PRML(部分响应最大似然)方法,可实现高密度信息存储介质(尤其是,提高行密度)。另外,在系统导入区SYLDI和系统导出区SYLDO中,通过使用用于再现其中记录的信号的限幅电平检测系统,实现与当前DVD的兼容并且改善再现的稳定性。As shown in FIG. 14, the three information storage media are common to each other in most structures and sizes. In all three information storage media, the programming area BCA, the system lead-in area SYLDI, the connection area CNA, the data lead-in area DTLDI, and the data area DTA are arranged from the inner circumference side. All media except the OPT type read-only media are characterized in that the data lead-out area DTLDO is arranged on the outer circumference. As will be described later, in the OPT type read-only medium, the middle areas MDA are arranged on the outer circumference. In either of the write-once type and rewritable type media, the inner side of this area is for read-only (additional write disabled). In the read-only type information storage medium, information is recorded in the data lead-in area DTLDI in the form of embosses (pre-pit). In contrast, in the write-once type and rewritable type media, by additionally forming recording marks in the data lead-in area DTLDI, information can be additionally written (rewritable in the rewritable type) . As will be described later, in the write-once type and rewritable type information storage media, in the data lead-out area DTLDO, an area where additional writing (rewritable in the rewritable type) can be performed and embossed ( A read-only area in which information is recorded in the form of pre-pit) coexists. As described above, in the data area DTA, data lead-in area DTLDI, data lead-out area DTLDO, and middle area MDA shown in FIG. , can realize high-density information storage medium (in particular, increase line density). In addition, in the system lead-in area SYLDI and the system lead-out area SYLDO, by using a slice level detection system for reproducing signals recorded therein, compatibility with current DVDs is achieved and stability of reproduction is improved.
不同于当前DVD规范,在图14所示的实施例中,烧录区BCA和系统导入区SYLDI位置上彼此分开,而不会彼此重叠。这些区域物理上彼此分开,从而能够防止在信息再现时记录在系统导入区SYLDI中的信息和记录在烧录区BCA中的信息相互干扰,并且能够以高精确度分配信息再现。Different from the current DVD specification, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, the recording area BCA and the system lead-in area SYLDI are located apart from each other and do not overlap each other. These areas are physically separated from each other, so that information recorded in the system lead-in area SYLDI and information recorded in the burning area BCA can be prevented from interfering with each other at the time of information reproduction, and information reproduction can be distributed with high accuracy.
现在将描述图14示出的烧录区BCA的内部信号特性和数据结构。在测量BCA信号的时候,从光头发出的激光束的焦点需要被聚焦到记录层上。在下面的烧录区BCA中获得的再现信号通过截止频率是550kHz的第二级低通容器滤波器而被滤波。在从信息存储介质的中心,半径22.4mm到23.0mm范围内定义了烧录区BCA的下面信号特性。就来自烧录BCA的再现信号来说,当BCA码和沟道位被设为“0”时的最大和最小电平被定义为IBHmax和IBHmin;并且BCA码和沟道位“1”的最大末端电平被定义为IBLmax。此外,中间电平被定义为(IBHmin+IBLmax)/2。The internal signal characteristics and data structure of the programming area BCA shown in FIG. 14 will now be described. When measuring the BCA signal, the focus of the laser beam emitted from the optical head needs to be focused on the recording layer. The reproduced signal obtained in the lower programming area BCA is filtered through a second-stage low-pass container filter with a cutoff frequency of 550 kHz. From the center of the information storage medium, the following signal characteristics of the burning area BCA are defined within a radius of 22.4 mm to 23.0 mm. As far as the reproduced signal from the burned BCA is concerned, the maximum and minimum levels when the BCA code and the channel bit are set to "0" are defined as I BHmax and I BHmin ; and the BCA code and the channel bit "1" The maximum end level is defined as I BLmax . Also, the middle level is defined as (I BHmin +I BLmax )/2.
在本实施例中,在(IBLmax/IBHmin)是0.8或更小的条件下和在(IBHmax/IBHmin)是1.4或更小的条件下,定义了检测信号特性。虽然IBL和IBH之间的平均电平被定义为基准,但认为BCA信号与基准位置交叉的位置是边沿位置。当旋转速度被设为2760rpm(46.0Hz)时,BCA信号的周期被定义。开始边沿(下降位置)之间周期为4.63×n±1.00μs,光量为低(从第一下降位置到下一个下降位置的间隔)位置的脉冲位置宽度被定义为1.56±0.75μs。In the present embodiment, the detection signal characteristics are defined under the condition that (I BLmax /I BHmin ) is 0.8 or less and under the condition that (I BHmax /I BHmin ) is 1.4 or less. Although the average level between IBL and IBH is defined as the reference, the location where the BCA signal crosses the reference location is considered the edge location. When the rotation speed is set to 2760 rpm (46.0 Hz), the period of the BCA signal is defined. The period between start edges (falling positions) is 4.63×n±1.00 μs, and the pulse position width at the position where the light amount is low (interval from the first falling position to the next falling position) is defined as 1.56±0.75 μs.
在信息存储介质制造被终止后,通常会记录BCA码。然而,该BCA码可事先被记录为预制凹坑。该BCA码沿该信息存储介质圆周方向被记录。这个BCA码还被记录从而使得脉冲宽度变窄的方向与光反射率被降低的方向一致。在根据RZ调制方法调制该BCA码后进行记录。具有窄脉冲宽度(等于具有低反射率)的脉冲需要窄于这样调制的BCA码的沟道时钟宽度的一半。The BCA code is usually recorded after the manufacture of the information storage medium is terminated. However, the BCA code may be recorded as pre-pits in advance. The BCA code is recorded along the circumferential direction of the information storage medium. This BCA code is also recorded so that the direction in which the pulse width is narrowed coincides with the direction in which the light reflectance is lowered. Recording is performed after modulating the BCA code according to the RZ modulation method. A pulse with a narrow pulse width (equal to having a low reflectivity) needs to be narrower than half the channel clock width of the BCA code thus modulated.
图28示出了BCA数据结构。BCA数据包含两个BCA前同步码73和74、两个后同步码76和77、以及两个BCA数据区BCAA。BCA检错码EDCBCA和BCA纠错码ECCBCA被添加到BCA数据区BCAA中的每个,两区之间分配了BCA连接区75。此外,每个字节的同步字节SBBCA或再同步RSBCA基于每四个字节被插入。上述的BCA前同步码73和74中的每个包括4字节,并且所有设置“00h”被记录。此外,同步字节SBBCA紧接着被分配在每一BCA前同步码73和74之前。在BCA数据区BCAA,设置了76字节。该BCA后同步码76和77中的每个包括4字节,并且所有设置“55h”的重复模式被记录。该BCA连接区75包括4字节,并且所有设置“AAh”被重复记录。图29A到29G中的每个显示了该BCA数据区BCAA中记录的BCA信息内容的例子。BCA数据区BCAA能够记录76字节信息,并且以BCA记录单元BCAU为单位记录数据。记录在这个BCA记录单元BCAU中的信息称作BCA记录。每一BCA记录的大小是四字节的整倍数。如图29C所示,每一BCA记录中,顺序记录了:由2字节组成的BCA记录ID 61;由1字节组成的版本号信息62;由1字节组成的记录数据的数据长度信息63;和4m字节的数据记录(记录数据64)。根据公共接受的使用方法把设为BCA记录ID61的ID分配为从0000h到7FFFFh,并且根据个体使用方法把该ID分配为从8000h到FFFFh。由1字节组成的版本号信息62被分成有效4位的主号71和最低有效4位的子号72。版本号的第一个整数数字记录在主号71中,版本号小数点后的第一个数字记录在子号72中。例如,版本号“2.4”情况下,数字“2”被记录在主号71字段中,数字“4”被记录在子号72字段中。Fig. 28 shows the BCA data structure. The BCA data includes two
在根据本实施例的H格式中,在BCA记录中记录HD_DVD标准类型识别信息80,如图29E所示。特别的,对于该信息内容,如图29F所示,记录了:BCA记录ID 81、版本号信息82和记录数据长度信息83。此外,还记录了:由4位组成的标准类型信息84;由4位组成的盘类型信息85;扩展部分版本信息86(1字节);和保留区87(2字节)。记录标记极性(“H-L”或“L-H”的识别)信息88被分配在盘类型信息85中第一有效1位中,而剩余3位被分配到保留区89。In the H format according to the present embodiment, HD_DVD standard
下面的结构能够被提供作为图29A到29G示出的数据结构的另一个例子。即,图29B示出的记录在BCA记录单元BCAU#1中的BCA记录(8个字节)能够以下面顺序包含以下信息的项:The following structure can be provided as another example of the data structure shown in FIGS. 29A to 29G . That is, the BCA record (8 bytes) recorded in the BCA record
1)作为HD DVD簿类型识别符的2字节的“BCA记录ID”;1) 2-byte "BCA record ID" as HD DVD book type identifier;
2)指示版本号的1字节“版本号”;2) 1-byte "version number" indicating the version number;
3)指示数据长度的1字节“数据长度”3) 1-byte "data length" indicating the data length
4)指示簿类型和盘类型的1字节的“簿类型和盘类型”;4) 1 byte "book type and disc type" indicating the book type and disc type;
5)指示扩展的部分版本的1字节的“扩展的部分版本”;5) 1 byte "extended part version" indicating the extended part version;
6)保留的2字节。6) Reserved 2 bytes.
这里,包括在以上“簿类型和盘类型”中的“盘类型”被配置从而“标记极性”和“孪生格式标志”能够被描述。在这个“盘类型”中描述的“标记极性”被提供作为对应于先前描述的“记录标记极性信息88”的信息。当“标记极性=0b”时,其表示特征在于“来自标记的信号大于来自间隔的信号”的“低到高盘”,当“标记极性=1b”时,其表示特征在于“来自标记的信号小于来自间隔的信号”的“高到低盘”。Here, "disc type" included in the above "book type and disc type" is configured so that "mark polarity" and "twin format flag" can be described. The "mark polarity" described in this "disc type" is provided as information corresponding to the previously described "recording
另一方面,在“盘类型”中描述的“孪生格式标志”被提供作为指示该盘是否是孪生格式盘的信息。“孪生格式标志=0b”指示该盘不是孪生格式盘,“孪生格式标志=1b”指示该盘是孪生格式盘。取决于应用了记录/再现层,于此描述的“孪生格式盘”是特征在于该盘具有不同格式(在DVD论坛中定义的其它格式)的两个记录/再现层的盘。这个“孪生格式标志”被提供作为BCA记录,从而在各个多层HDDVD-R(可记录高清晰DVD)盘中,能够容易地区分该盘是单一格式盘还是多格式盘。On the other hand, "twin format flag" described in "disc type" is provided as information indicating whether the disc is a twin format disc. "Twin format flag = 0b" indicates that the disc is not a twin format disc, and "twin format flag = 1b" indicates that the disc is a twin format disc. A "twin format disc" described herein is a disc characterized in that the disc has two recording/reproduction layers of different formats (other formats defined in the DVD Forum) depending on the application of the recording/reproducing layer. This "twin format flag" is provided as a BCA record, so that among each multi-layer HDDVD-R (High Definition DVD Recordable) disc, it is possible to easily distinguish whether the disc is a single-format disc or a multi-format disc.
如图28所示,与包含在由BCA前同步码73和BCA后同步码76包围的BCA数据区BCAA中的那些信息相同的信息被描述在由BCA前同步码74和BCA后同步码77包围的BCA数据区BCAA中。这样,相同的信息被多路写入多个BCA数据区BCAA中。因此,即使一个数据项由于形成在信息存储介质表面上的灰尘或擦伤的影响而不能够被再现时,也能够从其它BCA数据区BCAA来再现数据。因此,记录在BCA数据区BCAA中的数据的可靠性被显著地提高。As shown in FIG. 28, the same information as those contained in the BCA data area BCAA surrounded by the
此外,在图28示出的BCA数据结构中,除了传统上存在的BCA检错码EDCBCA以外,还存在BCA纠错码ECCBCA。因此,即使包含在BCA数据区BCAA中的数据产生错误,这样的错误也能够由BCA纠错码ECCBCA来纠正,并且可靠性被进一步提高。In addition, in the BCA data structure shown in FIG. 28 , in addition to the conventionally existing BCA error detection code EDC BCA , there is also a BCA error correction code ECC BCA . Therefore, even if an error occurs in the data contained in the BCA data area BCAA, such error can be corrected by the BCA error correction code ECC BCA , and the reliability is further improved.
在“L-H”型记录薄膜已被用作另一实施例的情况下,存在在分配了烧录区BCA的位置中预先形成精确的不规则性的方法。In the case where the "L-H" type recording film has been used as another embodiment, there is a method of preliminarily forming precise irregularities in the positions where the burning area BCA is allocated.
如稍后所述,本实施例还考虑了使用“L-H”记录薄膜的情况。通过对记录薄膜进行局部地激光照射,来形成烧录区BCA(条码数据)中记录的数据。由凸凹区域形成系统导入区SYLDI,因此,来自系统导入区SYLDI的再现信号沿着与来自镜面的光反射级别相比光反射量降低的方向出现。如果烧录区BCA被形成为镜面,则在使用“L-H”记录薄膜的情况下,来自记录在烧录区BCA中的数据的再现信号沿着(在未记录状态下)与来自镜面的光反射级别相比光反射量增加的方向出现。结果,显著的阶跃出现在来自记录在烧录区BCA中的数据的再现信号的最大电平和最小电平的位置(幅度电平)、和来自系统导入区SYLDI的再现信号的最大电平和最小电平的位置(幅度电平)之间。信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备根据以下步骤进行处理:As will be described later, this embodiment also considers the case of using "L-H" recording films. The data recorded in the burn-in area BCA (barcode data) is formed by locally irradiating the recording film with laser light. The system lead-in area SYLDI is formed by the convexo-concave area, and therefore, the reproduced signal from the system lead-in area SYLDI appears in a direction in which the amount of light reflection decreases compared with the level of light reflection from the mirror surface. If the burning area BCA is formed as a mirror surface, then in the case of using the "L-H" recording film, the reproduced signal from the data recorded in the burning area BCA is along (in the unrecorded state) reflected with the light from the mirror surface. The level appears in the direction in which the amount of light reflection increases. As a result, significant steps appear at the positions (amplitude levels) of the maximum and minimum levels of the reproduced signal from the data recorded in the burning area BCA, and at the maximum and minimum levels of the reproduced signal from the system lead-in area SYLDI. between the positions of the levels (amplitude levels). An information reproducing device or an information recording/reproducing device processes according to the following steps:
1)再现烧录区BCA中的信息;1) reproduce the information in the programming area BCA;
2)再现包含在系统导入区SYLDI中的信息数据带CDZ中的信息;2) Reproducing the information contained in the information data zone CDZ in the system lead-in area SYLDI;
3)再现包含在数据导入区DTLDI中的信息(在一次写入型或可重写型的情况下);3) Reproducing the information contained in the data lead-in area DTLDI (in the case of write-once type or rewritable type);
4)重调整(最优化)基准码记录带RCZ中的再现电路常量;以及4) Readjust (optimize) the reproduction circuit constants in the reference code recording zone RCZ; and
5)再现记录在数据区DTA中的信息或记录新信息。5) The information recorded in the data area DTA is reproduced or new information is recorded.
因此,如果在来自形成于烧录区BCA中的再现信号幅度电平和来自系统导入区SYLDI的再现信号幅度电平之间存在大的阶跃,则会出现信息再现的可靠性降低的问题。为了解决该问题,在“L-H”记录薄膜被用作记录薄膜的情况下,本实施例的特征在于,在这样的烧录区BCA中预先形成了精确的不规则性。当这种精确的不规则性形成时,在通过局部激光照射来记录数据(条码数据)之前,由于光干涉的作用导致光反射等级变得低于来自镜面的光反射等级。其后,实现这样的有益效果,即,在来自形成于烧录区BCA中的再现信号幅度电平(检测电平)和来自系统导入区SYLDI的再现信号幅度电平(检测电平)之间阶跃显著降低;信息再现的可靠性被改善;并且促进了从上述项(1)到项(2)的处理。Therefore, if there is a large step between the amplitude level of the reproduced signal formed in the recording area BCA and the reproduced signal amplitude level from the system lead-in area SYLDI, there occurs a problem that the reliability of information reproduction is lowered. In order to solve this problem, in the case where an "L-H" recording film is used as the recording film, this embodiment is characterized in that precise irregularities are formed in advance in such a burning area BCA. When such precise irregularities are formed, before data (barcode data) is recorded by partial laser irradiation, the light reflection level becomes lower than that from the mirror surface due to the effect of light interference. Thereafter, such an advantageous effect is realized that between the amplitude level (detection level) of the reproduced signal from the recording area BCA and the amplitude level (detection level) of the reproduced signal from the system lead-in area SYLDI The steps are remarkably reduced; the reliability of information reproduction is improved; and the processing from the above-mentioned item (1) to item (2) is facilitated.
在使用“L-H”记录薄膜的情况下,预先形成于烧录区BCA中的精确不规则性的具体内容包括类似于系统导入区SYLDI的凸凹区域211。另一实施例包括用于形成类似于数据导入区DTLDI或数据区DTA的沟槽区域214或槽岸区域和沟槽区域213的方法。如在对系统导入区SYSDI和烧录区BCA被分开排列的实施例的描述中,如果烧录区BCA和凸凹区域211彼此重叠,则会由于对再现信号不必要的干扰导致来自设置在烧录区BCA中的数据的噪声分量增加。In the case of using the "L-H" recording film, details of the precise irregularities preformed in the burning area BCA include the convexo-
当形成沟槽区域214或槽岸区域和沟槽区域213而不形成作为烧录区BCA的精确不规则性的实施例的凸凹区域211时,实现了这样的有益效果,即,由于对再现信号不必要的干扰导致来自形成于烧录区BCA中的数据的噪声分量降低,并且再现信号质量改善。When the
当形成于烧录区BCA中的沟槽区域214或槽岸区域和沟槽区域213的轨道间距被调整,以符合系统导入区SYLDI的轨道间距时,实现了这样的有益效果,即,信息存储介质的制造性能被改善。即,在制造信息存储介质的原始母盘时,在进给电极速度恒定的同时制作系统导入区中的凸凹。此时,形成于烧录区BCA中的沟槽区域214或槽岸区域和沟槽区域213的轨道间距被调整,以符合系统导入区SYLDI的轨道间距,从而能够在烧录区BCA中和系统导入区SYLDI中连续保持恒定的电机速度。因此,不需要改变进给电机中间的速度,因此,几乎不会出现间距不均匀,并且信息存储介质的制造性能被改善。When the track pitch of the
通过使轨道间距和行密度(数据位长度)变窄,可重写型信息存储介质比只读型或一次写入型信息存储介质具有更高的记录容量。如稍后所述,在可重写型信息存储介质中,通过采用槽岸-沟槽记录来降低相邻轨道的串扰影响,从而使得轨道间距变窄。可选的,只读型信息存储介质、一次写入型信息存储介质、和可重写型信息存储介质中的任一个的特征在于,系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO的数据位长度和轨道间距(对应于记录密度)大于(记录密度较低的)数据导入区DTLDI/数据导出区DTLDO的数据位长度和轨道间距。A rewritable type information storage medium has a higher recording capacity than a read-only or write-once type information storage medium by narrowing track pitch and line density (data bit length). As will be described later, in a rewritable type information storage medium, the track pitch is narrowed by employing land-groove recording to reduce the influence of crosstalk of adjacent tracks. Optionally, any one of the read-only information storage medium, the write-once information storage medium, and the rewritable information storage medium is characterized in that the data bit length and track The pitch (corresponding to the recording density) is larger than the data bit length and the track pitch of the (lower recording density) data lead-in area DTLDI/data lead-out area DTLDO.
系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO的数据位长度和轨道间距接近当前DVD导入区的值,从而实现了与当前DVD的兼容。The data bit length and track pitch of the system lead-in area SYLDI/system lead-out area SYLDO are close to the values of the current DVD lead-in area, thereby achieving compatibility with the current DVD.
在类似于当前DVD-R的本实施例中,一次写入型信息存储介质的系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO中的凸纹阶跃被定义为较浅。这样,实现了这样的有益效果,即,一次写入型信息存储介质的预制沟槽的深度被定义为较浅,并且来自通过附加写入形成在预制沟槽上的记录标记的再现信号的调制等级提高。相反,作为反作用,出现了这样的问题,即,来自系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO的再现信号的调制等级降低。为了解决该问题,系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO的数据位长度(和轨道间距)变得粗糙,并且最窄位置的凹坑和间隔的重复频率从再现物镜的MTF(调制转移函数)的光学关闭频率隔绝(从其显著下降),从而能够增加来自系统导入区SYLDI/系统导出区SYLDO的再现信号幅度,并且能够使再现稳定。In the present embodiment similar to the current DVD-R, the emboss steps in the system lead-in area SYLDI/system lead-out area SYLDO of the write-once type information storage medium are defined to be shallow. In this way, such an advantageous effect is achieved that the depth of the pre-groove of the write-once type information storage medium is defined to be shallow, and the modulation of the reproduction signal from the recording mark formed on the pre-groove by additional writing is achieved. Level up. On the contrary, as a reaction, there arises a problem that the modulation level of the reproduced signal from the system lead-in area SYLDI/system lead-out area SYLDO is lowered. In order to solve this problem, the data bit length (and track pitch) of the system lead-in area SYLDI/system lead-out area SYLDO becomes rough, and the repetition frequency of pits and spaces at the narrowest position is changed from that of the MTF (modulation transfer function) of the reproduction objective lens to The frequency isolation is optically turned off (significantly lowered therefrom), so that the reproduction signal amplitude from the system lead-in area SYLDI/system lead-out area SYLDO can be increased and reproduction can be stabilized.
如在图15A至图15D中所示,初始带INZ表示系统导入区SYLDI的开始位置。对于记录在初始带INZ中的有意义的信息,离散地排列有包括预先描述的物理扇区号和逻辑扇区号信息的数据ID(识别数据)信息。如稍后所述,一个物理扇区记录了由数据ID、IED(ID检错码)、记录用户信息的主数据、和EDC(检错码)信息;并且初始带记录了上述数据帧结构的信息。然而,在初始带INZ中,记录用户信息的主数据被全部设置为“00h”,因此,包含在初始带INZ中的有意义信息仅仅是数据ID信息。可从记录在其中的物理扇区号或逻辑扇区号识别当前位置。即,当图8所示的信息记录/再现单元141开始从信息存储介质进行信息再现时,在已经从包含在初始带INZ中的信息开始再现的情况下,首先,记录在数据ID信息中的物理扇区号或逻辑扇区号信息被采样,并且在检查信息存储介质中的当前位置的同时所采样的信息被移动到控制数据带CDZ。As shown in FIGS. 15A to 15D, the initial zone INZ indicates the start position of the system lead-in area SYLDI. For meaningful information recorded in the initial zone INZ, data ID (identification data) information including previously described physical sector number and logical sector number information is discretely arranged. As will be described later, one physical sector records the main data consisting of data ID, IED (ID error detection code), recording user information, and EDC (error detection code) information; and the initial band records the above-mentioned data frame structure information. However, in the initial zone INZ, main data recording user information is all set to "00h", and therefore, meaningful information contained in the initial zone INZ is only data ID information. The current position can be identified from the physical sector number or logical sector number recorded therein. That is, when the information recording/reproducing
缓冲带1BFZ1和缓冲带2BFZ2每一个均由32个ECC块构成。一个ECC块对应于1024个物理扇区。在类似于传输到INZ的缓冲带1BFZ1和缓冲带2BFZ2中,主数据信息被全部设置为“00h”。Each of the buffer zone 1BFZ1 and the buffer zone 2BFZ2 is composed of 32 ECC blocks. One ECC block corresponds to 1024 physical sectors. In the buffer zone 1BFZ1 and the buffer zone 2BFZ2 similarly transmitted to INZ, the main data information is all set to "00h".
存在于CNA(连接区)中的连接带CNZ是用于使系统导入区SYLDI和数据导入区DTLDI物理上彼此分开的区域。该区域被设置为其上不存在凸凹或预制沟槽的镜面。The connection zone CNZ existing in the CNA (Connection Area) is an area for physically separating the system lead-in area SYLDI and the data lead-in area DTLDI from each other. This area is configured as a mirror surface with no bumps or pregrooves on it.
只读型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质中的RCZ(基准码带)每一个都是用于对再现设备进行再现电路调谐的区域,其中,记录了之前描述的数据帧结构信息。基准码长度是一个ECC块(=32扇区)。本实施例的特征在于,只读型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质中的RCZ(基准码带)每一个都邻近DTA(数据区)排列。在当前DVD-ROM盘和当前DVD-R盘的结构的任一个中,控制数据带排列在基准码带和数据区之间,并且基准码带和数据区彼此分开。如果基准码带和数据区彼此分开,则(在一次写入型信息存储介质的情况下)信息存储介质的倾斜量或光反射系数或记录薄膜的记录敏感性稍微改变。因此,出现了这样的问题,即,即使再现设备的电路常量被调整,数据区中的最佳电路常量也会失真。为了解决上述问题,当RCZ(基准码带)邻近DTA(数据区)排列时,在已经在RCZ(基准码带)中把信息再现设备的电路常量最优化的情况下,用DTA(数据区)中的同一电路常量来维持最佳状态。在尝试精确再现DTA(数据区)中的任意位置中的信号的情况下,能够根据以下步骤非常精确地再现目标位置的信号,所述步骤为:RCZ (Reference Code Zone) in the read-only type information storage medium and the write-once type information storage medium are each an area for reproducing circuit tuning of a reproducing device, in which the data frame structure information described earlier is recorded. The reference code length is one ECC block (=32 sectors). The present embodiment is characterized in that the RCZ (Reference Code Zone) in the read-only type information storage medium and the write-once type information storage medium are each arranged adjacent to the DTA (Data Zone). In either of the structures of the current DVD-ROM disc and the current DVD-R disc, the control data zone is arranged between the reference code zone and the data area, and the reference code zone and the data area are separated from each other. If the reference code zone and the data area are separated from each other, (in the case of a write-once type information storage medium) the amount of inclination or the light reflectance of the information storage medium or the recording sensitivity of the recording film slightly changes. Therefore, there arises a problem that even if the circuit constants of the reproducing device are adjusted, the optimum circuit constants in the data area are distorted. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, when the RCZ (reference code zone) is arranged adjacent to the DTA (data area), in the case where the circuit constants of the information reproduction device have been optimized in the RCZ (reference code zone), use the DTA (data area) The same circuit constant in to maintain the best condition. In the case of trying to accurately reproduce the signal in any position in the DTA (Data Area), the signal at the target position can be reproduced very accurately according to the following steps:
1)把RCZ(基准码带)中的信息再现设备的电路常量最优化;1) Optimizing the circuit constants of the information reproduction device in the RCZ (reference code zone);
2)在再现靠近数据区DTA中的基准码带RCZ的部分的同时再次把信息再现设备的电路常量最优化;2) Optimizing the circuit constants of the information reproducing apparatus again while reproducing a portion close to the reference code zone RCZ in the data area DTA;
3)在对数据区DTA中的目标位置和步骤2)中最优化的位置之间的中间位置上的信息进行再现的同时,再一次最优化电路常量;以及3) while reproducing the information on the intermediate position between the target position in the data area DTA and the position optimized in step 2), optimize the circuit constant again; and
4)在移动到目标位置之后再现信号。4) Reproduce the signal after moving to the target position.
存在于一次写入型信息存储介质和可重写型信息存储介质中的GTZ1和GTZ2(保护轨道带1和2)是用于规定数据导入区DTLDI的起始边界位置、和驱动测试带DRTZ和盘测试带DKTZ的边界位置的区域。禁止这些区域记录记录标记。保护轨道带1GTZ1和保护轨道带2GTZ2存在于数据导入区DTLDI中,因此,在该区域中,一次写入型信息存储介质的特征在于,预先形成预制沟槽区。可选的,可重写型信息存储介质的特征在于,预先形成沟槽区域和槽岸区域。在预制沟槽区或沟槽区和槽岸区中,预先记录摆动地址,因此,通过使用这些摆动地址确定信息存储介质中的当前位置。GTZ1 and GTZ2 (
盘测试带DKTZ是为信息存储介质的制造商进行质量测试(评估)而设置的区域。The disc test zone DKTZ is an area provided for quality testing (evaluation) by manufacturers of information storage media.
驱动测试带DRTZ被设置为用于在信息记录/再现设备在信息存储介质中记录信息之前进行测试写入的区域。信息记录/再现设备预先在该区域进行测试写入,并且识别最佳记录条件(写入策略)。其后,可在最佳记录条件下记录包含在数据区DTA中的信息。The drive test zone DRTZ is provided as an area for test writing before the information recording/reproducing apparatus records information in the information storage medium. The information recording/reproducing apparatus performs test writing in this area in advance, and identifies optimum recording conditions (writing strategy). Thereafter, the information contained in the data area DTA can be recorded under optimum recording conditions.
记录在存在于可重写型信息存储介质中的盘标识带DIZ中的信息是可选信息记录区,即,由以下信息构成的用于另外写一组驱动描述的区域,所述信息为:记录/再现设备的制造商名称的信息;相关的附加信息;以及由制造商唯一进行记录的区。The information recorded in the disc identification zone DIZ present in the rewritable type information storage medium is an optional information recording area, that is, an area for additionally writing a set of drive descriptions consisting of: Information of the manufacturer's name of the recording/reproducing device; related additional information; and an area recorded uniquely by the manufacturer.
存在于可重写型信息存储介质中的缺陷管理区1DMA1和缺陷管理区2DMA2记录了包含在数据区DTA中的缺陷管理信息,并且,例如,记录出现缺陷等时的替代位置信息。The defect management area 1DMA1 and the defect management area 2DMA2 existing in the rewritable information storage medium record defect management information contained in the data area DTA and, for example, record replacement position information when a defect occurs or the like.
在一次写入型信息存储介质中,唯一存在:RMD复制带RDZ;记录管理带RMZ;和R物理信息带R-PFIZ。记录管理带RMZ记录了RMD(记录管理数据),其为与通过附加写入数据来更新的数据的记录位置相关的管理信息的项。下面将给出详细说明。稍后如图15A、15B、15C和15D所述,在本实施例中,针对每一边界区BRDA设置记录管理带RMZ,使得记录管理带RMZ的区域扩展。结果,即使所需的记录管理数据RMD由于附加写入的频率增加而增加,也可通过连续地扩展记录管理带RMZ来处理这种增加,因此,实现了附加写入量可显著增加的有益效果。在此情况下,在本实施例中,记录管理带RMZ排列在对应于每一边界区BRDA的边界-内BRDI中(紫靠在每一边界区BRDA之前排列)。在本实施例中,对应于第一边界区BRDA#1的边界-内BRDI和数据导入区DTLDI彼此兼容,并且在取消了在数据区DTA中形成第一边界-内BRDI的同时,促进了数据区DTA的有效使用。即,数据导入区DTA中的记录管理带RMZ被用作与第一边界区BRDA#1相对应的记录管理数据RDM的记录位置。In the write-once type information storage medium, there are uniquely: RMD duplication zone RDZ; recording management zone RMZ; and R physical information zone R-PFIZ. The recording management zone RMZ records RMD (Recording Management Data), which is an item of management information related to a recording position of data updated by additionally writing data. A detailed description will be given below. As described later in FIGS. 15A , 15B, 15C, and 15D, in the present embodiment, a recording management zone RMZ is set for each bordered area BRDA so that the area of the recording management zone RMZ expands. As a result, even if the required recording management data RMD increases due to an increase in the frequency of additional writing, this increase can be dealt with by continuously extending the recording management zone RMZ, and therefore, an advantageous effect that the amount of additional writing can be significantly increased is achieved . In this case, in this embodiment, the recording management zone RMZ is arranged in the border-in BRDI corresponding to each bordered area BRDA (arranged in purple just before each bordered area BRDA). In this embodiment, the border-in BRDI corresponding to the first border
如在以上实施例中所述,RMD复制带RDZ是用于记录管理数据RMD的信息的位置,所述信息符合记录管理带RMZ中的以下条件,并且可通过以复制方式提供记录管理数据RMD来改善记录管理数据RMD的可靠性。即,在由于一次写入型信息存储介质表面上有灰尘或划痕导致包含在记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据RMD有效的情况下,记录管理数据RMD被再现,该数据被记录在该RMD复制带RDZ中。而且,通过追踪获取剩余的所需信息,从而可恢复最后的记录管理数据RMD的信息。As described in the above embodiments, the RMD duplication zone RDZ is a location for information of the recording management data RMD which conforms to the following conditions in the recording management zone RMZ and which can be obtained by providing the recording management data RMD in a duplicated manner. Improve the reliability of record management data RMD. That is, in the case where the recording management data RMD included in the recording management zone RMZ is valid due to dust or scratches on the surface of the write-once information storage medium, the recording management data RMD is reproduced, and the data is recorded in the RMD. Duplicated with RDZ. Furthermore, by tracing and acquiring the remaining necessary information, the information of the last recording management data RMD can be restored.
该RMD复制带记录了在关闭(多个)边界时的记录管理数据RDM。如下所述,每当关闭了一个边界并设置下一个新的边界区时,就定义新的记录管理带RMZ。因此,每当创建了新的记录管理带RMZ时,可把与在前边界区相关的上一记录管理数据RMD记录在该RMD复制带RDZ中。在每次将记录管理数据RMD附加地记录在一次写入型信息存储介质时在该RMD复制带RDZ中记录同一信息时,RMD复制带RDZ在比较小的附加记录量时就变满,因此,附加写入量的上限值变小。相反,在本实施例中,在关闭一个边界时重新生成一个记录管理带的情况下,边界-内BRDI中的记录管理带变满,并且通过使用R带形成新的记录管理带RMZ,实现了这样的有益效果,即,仅在RMD复制带RDZ中记录包含在过去的记录管理带RMZ中的上一记录管理数据RMD,从而能够通过有效使用RMD复制带RDZ来改善附加写入量。This RMD duplication tape records recording management data RDM when the border(s) are closed. As described below, a new recording management zone RMZ is defined every time a border zone is closed and a next new border zone is set. Therefore, every time a new recording management zone RMZ is created, the last recording management data RMD related to the previous border zone can be recorded in this RMD duplication zone RDZ. When the same information is recorded in the RMD duplication zone RDZ every time the recording management data RMD is additionally recorded on the write-once information storage medium, the RMD duplication zone RDZ becomes full at a relatively small amount of additional recording. Therefore, The upper limit value of the additional writing amount becomes smaller. On the contrary, in the present embodiment, in the case where a recording management zone is regenerated when a boundary is closed, the recording management zone in the boundary-in BRDI becomes full, and by using the R zone to form a new recording management zone RMZ, realized Such an advantageous effect that only the last recording management data RMD contained in the past recording management zone RMZ is recorded in the RMD duplication zone RDZ, thereby enabling to improve the amount of additional writing by effectively using the RMD duplication zone RDZ.
例如,在由于一次写入型信息存储介质薄膜上的灰尘和划痕,导致不能再现包含在与在附加写入过程中(关闭之前)的边界区BRDA对应的记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据RMD的情况下,可通过读取最后记录在该RMD复制带RDZ中的记录管理数据RMD来识别已被关闭的边界区BRDA的位置。因此,通过追踪信息存储介质的数据区DTA中的的另一位置,可获取在附加写入过程中(关闭之前)的边界区BRDA的位置、和记录在其中的信息的内容,并且可恢复最后的记录管理数据RMD的信息。For example, the recording management data contained in the recording management zone RMZ corresponding to the border area BRDA in the additional writing process (before closing) cannot be reproduced due to dust and scratches on the film of the write-once type information storage medium In the case of the RMD, the position of the closed border area BRDA can be identified by reading the recording management data RMD last recorded in the RMD duplication zone RDZ. Therefore, by tracing another position in the data area DTA of the information storage medium, the position of the bordered area BRDA during the additional writing (before closing) and the content of the information recorded therein can be acquired, and the last The Record Management Data RMD information.
R物理信息带R-PFIZ记录了类似于包含在控制数据带CDZ中的物理格式PFI的信息(以下详细描述)。The R physical information zone R-PFIZ records information similar to the physical format PFI contained in the control data zone CDZ (described in detail below).
图15C示出了存在于一次写入型信息存储介质中的RMD复制带RDZ和记录管理带RMZ中的数据结构。图15B示出了RMD复制带RDZ和记录管理带RMZ的放大的示意图。如上所述,在包含在数据导入区DTLDI中的记录管理带RMZ中,与对应于第一边界区BRDA的记录管理相关的数据被分别共同记录在记录管理数据(RMD)的一项中;并且每当在一次写入型信息存储介质中进行附加写入处理时产生的记录管理数据RMD的内容被更新时,就把新的记录管理数据RMD顺序地附加写在背面。即,以单一物理段块(以下将描述物理段块)为容量单位记录RMD(记录管理数据),并且每当更新数据内容时,就顺序地附加写入新的记录管理数据RMD。在图15B所示的示例中,随着记录管理数据RMD#1和RMD#2被记录,位置中的管理数据就会出现改变。因此,该图示出了这样的示例,其中,改变之后(更新之后)的数据已被记录为紧接在记录管理数据RMD#2之后的记录管理数据RMD#3。因此,在记录管理带RMD中,存在保留区域273,已被进一步进行附加写入。FIG. 15C shows the data structure in the RMD duplication zone RDZ and recording management zone RMZ existing in the write-once type information storage medium. FIG. 15B shows an enlarged schematic view of the RMD duplication zone RDZ and recording management zone RMZ. As described above, in the recording management zone RMZ included in the data lead-in area DTLDI, data related to recording management corresponding to the first bordered area BRDA is collectively recorded in one item of recording management data (RMD), respectively; and New recording management data RMD is sequentially additionally written on the back side every time the content of the recording management data RMD generated when the additional writing process is performed in the write-once information storage medium is updated. That is, RMD (recording management data) is recorded in a unit of capacity of a single physical segment block (physical segment block will be described below), and new recording management data RMD is sequentially additionally written whenever data content is updated. In the example shown in FIG. 15B, as the recording management
尽管图15B示出了数据导入区DTLDI中出现了记录管理带RMZ的结构,但是存在于稍后描述的边界-内BRDI或边界区BRDA中的记录管理带RMZ(或者扩展记录管理带:被称作扩展RMZ)中的结构也和图15B中所示的结构相同,但不限于此。Although FIG. 15B shows the structure in which the recording management zone RMZ appears in the data lead-in area DTLDI, the recording management zone RMZ (or extended recording management zone: called The structure in the expanded RMZ) is also the same as that shown in FIG. 15B, but is not limited thereto.
在本实施例中,在第一边界区BRDA#1被关闭的情况下,或对数据区DTA进行终止处理的情况下,进行用最新记录管理数据RMD复制带填充图15B所示的全部保留区273的处理操作。这样,就获得了以下有益效果:In this embodiment, in the case where the first border
1)“未记录的”保留区273被消除,并且保证了由于DPD(差分相位检测)技术的寻道校正的稳定性;1) The "unrecorded"
2)在过去的保留区273中覆写最新的记录管理数据RMD,从而显著改善与最新的记录管理数据RMD相关的再现时的可靠性;以及2) Overwrite the newest recording management data RMD in the past reserved
3)可防止记录管理数据RMD的不同项被误记录在未记录的保留区273中的事件。3) An event that a different item of recording management data RMD is erroneously recorded in the unrecorded reserved
上述处理方法不限于包含在数据导入区DTLDI中的记录管理带RMZ。在本实施例中,就存在于稍后描述的边界-内BRDI或边界区BRDA中的记录管理带RMZ(或者扩展记录管理带:被称作扩展RMZ)而言,在对应的边界区BRDA被关闭的情况下,或者在对数据区DTA进行终止处理(完成)的情况下,进行用最新记录管理数据RMD填充图15B所示的全部保留区273的处理操作。The processing method described above is not limited to the recording management zone RMZ contained in the data lead-in area DTLDI. In this embodiment, as for the recording management zone RMZ (or extended recording management zone: referred to as extended RMZ) existing in the border-in BRDI or bordered area BRDA described later, in the corresponding bordered area BRDA is In the case of closing, or in the case of termination processing (completion) of the data area DTA, a processing operation of filling the entire
RMD复制带RDZ被分为RDZ导入区RDZLI和对应的RMZ的末记录管理数据RMD复制带RDZ的记录区271。RDZ导入区RDZLI由数据大小为48KB的系统保留字段SRSF和数据大小为16KB的唯一ID字段UIDF构成,如图15B所示。在系统保留字段SRSF中全部设置为“00h”。The RMD duplication zone RDZ is divided into an RDZ lead-in area RDZLI and a
本实施例的特征在于,RDZ导入区RDZLI被记录在可被附加写入的数据导入区DTLDI中。在根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中,紧接在制造之后,在RDZ导入区RDZLI处在未记录状态的情况下将该介质发货。在用户的信息记录/再现设备中,在使用该一次写入型信息存储介质的阶段,记录RDZ导入区RDZLI信息。因此,判断是否紧接在把一次写入型信息存储介质安装到信息记录/再现设备中之后就在RDZ导入区RDZLI中记录信息,从而能够容易地知道目标一次写入型信息存储介质是处在紧接在制造/发货之后的状态还是至少被使用过一次。而且,如图15A到15D所示,本实施例的第二特征在于,在对应于第一边界区BRDA的记录管理带RMZ的内圆周侧设置RMD复制带RDZ,并且RDZ导入区RDZLI排列在RMD复制带RDZ中。The present embodiment is characterized in that the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI is recorded in the additionally writable data lead-in area DTLDI. In the write-once type information storage medium according to the present embodiment, immediately after manufacture, the medium is shipped with the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI in an unrecorded state. In the user's information recording/reproducing apparatus, at the stage of using the write-once type information storage medium, RDZ lead-in area RDZLI information is recorded. Therefore, it is judged whether information is recorded in the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI immediately after the write-once information storage medium is mounted in the information recording/reproducing apparatus, so that it can be easily known whether the target write-once information storage medium is in The state immediately after manufacture/shipment has also been used at least once. Furthermore, as shown in FIGS. 15A to 15D, the second feature of this embodiment is that the RMD duplication zone RDZ is provided on the inner circumference side of the recording management zone RMZ corresponding to the first border area BRDA, and the RDZ lead-in zone RDZLI is arranged in the RMD. Duplicated with RDZ.
通过在用于共用(改善RMD的可靠性)的RMD复制带RDZ中排列信息(RDZ导入区RDZLI)来改善信息获取的使用效率,所述信息(RDZ导入区RDZLI)表示一次写入型信息存储介质是处在紧接在制造/发货之后的状态还是至少被使用过一次。另外,RDZ导入区RDZLI排列在记录管理带RMZ的内圆周侧,从而能够减少获取所需信息的时间。当信息存储介质被安装到信息记录/再现设备中时,信息记录/再现设备从排列在最内圆周侧的烧录区BCA开始再现,如图14所示,在再现位置顺序地移动到最内圆周侧的同时把再现位置从系统导入区SYLDI顺序地改变到数据导入区DTLDI。判断信息是否已被记录到包含在RMD复制带RDZ中的RDZ导入区RDZLI中。在未紧接在发货之后进行记录的一次写入型信息存储介质中,不在记录管理带RMZ中记录记录管理数据RMD。因此,在RDZ导入区RDZLI中未记录信息的情况下,确定介质是“发货后未使用的”,并且可取消该记录管理带RMD的再现,并且可减少获取所需信息的时间。Use efficiency of information acquisition is improved by arranging information (RDZ lead-in area RDZLI) representing write-once type information storage in RMD duplication zone RDZ for common use (improving reliability of RMD) Whether the media is in the condition immediately after manufacture/shipment or has been used at least once. In addition, the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI is arranged on the inner circumference side of the recording management zone RMZ, so that the time for acquiring necessary information can be reduced. When the information storage medium is installed in the information recording/reproducing device, the information recording/reproducing device starts to reproduce from the burning area BCA arranged on the innermost circumference side, as shown in FIG. Simultaneously on the circumferential side, the reproduction position is sequentially changed from the system lead-in area SYLDI to the data lead-in area DTLDI. It is judged whether information has been recorded in the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI included in the RMD duplication zone RDZ. In a write-once type information storage medium that is not recorded immediately after shipment, recording management data RMD is not recorded in the recording management zone RMZ. Therefore, in the case where information is not recorded in the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI, it is determined that the medium is "unused after shipment", and reproduction of this recording management zone RMD can be canceled, and the time to acquire necessary information can be reduced.
如图15C所示,唯一ID区UIDF记录与信息记录/再现设备相关的信息,针对一次写入型信息存储介质在发货后第一次使用(即,已经第一次开始记录)。即,该区域记录了信息记录/再现设备的驱动器制造商ID 281或信息记录/再现设备的序列号283和型号285。该唯一ID区UIDF重复记录图15C所示的2KB(严格来讲,2048字节)的相同信息。当第一次使用存储介质(已经第一次开始记录)时,包含在唯一盘ID 287中的信息记录了年信息293、月信息294、日信息295、时信息296、分信息297、和秒信息298。如图15D所示,以HEX、BIN、ASCII描述各项信息的数据类型,并且使用两个字节或四个字节。As shown in FIG. 15C, the unique ID field UIDF records information related to the information recording/reproducing device for the write-once type information storage medium which is used for the first time after shipment (ie, recording has been started for the first time). That is, the area records the
本实施例的特征在于,RDZ导入区RDZLI的区域大小和一个记录管理数据RMD的大小是64KB,即,一个ECC块中的用户数据大小变为整数倍。在一次写入型信息存储介质中,不能在信息存储介质中改变一个ECC块中包含的一部分数据之后进行重写ECC块数据的处理操作。因此,尤其是在一次写入型信息存储介质的情况下,如稍后所述,在包括一个ECC块的整数倍数据段构成的记录簇单元中记录数据。因此,RDZ导入区RDZLI的区域大小和记录管理数据RMD的这样一项的大小与ECC块中的用户数据大小不同,需要对记录簇单元进行调整的填充区域,并且实际的记录效率被降低。对于本实施例,RDZ导入区RDZLI的区域大小和记录管理数据RMD的这样一项的大小被设置为64KB的整数倍,从而能够降低记录效率。The present embodiment is characterized in that the area size of the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI and the size of one recording management data RMD are 64 KB, that is, the size of user data in one ECC block becomes an integer multiple. In a write-once type information storage medium, a processing operation of rewriting ECC block data cannot be performed after a part of data contained in one ECC block is changed in the information storage medium. Therefore, especially in the case of a write-once type information storage medium, as described later, data is recorded in a recording cluster unit composed of an integer multiple of data segments including one ECC block. Therefore, the area size of the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI and the size of such an item of recording management data RMD are different from the user data size in the ECC block, a padding area adjusted for recording cluster units is required, and actual recording efficiency is lowered. With the present embodiment, the area size of the RDZ lead-in area RDZLI and the size of such an item of recording management data RMD are set to an integer multiple of 64 KB, so that recording efficiency can be reduced.
下面将对图15B中所示的对应的RMZ的上一记录管理数据RMD记录区271进行描述。如日本专利2621459中所述,有一种用于在中断导入区内部的记录时记录中断信息的方法。在此情况下,每当中断记录时或者每当进行另外的写入处理时,必须在该区域中连续附加写入中断信息(在本实施例中是记录管理数据RMD)。因此,如果这种记录中断或附加写入处理被频繁重复,则存在该区域立刻变满并且进一步的添加处理不能进行的问题。为了解决该问题,本实施例的特征在于,RMD复制带RDZ被设置为能够记录被更新的记录管理数据RMD的区域,所述记录管理数据RMD仅在特定条件被满足并且记录在这种特定条件下采样的记录管理数据RMD时被更新。因此,实现了这样的有益效果,即,通过降低在RMD复制带RDZ中记录附加写入的记录管理数据RMD的频率,可防止RMD复制带RDZ变满,并且可显著改善一次写入型信息存储介质的附加可写入次数。与该效果同时,每当进行附加写入处理时更新的记录管理数据被连续添加地写入到图15A中所示的边界-内区BRDI中的记录管理带RMZ中(对于第一边界区#1,是在图15A所示的数据导入区DTLDI中)、或利用下述R带的记录管理带RMZ中。当创建新的记录管理带RMZ时,例如,当创建下一边界区BRDA(设置新的边界-内区BRDI)时或当在R带内设置新的记录管理带RMZ时,上一记录管理数据RMD(在创建新的记录管理带RMZ之前的状态下的最新RMD)被记录在包含在RMD复制带RDZ中的(对应上一记录管理数据RMD记录区271)中。这样,就实现了这样的有益效果,即,处理显著增加用于一次写入型信息存储介质的附加写入量之外,通过利用该区域来帮助对最新RMD位置的检索。The last recording management data
在只读型、一次写入型、和可重写型信息存储介质中的任一种中,本实施例的特征在于,在数据导入区夹在两个区之间的同时将系统导入区排列在数据区的相对侧,而且,如图14所示,烧录区BCA和数据导入区DTLDI排列在彼此相对侧,同时系统导入区SYSDI夹在两个区之间。当信息存储介质被插入到图8所示的信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备中时,信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备按照以下步骤进行处理:In any one of read-only type, write-once type, and rewritable type information storage medium, the present embodiment is characterized in that the system lead-in area is arranged while the data lead-in area is sandwiched between two areas On the opposite side of the data area, furthermore, as shown in FIG. 14, the programming area BCA and the data lead-in area DTLDI are arranged on opposite sides to each other, while the system lead-in area SYSDI is sandwiched between the two areas. When the information storage medium is inserted into the information reproducing device or the information recording/reproducing device shown in FIG. 8, the information reproducing device or the information recording/reproducing device performs processing according to the following steps:
1)再现包含在烧录区BCA中的信息;1) reproduce the information contained in the programming area BCA;
2)再现包含在系统导入区SYLDI中所包含的信息数据带CDZ中的信息;2) Reproducing the information contained in the information data zone CDZ contained in the system lead-in area SYLDI;
3)再现包含在数据导入区DTLDI中的信息(在一次写入型或可重写型介质的情况下);3) Reproducing the information contained in the data lead-in area DTLDI (in the case of write-once or rewritable media);
4)重调整(最优化)基准码带RCZ中的电路常量;以及4) readjust (optimize) the circuit constants in the reference code zone RCZ; and
5)再现记录在数据区DTA中的信息,或记录新信息。5) The information recorded in the data area DTA is reproduced, or new information is recorded.
按照上述处理步骤从内圆周侧顺序排列信息,因此,取消了用于对不必要的内圆周进行访问的处理,减少了访问次数,并且可访问数据区DTA。因此,实现了这样的有益效果,即,再现记录在数据区中的信息或记录新信息的起始时间被加快。另外,通过利用用于在系统导入区SYLDI中进行信号再现的限幅电平检测系统,使用PRML来在数据导入区DTDLI和数据区DTA中进行信号再现。因此,如果数据导入区DTDLI和数据区DTA彼此邻近,则在从内圆周侧顺序进行再现的情况下,在系统导入区SYLDI和数据导入区DTLDI之间,仅通过一次把限幅电平检测电路切换到PRML检测器电路,就可连续稳定再现信号。因此,按照再现步骤进行再现电路切换的次数很小,从而简化处理控制,并且加快对数据区内再现开始时间。Information is sequentially arranged from the inner circumference side in accordance with the above processing steps, therefore, processing for accessing unnecessary inner circumferences is canceled, the number of accesses is reduced, and the data area DTA can be accessed. Therefore, there is achieved an advantageous effect that the start time of reproducing information recorded in the data area or recording new information is accelerated. In addition, the PRML is used for signal reproduction in the data lead-in area DTDLI and the data area DTA by using the slice level detection system for signal reproduction in the system lead-in area SYLDI. Therefore, if the data lead-in area DTDLI and the data area DTA are adjacent to each other, in the case of sequentially performing reproduction from the inner peripheral side, between the system lead-in area SYLDI and the data lead-in area DTLDI, the slice level detection circuit is passed only once. By switching to the PRML detector circuit, the signal can be reproduced continuously and stably. Therefore, the number of reproduction circuit switching in accordance with reproduction steps is small, thereby simplifying process control and speeding up the reproduction start time in the data area.
在只读信息存储介质中,记录在数据导出区DTLDO和系统导出区SYLDO中的每一数据均具有与缓冲带1BFZ1和缓冲带2BFZ2中的结构相同的结构,并且包含在其中的主数据的全部值被设置为“00h”。在只读型信息存储介质中,用户数据预记录区201可在数据区DTA中完全使用。然而,如稍后所述,在一次写入型信息存储介质和可重写型信息存储介质实施例的任一个中,用户重写/附加可写入范围202至205比数据区DTA窄。In the read-only information storage medium, each data recorded in the data lead-out area DTLDO and the system lead-out area SYLDO has the same structure as that in the buffer zone 1BFZ1 and the buffer zone 2BFZ2, and all of the main data contained therein The value is set to "00h". In the read-only type information storage medium, the user data pre-recorded area 201 can be completely used in the data area DTA. However, as described later, in either of the embodiments of the write-once type information storage medium and the rewritable type information storage medium, the user rewrite/additional writable range 202 to 205 is narrower than the data area DTA.
在一次写入型信息存储介质和可重写型信息存储介质中,在数据区DTA的最外侧圆周上设置SPA(备用区)。在数据区DTA中重写缺陷的情况下,通过使用备用区SPA进行替代处理。在可重写型信息存储介质的情况下,替代历史信息(缺陷管理信息)被记录在缺陷管理区1(DMA1)和缺陷管理区2(DMA2)中;和缺陷管理区3(DMA3)和缺陷管理区4(DMA4)中。记录在缺陷管理区3(DMA3)和缺陷管理区4(DMA4)中的缺陷管理信息的内容与记录在缺陷管理区1(DMA1)和缺陷管理区2(DMA2)中的缺陷管理信息中的内容相同。在一次写入型信息存储介质的情况下,在替代处理已被执行的情况下的替代历史信息(缺陷管理信息)被记录在数据导入区DTLDI中,和存在于边界带中的记录管理带中记录的内容的复制信息C_RMZ中。尽管在当前DVD-R盘中未进行缺陷管理,但是,当DVD-R盘的制造量提高时,可能会购买到部分具有缺陷位置的DVD-R盘,并且对于改善记录在一次写入型信息存储介质中的信息的可靠性有越来越高的需要。In the write-once type information storage medium and the rewritable type information storage medium, an SPA (spare area) is provided on the outermost circumference of the data area DTA. In the case of an overwrite defect in the data area DTA, replacement processing is performed by using the spare area SPA. In the case of a rewritable type information storage medium, substitute history information (defect management information) is recorded in defect management area 1 (DMA1) and defect management area 2 (DMA2); and defect management area 3 (DMA3) and defect Management Area 4 (DMA4). The content of defect management information recorded in defect management area 3 (DMA3) and defect management area 4 (DMA4) is the same as the content of defect management information recorded in defect management area 1 (DMA1) and defect management area 2 (DMA2) same. In the case of a write-once type information storage medium, replacement history information (defect management information) in the case where replacement processing has been performed is recorded in the data lead-in area DTLDI, and in the recording management zone existing in the border zone Replication information of recorded content is in C_RMZ. Although defect management is not performed in current DVD-R discs, when the manufacturing volume of DVD-R discs increases, some DVD-R discs with defective locations may be purchased, and it is important to improve the information recorded in the write-once type There is an increasing need for reliability of information in storage media.
驱动测试带DRTZ被排列为用于在信息记录/再现设备在信息存储介质中记录信息之前进行测试写入的区域。信息记录/再现设备在该区域中预先进行测试写入,并且识别最佳记录条件(写入策略)。其后,该设备可在最佳记录条件下在数据区DTA中记录信息。The drive test zone DRTZ is arranged as an area for test writing before the information recording/reproducing apparatus records information in the information storage medium. The information recording/reproducing apparatus performs test writing in this area in advance, and identifies optimum recording conditions (writing strategy). Thereafter, the apparatus can record information in the data area DTA under optimum recording conditions.
盘测试带DKTZ是提供给信息存储介质的制造商进行质量测试(评估)的区域。The disc test zone DKTZ is an area provided to manufacturers of information storage media for quality testing (evaluation).
在一次写入型信息存储介质中,在该介质的内圆周侧和外圆周侧设置两个驱动测试带DRTZ。当对驱动测试带DRTZ进行更多的测试写入操作时,精确地分配参数,从而能够详细地检索最佳记录条件,并且能够改善数据区DTA中的记录精确度。可重写型信息存储介质允许通过覆写重复使用该驱动测试带DRTZ。然而,如果尝试通过增加在一次写入型信息存储介质中进行测试写入的次数来提高记录精确度,则会出现驱动测试带被立刻用尽的问题。为了解决该问题,本实施例的特征在于,可从外圆周向内圆周方向设置EDRTZ(扩展驱动测试带),从而能够扩展驱动测试带。In the write-once type information storage medium, two drive test zones DRTZ are provided on the inner and outer circumferential sides of the medium. When more test writing operations are performed on the drive test zone DRTZ, the parameters are assigned accurately so that the optimum recording conditions can be retrieved in detail and the recording accuracy in the data area DTA can be improved. The rewritable information storage medium allows the drive test zone DRTZ to be reused by overwriting. However, if an attempt is made to improve recording accuracy by increasing the number of times test writing is performed in a write-once type information storage medium, there arises a problem that the drive test tape is immediately used up. In order to solve this problem, the present embodiment is characterized in that an EDRTZ (Extended Drive Test Zone) can be provided from the outer circumference toward the inner circumference, so that the drive test zone can be expanded.
在本实施例中,与设置扩展驱动测试带的方法和在扩展驱动测试带中进行测试写入的方法相关的特征如下所述。In this embodiment, features related to the method of setting the extended drive test zone and the method of performing test writing in the extended drive test zone are as follows.
1)从外圆周方向(靠近数据导出区DTLDO)向内圆周侧整体地顺序提供对扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ的设置(构造)。1) The setting (configuration) of the extended drive test zone EDRTZ is sequentially provided integrally from the outer circumferential direction (near the data lead-out area DTLDO) to the inner circumferential side.
---扩展驱动测试带1(EDRTZ1)被设置为从最靠近数据区(最靠近数据导出区DTLDO)中的外圆周的位置开始集中的区;并且扩展驱动测试带1(EDRTZ1)被用尽,从而能够第二次把该扩展驱动测试带2(EDRTZ2)设置为存在于当前位置之外的内圆周侧中的被校正的区。--- Extended Drive Test Zone 1 (EDRTZ1) is set as a zone concentrated from the position closest to the outer circumference in the data area (closest to the data lead-out area DTLDO); and Extended Drive Test Zone 1 (EDRTZ1) is exhausted , so that the extended drive test zone 2 (EDRTZ2) can be set for the second time as a corrected zone existing in the inner circumference side other than the current position.
2)从扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ中的内圆周侧顺序地进行测试写入。2) Test writing is sequentially performed from the inner peripheral side in the extended drive test zone EDRTZ.
---在扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ中进行测试写入的情况下,沿着从内圆周侧向外圆周侧以螺旋型排列的沟槽区域214进行这种测试写入并且对紧接在预先测试写入(记录)的位置之后的未记录位置进行当前测试写入。--- In the case of performing test writing in the extended drive test zone EDRTZ, this test writing is performed along the
数据区被构造为,沿着从内圆周侧向外圆周侧以螺旋型排列的沟槽区域214进行附加写入。通过使用用于对测试写入位置之后的位置顺序进行附加写入的方法,可进行从“立即检查测试写入的位置”到“进行当前测试写入”的处理操作,在所述测试写入位置中就在之前才进行了对扩展驱动测试带的测试写入,从而促进了测试写入处理,并且简化了对扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ中的测试写入位置的管理。The data area is structured such that additional writing is performed along
3)以包括扩展驱动测试带的形式重设数据导出区DTLDO。3) Reset the data lead-out area DTLDO in a form including the extended drive test zone.
---在数据区DTA中设置这样两个区,即,扩展备用区1(ESPA1)和扩展备用区2(ESPA2),并且还设置两个区,即,扩展驱动测试带1(EDRTZ1)和扩展驱动测试带2(EDRTZ2)。本实施例的特征在于,可针对包括直到扩展驱动测试带2(EDRTZ2)的区重设数据导出区DTLO。同时,以范围缩窄的方式重设数据区DTA的范围,使其易于管理数据区DTA中存在的用户数据的附加可写入范围205。---Set such two areas in the data area DTA, that is, extended spare area 1 (ESPA1) and extended spare area 2 (ESPA2), and also set two areas, that is, extended drive test zone 1 (EDRTZ1) and Extended Drive Test Zone 2 (EDRTZ2). The present embodiment is characterized in that the data lead-out area DTLO can be reset for the area including up to the extended drive test zone 2 (EDRTZ2). At the same time, the data area DTA is re-ranged in a range-narrowed manner, making it easy to manage the additional
在设置重设的情况下,扩展备用区1(ESPA1)的设置位置被认为是“已经用尽的扩展备用区”,并且如果有的话,则仅在包含在扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ中的扩展备用区2(ESPA2)中管理未记录区(允许添加测试写入的区)。在此情况下,记录在扩展备用区1(ESPA1)中的并已为替代而用尽的无缺陷信息被传送到未在扩展备用区2(ESPA2)中替代的区的位置,并且缺陷管理信息被重写。重设的数据导出区DTLDO上的开始位置信息被记录在记录管理数据RMD中所包含的RMD字段0的最新(更新)数据区DTA上的分配位置信息中。这里将参照图17A到17D描述一次写入型信息存储介质中的边界区的结构。当首先在一次写入型信息存储介质中设置一个边界区时,按内圆周大小设置边界区BRDA#1(最靠近数据导入区DTLDI)时,如图17A所示,其后,上述区之后的边界-外BRDO被形成。In the case of a setting reset, the setting location of the Extended Spare Area 1 (ESPA1) is considered to be the "extended extended spare area", if any, only in the extended drive test zone contained in the EDRTZ An unrecorded area (area allowing test writing to be added) is managed in the spare area 2 (ESPA2). In this case, the defect-free information recorded in the extended spare area 1 (ESPA1) and used up for replacement is transferred to the position of the area not replaced in the extended spare area 2 (ESPA2), and the defect management information is overridden. The start position information on the reset data lead-out area DTLDO is recorded in the allocation position information on the newest (updated) data area DTA of the
而且,在尝试对下一边界区BRDA#2进行设置的情况下,如图17B所示,在前的#1边界-外区BRDO之后的区域BRDI中的下一(#1)边界形成,其后,设置下一边界区BRDA#2。在尝试关闭下一边界区BRDA#2的情况下,紧接着区BRDA#2之后的(#2)边界-外区BRDO被形成。在本实施例中,在前(#1)边界-外区BRDO之后的下一(区BRDI中的(#1)边界)被形成并被组合的状态被称作边界带BRDZ。设置边界带BRDZ来防止光头在通过使用信息再现设备进行再现时在边界区BRDA之间越程(假设使用了PDP检测技术)。因此,在通过使用只读设备再现其中记录有信息的一次写入型信息存储介质的情况下,假设,进行边界关闭处理,从而边界-外区BRDO和边界-内区BRDI已被记录,并且上一边界区BRDA之后的边界-外区BRDO被记录。第一边界区BRDA#1由4080或更多物理段块构成,并且需要第一边界区BRDA#1在一次写入型信息存储介质的径向上具有1.0mm或更大的宽度。图17B示出了在数据区DTA中设置扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ的示例。Also, in the case of attempting to set the next border
图17C示出了在完成一次写入型信息存储介质之后达到的状态。图17C示出了一个示例,其中,扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ被结合到数据导出区DTLDO中而且,扩展备用区ESPA已被设置。在此情况下,用上一边界-外区BRDO填满用户数据附加可写入范围205。FIG. 17C shows the state reached after completion of the write-once type information storage medium. FIG. 17C shows an example in which the extended drive test zone EDRTZ is incorporated into the data lead-out area DTLDO and the extended spare area ESPA has been set. In this case, the user data additional
图17D示出了上述边界带区BRDZ中的详细数据结构。信息中的每一项均被以一个物理段块为大小单位记录。在边界-外区BRDO的开始处记录有记录在记录管理带中的内容的复制信息C_RMZ,并且记录有表示边界-外区BRDOP的边界结束标记(停止块)STB。而且,在达到区BDI中的下一边界情况下,把第一标记(下一边界标记)NBM、第二标记NBM和第三标记NBM以逐个物理段块大小分别分开记录在总共3个位置,第一标记(下一边界标记)NBM表示下一边界区达到从其中已经记录有边界结束标记(停止块)STC的物理段块开始数的“第N1”物理段块;第二标记NBM表示下一边界区达到了“第N2”物理段块;并且第三标记NBM表示下一边界带达到“第N3”物理段块。更新的物理格式信息U_PFI记录在下一边界-内区BRDI中。在当前DVD-R或DVD-RW盘中,在未达到下一边界(在上一边界-外区BRDO中)的情况下,如图17D所示的应该记录“表示下一边界的标记NBM”的位置(一个物理段块大小的位置)被保持为“未记录数据的位置”。如果在此状态下进行边界关闭,则一次写入型信息存储介质(当前DVD-R或DVD-RW盘)进入通过使用传统DVD-ROM驱动器或传统DVD播放器可进行再现的状态。传统DVD-ROM驱动器或传统DVD播放器利用记录在该一次写入型信息存储介质(当前DVD-R或DVD-RW盘)上的记录标记进行使用DPD(差分相位检测)技术的轨道移位检测。然而,在上述“未记录数据的位置”中,在一个物理段块大小中不存在记录标记,因此,可进行使用DPD(差分相位检测)技术的轨道移位检测。因此,存在有轨道伺服器不能稳定应用的问题。Fig. 17D shows a detailed data structure in the above-mentioned border zone zone BRDZ. Each item of information is recorded in units of one physical segment block. At the beginning of the border-out area BRDO is recorded copy information C_RMZ of the content recorded in the recording management zone, and a border end marker (stop block) STB indicating the border-out area BRDOP is recorded. Also, in the case of reaching the next boundary in the area BDI, the first mark (next boundary mark) NBM, the second mark NBM, and the third mark NBM are separately recorded at a total of 3 positions by physical segment block size, respectively, The first mark (next boundary mark) NBM represents that the next boundary area reaches the "N1" physical segment block numbered from the physical segment block where the boundary end mark (stop block) STC has been recorded; the second mark NBM represents the next A border zone reaches the "N2"th physical segment block; and a third marker NBM indicates that the next border zone reaches the "N3"th physical segment block. The updated physical format information U_PFI is recorded in the next border-in area BRDI. In the current DVD-R or DVD-RW disc, in the case of not reaching the next boundary (in the previous boundary-outer area BRDO), the "mark NBM indicating the next boundary" should be recorded as shown in FIG. 17D The position (the position of one physical segment block size) is held as the "unrecorded data position". If border closing is performed in this state, the write-once type information storage medium (current DVD-R or DVD-RW disc) enters a state reproducible by using a conventional DVD-ROM drive or a conventional DVD player. Conventional DVD-ROM drives or conventional DVD players perform track shift detection using DPD (Differential Phase Detection) technology using recording marks recorded on this write-once type information storage medium (currently DVD-R or DVD-RW discs) . However, in the above-mentioned "location of unrecorded data", there is no recording mark in one physical segment block size, and therefore, track shift detection using DPD (Differential Phase Detection) technology can be performed. Therefore, there is a problem that the orbital servo cannot be used stably.
为了解决当前DVD-R或DVD-RW盘的上述问题,本实施例新采用用于以下情况的方法:In order to solve the above-mentioned problems of current DVD-R or DVD-RW discs, this embodiment newly adopts the method for the following situations:
1)在达到下一边界区的情况下,在“应该记录表示下一边界的标记NBM的位置”中预先记录特定模式的数据;以及1) In the case of reaching the next border area, pre-record data of a specific pattern in the "position where the mark NBM indicating the next border should be recorded"; and
2)针对表示“表示下一边界的标记NBM”的位置部分地和分开地以特定记录模式进行“覆写处理”,其中,在达到下一边界区的情况下,预先记录特定模式的数据,从而利用表示“达到下一边界区”的识别信息。2) Partially and separately performing "overwriting processing" in a specific recording mode for the position indicating "mark NBM representing the next border", wherein, in the case of reaching the next border area, data of a specific mode is pre-recorded, The identification information indicating "reach to the next boundary area" is thus utilized.
通过由于覆写而设置表示下一边界的标记,实现了这样的有益效果,即,即使在项(1)中所示达到下一边界区的情况下,也可在“应该记录表示下一边界的标记NBM的位置”中预先形成特定模式的记录标记,并且在边界关闭之后,即使只读型信息再现设备根据DPD技术进行轨道移位检测,轨道伺服器可被稳定应用。如果在已经在一次写入型信息存储介质中形成记录标记的一部分上部分覆写新的记录标记,也存在这样的危险,即,在信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备中图8所示的PLL电路的稳定性下降。为了克服该危险,本实施例进一步新采用由于以下情况的方法:By setting the flag representing the next boundary due to overwriting, such an advantageous effect is achieved that even in the case where the next boundary area is reached as shown in item (1), it can be recorded in "should record that represents the next boundary A recording mark of a specific pattern is preformed in the position of the mark NBM of ", and after the boundary is closed, even if the read-only type information reproducing apparatus performs track shift detection according to the DPD technology, the track servo can be stably applied. If a new recording mark is partially overwritten on a part where a recording mark has already been formed in a write-once information storage medium, there is also a danger that, in an information recording/reproducing device or an information reproducing device, the The stability of the PLL circuit decreases. In order to overcome this danger, the present embodiment further newly adopts a method due to the following circumstances:
3)当在一个物理段块大小的“表示下一边界的标记NBM”的位置进行覆写时,根据包含在同一数据段中的位置改变覆写状态;3) When overwriting is performed at the position of "mark NBM representing the next boundary" of a physical segment block size, change the overwriting status according to the position contained in the same data segment;
4)在同步数据432中进行覆写,并且禁止对同步码431进行覆写;以及4) overwrite in the synchronization data 432, and prohibit overwriting the synchronization code 431; and
5)在数据ID和IED以外的位置中进行覆写。5) Overwriting is performed at locations other than the data ID and IED.
如稍后所述,用于记录用户数据的数据字段411至418和保护区441至448被交替记录在信息存储介质上。通过把数据字段411至418和保护区441至448结合起来而获得的组被称作数据段490,并且一个数据段长度与一个物理段块长度一致。图8中所示的PLL电路174尤其有助于在VFO区471和472中进行PLL导入。因此,即使PLL就在VFO区471和472之前过去,通过使用VFO区471和472也可容易地进行PLL重新导入,因此,降低了对信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备中的整个系统的影响。达到了这样的有益效果,即(3)通过利用覆写状态,根据如上所述的数据段内的位置来改变该状态,并且特定模式的覆写量在靠近包含在同一数据段中的VFO区471和472的背部增加,从而能够有助于判断“表示下一边界的标记”并且能在再现时防止信号PLL的精确度下降。As described later, data fields 411 to 418 and protected areas 441 to 448 for recording user data are alternately recorded on the information storage medium. A group obtained by combining data fields 411 to 418 and guard areas 441 to 448 is called a data segment 490, and one data segment length coincides with one physical segment block length. The
一个物理扇区由位置的组合构成,在所述位置中,同步码(SY0至SY3)排列,并且同步数据434排列在这些同步码433之间。信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备从记录在信息存储介质上的沟道位模式中对同步码43(SY0至SY3)进行采样,并且检测该沟道位模式的边界。如稍后所述,从数据ID信息中对记录在信息存储介质上的数据的位置信息(物理扇区号或逻辑扇区号)进行采样。通过使用紧接在采样的信息之后排列的IED来检测数据ID错误。因此,本实施例能够(5)禁止在对数据ID和IED进行覆写,并且(4)在同步码431以外的同步数据432中部分地进行覆写,因此,允许对数据ID位置进行检测,并且允许通过使用“表示下一边界的标记NMB”中的同步码431来再现(内容读取)记录在数据ID中的信息。One physical sector is constituted by a combination of positions in which synchronization codes ( SY0 to SY3 ) are arranged, and synchronization data 434 is arranged between these synchronization codes 433 . The information recording/reproducing device or the information reproducing device samples the synchronization code 43 (SY0 to SY3) from the channel bit pattern recorded on the information storage medium, and detects the boundary of the channel bit pattern. As will be described later, location information (physical sector number or logical sector number) of data recorded on the information storage medium is sampled from the data ID information. Data ID errors are detected by using IEDs arranged immediately after the sampled information. Therefore, the present embodiment can (5) prohibit the data ID and IED from being overwritten, and (4) partially overwrite in the synchronous data 432 other than the synchronous code 431, so that the data ID position is allowed to be detected, And reproduction (content reading) of the information recorded in the data ID is permitted by using the synchronization code 431 in the "mark NMB indicating next boundary".
图16A到16D示出了与图17A到17D所示的与一次写入型信息存储介质中的边界区的结构相关的实施例不同的另一实施例。图16A和16B示出了图17A和17B的相同内容。根据一次写入型信息存储介质最终完成之后的状态图16A和16B不同于图17C。例如,如图16C所示,在包含在边界区BRDA#3中的信息已被记录之后,在尝试实现最终完成的情况下,就在边界区BRDA#3之后形成边界-外区BRDO,作为边界关闭处理。其后,在边界区BRDA#3之后的边界-外区DRDO之后形成结束符区TRM,从而减少了最终完成所需的时间。16A to 16D show another embodiment different from the embodiment shown in FIGS. 17A to 17D related to the structure of the border area in the write-once type information storage medium. 16A and 16B show the same content of FIGS. 17A and 17B. Figs. 16A and 16B are different from Fig. 17C according to the state after finalization of the write-once type information storage medium. For example, as shown in FIG. 16C, after the information contained in the bordered
在图17A到17D所示的实施例中,需要用边界-外区BRDO填充扩展备用区ESPA之前的区。出现了这样的问题,即,需要大量时间形成该边界-外区BRDO,从而延长了最终完成时间。相反,在图16C所示的实施例中,在长度中设置比较短的结束符区TRM;终结符TRM之外的全部区被定义为数据导出区NDTLDO;并且结束符TRM外的未记录部分被设置为用户禁用区911。即,当最终完成了数据区DTA时,结束符区TRM形成在记录数据的结束处(就在边界-外区BRDO之后)。包含在该区中的主数据的全部信息被设置为“00h”。在数据导出区NDTLDO的属性中设置该区的类型信息,从而该结束符区被定义为新数据导出区NDTLDO,如图16C所示。如稍后所述,该区的类型信息被记录在包含在数据ID中的区类信息935中。即,包含在该结束符区TRM中的数据ID中的区类信息935被设置为“10b”,从而表示数据存在于数据导出区DTLDO。本实施例的特征在于,用数据ID内部区类信息935来设置数据导出位置的识别信息。In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 17A to 17D, it is necessary to fill the area before the extended spare area ESPA with the border-out area BRDO. There arises a problem that it takes a lot of time to form the border-outer zone BRDO, prolonging the final completion time. On the contrary, in the embodiment shown in Fig. 16C, in the length, the shorter terminator area TRM is set; the entire area outside the terminator TRM is defined as the data lead-out area NDTLDO; and the unrecorded part outside the terminator TRM is defined as Set as the user forbidden
在图8所示的信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备中,我们考虑信息记录/再现单元141已经对一次写入型新信息存储介质具体目标位置进行随机访问的情况。就在随机访问之后,信息记录/再现单元141必须再现数据ID,并且解码数据帧号922,以便了解达到了一次写入型新信息存储介质上的什么位置。在数据ID中,区类信息935存在于靠近数据帧号922的位置。此时,仅仅通过解码该区类信息935,就可立即识别信息记录/再现单元141是否存在于数据导出区DTLDO中。因此,可进行简化,和高速访问控制。如上所述,通过对结束符区TRM进行数据ID内部设置来提供数据导出区DTLDO的识别信息,从而可容易地检测结束符区TRM。In the information recording/reproducing apparatus or information reproducing apparatus shown in FIG. 8, let us consider the case where the information recording/reproducing
作为具体示例,在边界-外区BRDO被设置为数据导出区NDTLDO的属性的情况下(即,在包含在边界-外区BRDO中的数据帧的数据ID中的区类信息935被设置为“10b”的情况下),不对该结束符区TRM进行设置。因此,当记录了结束符区TRM时,该区具有数据导出区NDTLDO属性,该结束符区TRM被认为是数据导出区NDTLDO的一部分,从而禁止记录到数据区DTA中。结果如图16C所示,可保留用户禁用区911。As a specific example, in the case where the border-out area BRDO is set as the attribute of the data lead-out area NDTLDO (that is, the area class information 935 in the data ID of the data frame contained in the border-out area BRDO is set to " 10b"), the terminator area TRM is not set. Therefore, when the terminator area TRM is recorded, which has the attribute of the data lead-out area NDTLDO, the terminator area TRM is regarded as a part of the data lead-out area NDTLDO, thereby prohibiting recording into the data area DTA. As a result, as shown in FIG. 16C, the user prohibited
在本实施例中,根据一次写入型信息存储介质上的位置来改变结束符区TRM的大小,从而减少了最终完成时间并实现了有效处理。该结束符区TRM表示记录数据的结束位置。另外,即使在该区被用在根据DPD技术进行轨道移位检测的只读装置的该区的情况下,结束符区也被用于防止由于轨道移位导致的越程。因此,因为只读装置的检测特性,所以具有结束符区TRM的一次写入型信息存储介质的径向宽度(结束符区TRM所填充的位置的宽度)必须为最小0.05nm或更多。一次写入型信息存储介质的一周的长度根据径向位置而不同,因此,包括在一周中的物理段块的数量也根据径向位置而不同。因此,结束符区TRM的大小根据位于结束符区TRM的开始处的物理扇区的物理扇区号而不同,并且随着物理扇区到了外圆周侧,结束符区TRM的大小增加。允许的结束符区TRM的物理扇区号必须大于“04FE00h”。这得自第一边界区BRDA#1由4080或更多物理段块构成的限制条件,使得第一标记区BRDA#1必须具有在一次写入型信息存储介质的径向上等于或长于1.0mm的宽度。结束符区TRM必须从物理段块的边界位置开始。In this embodiment, the size of the terminator area TRM is changed according to the position on the write-once type information storage medium, thereby reducing finalization time and realizing efficient processing. The terminator area TRM indicates the end position of recorded data. In addition, even in the case where this area is used in this area of a read-only device that performs track shift detection according to the DPD technique, the terminator area is used to prevent overrun due to track shift. Therefore, the radial width of the write-once information storage medium having the terminator region TRM (the width of the position filled with the terminator region TRM) must be a minimum of 0.05 nm or more because of the detection characteristics of the read-only device. The length of one turn of the write-once information storage medium differs depending on the radial position, and therefore, the number of physical segment blocks included in one turn also differs depending on the radial position. Therefore, the size of the terminator area TRM differs according to the physical sector number of the physical sector located at the beginning of the terminator area TRM, and increases as the physical sector goes to the outer circumference side. The physical sector number of the allowable terminator area TRM must be greater than "04FE00h". This is derived from the restriction that the first border
在图16D中,为了前述原因针对每一物理段块大小设置信息的每一项要被记录的位置,并且分布在32个物理扇区中的总共64KB的所记录的用户数据被记录在每一物理段块中。如图16D所示,针对信息的每一项设置相关的物理段块号,并且以从最小相关物理段号开始的升序在一次写入型信息存储介质中顺序地记录信息的项。在图16A至16D所示的实施例中,内容相同的复制CRMD#0至CRMD#4被五次覆写在记录在图17D所示的记录管理带中的内容的复制信息记录带C_TRZ中。通过进行这种覆写改善再现时的可靠性,并且,即使灰尘或划痕出现在一次写入型信息存储介质上,也可稳定地再现记录在记录管理带中的内容的复制信息CRMD。尽管图16D所示的边界结束标记STB与图17D所示的边界结束标记STB相一致,但是,不同于图17D所示的实施例,图16D所示的实施例不具有表示下一边界的标记NBM。包含在保留区901和902中的主数据的全部信息被设置为“00h”。In FIG. 16D, the position where each item of information is to be recorded is set for each physical segment block size for the aforementioned reason, and a total of 64 KB of recorded user data distributed in 32 physical sectors is recorded in each in the physical segment block. As shown in FIG. 16D , an associated physical segment block number is set for each item of information, and items of information are sequentially recorded in the write-once type information storage medium in ascending order from the smallest associated physical segment number. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 16A to 16D, duplicates
在边界-内区BRDI的开始处,与更新的物理格式信息U_PFI完全相同的信息被N+1至N+6复写六次,构造如图17D所示的更新的物理格式信息U_PFI。因此,更新的物理格式信息U_PFI被复写,从而改善了信息可靠性。At the beginning of the border-inner area BRDI, information identical to the updated physical format information U_PFI is overwritten six times by N+1 to N+6, constructing the updated physical format information U_PFI as shown in FIG. 17D. Therefore, updated physical format information U_PFI is overwritten, thereby improving information reliability.
在图16D中,本实施例的特征在于,在边界-内区BRDI设置有边界带中的记录管理带RMZ。如图15A所示,包含在数据导入区DTLDI中的记录管理带RMZ的大小是比较小的。如果频繁重复对新边界区BRDA进行设置,则记录在记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据RMD饱和,从而不能设置位于中间的新的边界区BRDA。在图16D所示的实施例中,实现了这样的有益效果,即,由于记录与随后的边界区BRDA#3相关的记录管理数据RMD的记录管理带设置在边界-内区BRDI中,从而可多次提供对新边界区BRDA的设置,并且可显著提高边界区BRDA中的附加写入量。在跟随在包括该边界带中的记录管理带RMZ的边界-内区BRDI之后的边界区BRDA#3被关闭的情况下,或者在数据区DTA被最终完成的情况下,必须把全部末记录管理数据RMD重复记录到以未记录状态建立在记录管理带RMZ中的备用区273中,并且用该数据填充全部备用区。这样,可消除未记录状态的备用区273,可防止在只读设备中进行再现时的(由于DPD导致的)轨道移位,并且可通过重复记录记录管理数据来改善记录管理数据RMD的再现可靠性。包含在保留区903中的全部数据被设置为“00h”。In FIG. 16D, the present embodiment is characterized in that the recording management zone RMZ in the border zone is provided in the border-in area BRDI. As shown in FIG. 15A, the size of the recording management zone RMZ included in the data lead-in area DTLDI is relatively small. If the setting of the new bordered area BRDA is frequently repeated, the recording management data RMD recorded in the recording management zone RMZ is saturated, so that the new bordered area BRDA located in the middle cannot be set. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16D, such an advantageous effect is realized that since the recording management zone for recording the recording management data RMD related to the subsequent bordered
尽管在假设使用DPD的同时边界-外区BRDO用于防止由于只读设备中的轨道移位而导致的越程,但是,除了具有更新的物理格式信息U_PFI和包含在边界带中的记录管理带RMZ中的信息之外,边界-内区BRDI不需要具有特别大的大小。因此,尝试把大小减到最小以减小设置新的边界区BRDA时的(进行边界带BRDZ记录所需的)时间。对于图16A,在由于边界关闭导致形成边界-外区BRDO之前,有很高的可能用户数据附加可写入范围205足够大,并且进行大量的附加写入。因此,需要主要取图16D中所示的“M”值,从而可在边界带中的记录管理带RMZ中多次记录记录管理数据。相反,对于图16B,在边界区BRDA#2的边界关闭之前和记录边界-外区BRDO之前的状态下,用户数据附加可写入范围205变窄,因此,考虑不对要被附加写入到边界带中的记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据的附加写入量做很大提高。因此,就在边界区BRDA#2之前的边界-内区BRDI中的记录管理带RMZ的设置大小“M”可取相对小的值。即,当边界-内区BRDI排列的位置前进到内圆周侧时,预测附加写入记录管理数据的量增加。当位置前进到外圆周时,预测附加写入记录管理数据的量减少。因此,本实施例的特征在于,边界-内区BRDI的大小减小。结果,设置新边界区BRDA的时间减少,并且处理效率提高。Although border-out area BRDO is used to prevent overrun due to track shift in read-only devices while DPD is assumed to be used, however, in addition to having updated physical format information U_PFI and recording management zone contained in border zone Apart from the information in the RMZ, the Border-Inner Zone BRDI does not need to be of a particularly large size. Therefore, try to minimize the size to reduce the time (required for border zone BRDZ recording) when setting a new border area BRDA. As for FIG. 16A , there is a high possibility that the user data additional
记录在如图17C所示的边界区BRDA中的信息的逻辑记录单元被称作R带。因此,一个边界区BRDA由至少一个或多个R带构成。在当前DVD-ROM中,采用名为“UDF桥”的文件系统作为文件系统,在该文件系统中,符合UDF(通用盘格式)的文件管理信息和符合ISO 9660的文件管理信息二者被同时记录在一个信息存储介质中。在符合ISO 9660的文件管理方法中,存在必须将一个文件连续记录在信息存储介质中的规则。即,包含在一个文件中的信息被禁止分开排列在信息存储介质的分散位置。因此,例如,在按照上述UDF桥记录信息的情况下,连续记录构成一个文件的全部信息。因此,可采用连续记录一个文件的区以便构成一个R带。A logical recording unit of information recorded in the bordered area BRDA shown in FIG. 17C is called an R zone. Therefore, one border area BRDA consists of at least one or more R zones. In the current DVD-ROM, a file system named "UDF Bridge" is adopted as the file system, in which both file management information conforming to UDF (Universal Disc Format) and file management information conforming to ISO 9660 are simultaneously recorded on an information storage medium. In the document management method conforming to ISO 9660, there is a rule that one document must be continuously recorded in an information storage medium. That is, information contained in one file is prohibited from being separately arranged in scattered positions of the information storage medium. Therefore, for example, in the case of recording information according to the above-mentioned UDF bridge, all the information constituting one file are continuously recorded. Therefore, an area in which one file is continuously recorded can be used to constitute one R zone.
图18A到18D示出了控制数据带CDZ和R物理信息带RIZ的数据结构。如图18B所示,控制数据带CDZ中存在有物理格式信息(PFI)和盘制造信息(DMI),并且类似地,R物理信息带RIZ中包含DMI(盘制造信息)和R_PFI(R物理格式信息)。18A to 18D show the data structures of the control data zone CDZ and the R physical information zone RIZ. As shown in FIG. 18B, physical format information (PFI) and disc manufacturing information (DMI) exist in the control data zone CDZ, and similarly, DMI (disc manufacturing information) and R_PFI (R physical format information) are contained in the R physical information zone RIZ. information).
在介质制造相关信息DMI中记录与介质制造国家相关的信息251和介质制造商国籍信息252。当购买到的信息存储介质侵犯了专利权时,有这样的情况,即,把侵权警告提供到存在制造地点或者消费(或使用)信息存储介质的这样的国家。通过强制记录包含在信息存储介质中的信息来识别制造地点(国家名称),并且容易地提供侵权警告,从而保护了知识产权,并且促进了技术进步。而且,其它介质制造相关信息253要被记录在介质制造相关信息DMI中。
本实施例的特征在于,根据物理格式信息PFI或R物理格式信息R_PFI中的记录位置(相对于开始的字节位置),指定要被记录的信息的类型。即,对于物理格式信息PFI或R物理格式信息R_PFI中的记录位置,把DVD家族中的公用信息261记录在从字节0到字节31的32字节区中;把作为本实施例的主题HD_DVD家族中的公用信息262记录在从字节32到字节127的96个字节中;把与各种规范类型或部分版本相关的唯一信息(特定信息)记录在从字节128到字节511的384个字节中;并且把与每一修订相对应的信息记录在从字节512到字节2047的1536个字节中。这样,根据信息的内容公共使用物理格式信息中的信息分配位置,从而根据介质类型公共使用记录信息的位置,从而能够公共进行或简化信息记录设备或信息记录/再现设备的再现处理。如图18D所示,记录在字节0到字节31中的DVD家族中的公用信息261被分为:公共记录在全部只读型信息存储介质和可重写型信息存储介质中的信息267,并且在一次写入型信息存储介质中从字节0到字节16记录该信息;和信息268,其公共记录在可重写型信息存储介质中和一次写入型信息存储介质中,从字节17到字节31,并且其未被记录在只读型介质中。The present embodiment is characterized in that the type of information to be recorded is specified based on the recording position (relative to the start byte position) in the physical format information PFI or R-physical format information R_PFI. That is, for the recording position in the physical format information PFI or the R physical format information R_PFI, the
现在,将对图18C所示的从字节128至字节511的每一规格的类型和版本的特定信息263的意义、和从字节512至字节2047的可针对每一修订设置的信息内容264的意义给出描述。即,在从字节128至字节511的每一规范的类型和版本的特定信息263中,不考虑一次写入型信息存储介质,每一字节位置的记录信息的内容的意义与不同类型的可重写型信息存储介质相一致。可针对从字节512至字节2047的每一修订设置的信息内容264允许这样的事实,即,如果同一种介质种修订彼此不同,以及可重写型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质之间的差别彼此不同,则字节位置的记录信息的内容的意义彼此不同。Now, the meaning of the type and version
一种用于安装信息记录/再现设备的具体方法将说明如下。说明书(版本簿)或修订卷说明了来自“H-L”记录薄膜的再现信号和“L-H”记录薄膜的再现信号特征。同时,图8中给出了两两对应的PR均衡电路130和维特比解码器156。当信息存储介质安装在信息再现单元141,读取包含在系统导入区SYLDI中的信息的限幅电平检测电路将被开启。该限幅电平检测电路132读取记录在该192字节中的记录标记的极性信息(以识别“H-L”或“L-H”);并判断出“H-L”或“L-H”。为响应该判断,经过PR均衡电路130和该维特比解码器156中的电路转换,记录在数据导入区DTLDI的信息被再现。上面描述的方法可相对快速,更精确的读出包含在该数据导入区DTLDI中的信息。尽管定义了最大记录速度的修订号信息由字节17来说明,并且定义了最小记录速度的修订号信息由字节18说明,但这些信息项只是用于提供定义了最大和最小的范围信息。进行最稳定的记录情况下,记录的时候需要最佳线速度信息,相关的信息记录在字节193中。A specific method for installing an information recording/reproducing device will be explained as follows. The specification (version book) or revision volume describes the characteristics of the reproduced signal from the "H-L" recording film and the reproduced signal of the "L-H" recording film. Meanwhile, FIG. 8 shows the
本实施例特征在于,字节194中包含沿圆周方向的光学系统的边缘强度信息以及字节195中包含的沿径向方向的光学系统的边缘强度信息,这些信息作为光学系统状态信息被记录在关于各种记录状态(写入策略)的信息之前,该关于各种记录状态的信息包括在具体设置到每个版本的信息内容264中。当区分设置在背面的记录信息时,这些信息项代表了所用光头光学系统的条件信息。这里使用的边缘强度代表了入射光在某一信息存储介质记录表面会聚前,入射到一物镜的状态分布。这个强度定义为当入射光强度分布的中心强度值定义为1时,物镜某一圆周位置的强度值(挡板外的圆周位置)。该入射光强度分布相对于物镜不是点-点对称的,形成椭圆形分布,由于信息存储介质的径向方向和圆周方向的不同,该边缘强度值彼此不相同。因此,这两个值被记录下来。该信息存储介质中记录表面的焦点尺寸随着边缘强度值的增大而减小,因而,最佳记录功率条件随着边缘强度值改变。记录/再现设备中的信息事先识别出包含于自身光头中的边缘强度值的信息。因此,该设备沿圆周方向和径向方向读取该光学系统的边缘强度值,将该值记录在信息存贮介质中,并比较自身光头中的值。如果比较结果差异不大,背面记录的记录状态将被运用。如果差别很大,需要将记录在背面的存储条件忽略掉,当记录/再现设备利用驱动测试带DRTZ进行测试书写时,需要开始识别最佳记录状态。The present embodiment is characterized in that
因此,当忽略该信息,进行自身测试书写时,需要快速决定是否利用背面记录的记录状态,或是否开始区别最佳记录状态。可获得有益的效果:该边缘强度信息被读取出,然后通过整理在被推荐记录条件所记录的位置的前面的位置被识别的有关光学系统的信息,高速的判断出后设置的记录条件能否被满足。Therefore, when ignoring this information and doing self-test writing, it is necessary to quickly decide whether to use the recording status recorded on the back side, or whether to start to distinguish the best recording status. Beneficial effects can be obtained: the edge strength information is read out, and then by arranging the information about the optical system identified at the position in front of the position recorded by the recommended recording condition, the recording condition set after the high-speed judgment can be whether it is satisfied.
根据本实施例,如上所述,分别提供了:当版本内容有很大变化时的说明书(版本簿);相应的版本改变或提出的修订卷,以及只有修订卷的提出,该卷在记录速度改善时只更新修订。因此,如果每个修订号不相同,修订卷中的记录状态随之改变。这样,有关记录状态(写入策略)的信息主要被具体记录在从字节512到字节2047每一修订的信息内容264中。被具体记录在从字节512到字节2047每一修订的信息内容264认同这个事实,如果相同类型介质中每一修订不相同,并且可重写型信息存储介质与一次写入型信息存储介质不同类别之间也存在差别,字节位置上记录信息内容的重要性也是不相同的。According to the present embodiment, as described above, there are respectively provided: the specification (version book) when the content of the edition changes greatly; Only update revisions when improved. Therefore, if each revision number is different, the state of the record in the revision volume changes accordingly. In this way, information about the recording status (writing strategy) is primarily recorded specifically in the
在一种一次写入型信息存储介质中,关于记录在数据导入区DTLDI中R型物理信息区RIZ的R型物理格式信息,边界带开始位置信息(第一边界最外的圆周地址)被添加到物理格式信息RFI(HD-DVD族共有信息的复制)中,并对该添加的信息加以说明。在更新到如图17A到17D或图16A到16D所示的边界-内区BRDI中的更新的物理格式信息U_PFI中,开始位置信息(自身边界最外的圆周地址)被添加到物理格式信息中(HD-DVD族共有信息的拷贝),并记录该添加信息。该更新的开始位置信息被排列在字节256到字节263中,该位置位于紧随有关如峰值功率或偏置功率1(专门设置每一修订的信息内容264)信息之后的位置,该位置位于包含在DVD族中的共有信息262后面。In a write-once type information storage medium, with respect to the R-type physical format information recorded in the R-type physical information zone RIZ in the data lead-in area DTLDI, border zone start position information (the outermost circumference address of the first border) is added To the physical format information RFI (replication of HD-DVD family common information), and to describe the added information. In the updated physical format information U_PFI updated in the boundary-inner area BRDI shown in FIGS. 17A to 17D or FIGS. 16A to 16D, start position information (the outermost circumference address of the boundary itself) is added to the physical format information (copy of HD-DVD family common information), and record this additional information. The start position information for this update is arranged in bytes 256 to 263 at the position immediately following the information about eg peak power or bias power 1 (
对于有关边界带开始位置信息的特定信息内容,在PSN(物理扇区号)中描述了位于目前普遍采用了256到字节259记录的(当前)边界区BRDA外部的有关边界-外区ERDO的开始位置信息;并且在物理扇区号(PSN)中在字节260到字节263中描述了有关下一步要用到的边界区BRDA的边界-内区BRDI开始位置信息。For the specific content of the information about the start position of the border zone, the start of the border-external zone ERDO located outside the (current) border zone BRDA where records from 256 to byte 259 are currently commonly used is described in the PSN (Physical Sector Number) location information; and the border-inner region BRDI start position information about the border area BRDA to be used in the next step is described in
有关更新的开始位置信息的详细的信息内容表明了最新设定了边界区BRDA时的最新的边界带位置信息。物理扇区号PSN描述了通常采用字节256到字节259记录位于(当前)边界区BRDA外部的有关边界-外区BRDO的开始位置信息;物理扇区号在字节260到字节263中描述有关下一步用到的边界区BRDA的边界-内区BRDI开始位置信息。当下一边界区BRDA不能记录时,该区(从字节260到字节263)全部用“00h”填充。The detailed information about the updated start position information shows the latest border zone position information when the border area BRDA is newly set. The physical sector number PSN describes the start position information of the border-external area BRDO outside the (current) border area BRDA, which is usually recorded in bytes 256 to 259; the physical sector number is described in
相反,一次写入型信息存储介质中的R型物理格式信息R_PFI记录了相关边界区BRDA中记录数据的结束位置信息。In contrast, R-type physical format information R_PFI in the write-once type information storage medium records end position information of recorded data in the relevant border area BRDA.
而且,只读型信息存储介质记录了从再现光学系统看去最前面的“0层”中包含的结束地址信息,可重写型信息存储介质记录了槽岸区和沟槽区之间的开始位置信息每项的差值信息。Moreover, the read-only information storage medium records the end address information contained in the first "0 layer" seen from the reproduction optical system, and the rewritable information storage medium records the start address information between the land area and the groove area. The difference information of each item of position information.
如图17D所示,相关的复制信息存在于边界-外带ERDO中作为表示了记录在记录管理带中内容的复制信息C_RMZ。如图15B所示,该记录管理带RMZ记录了RMD(记录管理数据),该RMD具有和物理段块相同的数据大小,这样的话,每次更新的新记录管理数据RMD,记录管理数据RMD的内容可以向后连续的添加。该记录管理数据RMD还被分成2048字节大小的细小的RMD字段信息RMDF。记录管理数据中最初的2048字节被用作保留区。As shown in FIG. 17D, relevant copy information exists in the border-out zone ERDO as copy information C_RMZ representing the contents recorded in the recording management zone. As shown in FIG. 15B, this recording management zone RMZ records RMD (recording management data) which has the same data size as the physical segment block. In this case, the new recording management data RMD updated each time, the recording management data RMD Content can be added consecutively backwards. This recording management data RMD is also divided into small RMD field information RMDF having a size of 2048 bytes. The first 2048 bytes in the recording management data are used as a reserved area.
在图8示出的信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备中,摆动信号检测单元135使用推挽信号来用于轨道移位检测。在轨道移位检测电路(摆动信号检测单元135)中,作为以上的推挽信号(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC的值,能够在0.1≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.8的范围内稳定地执行轨道移位检测。尤其,关于“H-L”记录薄膜,能够在0.26≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.52的范围内更加稳定地执行轨道移位检测,关于“L-H”记录薄膜,能够在0.30≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.60的范围内更加稳定地执行轨道移位检测。In the information reproduction device or the information recording/reproduction device shown in FIG. 8, the wobble
因此,在本实施例中,信息存储介质特性被定义,从而推挽信号被包括在0.1≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.8的范围内(最好,关于“H-L”记录薄膜,推挽信号被包括在0.26≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.52的范围内;关于“L-H”记录薄膜,推挽信号被包括在0.3≤(I1-I2)PP/(I1+I2)DC≤0.6的范围内)。以上范围被定义以被建立在数据导入区DTLDI或数据区DTA和数据导出区DTLDO(记录标记存在的位置)的记录位置和未记录的位置(不存在记录标记的位置)中。然而,在本实施例中,不限于此,这个范围能够被定义以被仅仅建立在记录的位置(存在记录标记的位置)或建立在未记录的位置(不存在记录标记的位置)。此外,在本实施例中,作为在记录的位置和未记录的位置中的(I1-I2)信号的(I1-I2)PP后和(I1-I2)PP前的幅度比,信息存储介质特性被定义为满足0.7≤(I1-I2)PP后/(I1-12)PP前≤1.50,而不管可被使用的是“H-L”记录薄膜还是“L-H”记录薄膜。在推挽信号幅度范围内以最低有效的7位描述的推挽信号幅度和轨道形状的值由与实际推挽信号幅度值有关的百分数来显示。例如,在推挽信号的幅度是0.70(70%)的情况下,0.7=70/100被获得。因此,作为描述在这个字段中的数据,信息“0100 0110b”被描述,该信息以二进制符号来表达十进制值“70”。Therefore, in the present embodiment, the information storage medium characteristics are defined so that the push-pull signal is included in the range of 0.1≤(I1-I2) PP /(I1+I2)DC≤0.8 (preferably, about "HL" For recording films, push-pull signals are included in the range 0.26≤(I1-I2) PP /(I1+I2) DC ≤0.52; for "LH" recording films, push-pull signals are included in 0.3≤(I1-I2) PP /(I1+I2) within the range of DC ≤0.6). The above range is defined to be established in a recording position and an unrecorded position (a position where no recording mark exists) of the data lead-in area DTLDI or data area DTA and data lead-out area DTLDO (position where a recording mark exists). However, in this embodiment, without being limited thereto, this range can be defined to be established only at recorded positions (positions where recording marks exist) or at unrecorded positions (positions where recording marks do not exist). In addition, in the present embodiment, as the amplitude ratio of (I1-I2) PP after (I1-I2) PP and before (I1-I2) PP of the (I1-I2) signal in the recorded position and the unrecorded position, the information storage medium characteristic It is defined as satisfying 0.7≦(I1-I2) PP after/(I1-12) PP before≦1.50 regardless of whether "HL" recording film or "LH" recording film may be used. The push-pull signal amplitude and track shape values described in the least significant 7 bits within the push-pull signal amplitude range are displayed as percentages relative to the actual push-pull signal amplitude value. For example, in the case where the amplitude of the push-pull signal is 0.70 (70%), 0.7=70/100 is obtained. Therefore, as data described in this field, information "0100 0110b" expressing the decimal value "70" in binary notation is described.
在一次写入型信息存储介质的情况下,在预制沟槽区上执行寻道(记录标记形成在预制沟槽区上)。因此,这个轨道上信号表示当在预制沟槽区上执行寻道时的检测信号电平。即,当图27B所示的轨道环例如是ON时,上述的轨道上信息表示未记录区的信号电平(Iot)沟槽。本发明允许将记录标记形成在预制沟槽之间的区域上。在此情况下,可将“槽岸”视为“沟槽”。In the case of a write-once type information storage medium, tracking is performed on the pre-groove area (recording marks are formed on the pre-groove area). Therefore, this on-track signal represents the detection signal level when performing seek on the pre-groove area. That is, when the track ring shown in FIG. 27B is, for example, ON, the above-mentioned on-track information indicates the signal level (Iot) groove of the unrecorded area. The present invention allows recording marks to be formed on areas between pre-grooves. In this case, the "lands" can be considered as "grooves".
在R物理格式信息R_PFI中,物理扇区号(030000h)被记录,该号表示包含在数据区DTA中的开始位置信息。此外,物理扇区号被记录,该号表示在包括在边界区中的最后R带中已经执行最后记录的位置。In the R physical format information R_PFI, a physical sector number (030000h) indicating the start position information included in the data area DTA is recorded. In addition, a physical sector number indicating a position where the last recording has been performed in the last R zone included in the bordered area is recorded.
在更新的物理格式信息U_PFI中,记录有:物理扇区号(030000h),表示包含在数据区DTA中的开始位置信息;和物理扇区号,指示在包括在边界区中的最后R带中已经执行最后记录的位置。In the updated physical format information U_PFI, there are recorded: a physical sector number (030000h) indicating start position information included in the data area DTA; and a physical sector number indicating that it has been executed in the last R zone included in the border area The last recorded position.
根据另一实施例,这些位置信息项可用ECC块地址号来描述,而不是以物理扇区号方式描述。如下所述,本实施例中,一个ECC块包括32个扇区。因此,特定ECC块开头扇区的物理扇区号最低有效的5比特与ECC块相邻的开始位置的扇区的物理扇区号一致。在物理扇区号被分配,从而ECC块开头扇区的物理扇区号最低有效的5比特为“00000”的情况下,同一ECC块中所有扇区中所有的物理扇区号的最低有效的6比特或6比特以上中的值彼此相一致。因此,去除上述相同ECC块中扇区的物理扇区号最低有效的5比特,并只对最低有效的6比特及后面的进行采样得到的信息被定义为ECC块地址信息(或ECC块地址号)。如下所述,通过摆频调制事先记录的数据段地址信息(或物理段块号信息)与上面的ECC块地址一致。因此,ECC块地址号中描述包含在记录管理数据RMD的位置信息时,可以获得有益的效果如下所述:According to another embodiment, these location information items can be described by ECC block address numbers instead of physical sector numbers. As described below, in this embodiment, one ECC block includes 32 sectors. Therefore, the least significant 5 bits of the physical sector number of the head sector of a specific ECC block coincide with the physical sector number of the sector at the start position adjacent to the ECC block. In the case where the physical sector numbers are assigned such that the least significant 5 bits of the physical sector numbers of the sector at the head of the ECC block are "00000", the least significant 6 bits of all the physical sector numbers in all sectors in the same ECC block or Values in 6 bits or more coincide with each other. Therefore, removing the least significant 5 bits of the physical sector number of the sectors in the same ECC block above, and only sampling the least significant 6 bits and the following information is defined as ECC block address information (or ECC block address number) . As described below, data segment address information (or physical segment block number information) recorded in advance by wobble modulation coincides with the above ECC block address. Therefore, when the location information contained in the recording management data RMD is described in the ECC block address number, beneficial effects can be obtained as follows:
1)特别加快了对未记录区的访问:1) Especially accelerated access to unlogged areas:
---因为记录管理数据RMD中的位置信息与通过摆频调制事先记录的块地址信息相一致,所以促进了差值计算处理;以及---Because the position information in the recording management data RMD is consistent with the block address information recorded in advance through wobble frequency modulation, the difference calculation process is facilitated; and
2)减小了记录管理数据RMD的管理数据大小:2) Reduced management data size of record management data RMD:
---描述每个地址信息的比特位数减少5比特。--- The number of bits describing each address information is reduced by 5 bits.
如下所述,单个的物理段块长度和单个数据段长度一致,单个ECC块的用户数据记录在单个数据段中。因此,地址表示为“ECC块地址号”;“ECC块地址”;“数据段地址”;“数据段号”或“物理段块号”等等。这些描述表示了同样的的意思。As described below, the block length of a single physical segment is consistent with the length of a single data segment, and user data of a single ECC block is recorded in a single data segment. Therefore, the address is expressed as "ECC block address number"; "ECC block address"; "data segment address"; "data segment number" or "physical segment block number" and so on. These descriptions express the same meaning.
存在于RMD字段0中的记录管理数据RMD的分配位置信息中,可连续附加写入记录管理数据RMD的记录管理带RMZ的容量信息记录在ECC块单元或物理段块单元中。如图15B所示,记录管理数据RMD以一个接一个的方式记录在物理段块中,因而,根据这个信息,可以确定更新的记录管理数据RMD可以附加的写入记录管理带RMZ的次数。下一步,当前记录管理数据号被记录在记录管理带RMZ中。这表示已记录在记录管理带RMZ的记录管理数据RMD的号信息。例如,假定该信息与图15B所示的例子记录管理数据RMD#2中的信息一致,该信息与记录管理带RMZ中记录的第二记录管理数据RMD一致,因而,在该字段中记录为“2”。下一步,记录管理带RMZ中的剩余量信息被记录。该信息表示可进一步添加到该记录管理带RMZ的该记录管理数据RMD的号信息,并在物理段块单元(=ECC块单元=数据段单元)中描述。在上三个信息项中,建立了下面的关系。In the allocation position information of the recording management data RMD existing in the
[其中已经设置RMZ的大小信息]=[当前记录管理数据号]+[RMZ中的剩余量][wherein the size information of the RMZ has been set] = [the current recording management data number] + [the remaining amount in the RMZ]
本实施例特点在于,记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据RMD的使用量或剩余量信息被记录在该记录管理数据RMD的记录区中。This embodiment is characterized in that the usage or remaining amount information of the recording management data RMD in the recording management zone RMZ is recorded in the recording area of the recording management data RMD.
例如,所有信息记录在一次写入型信息存储介质中一次的情况下,该记录管理数据RMD只能被记录一次。然而,试图在一次写入型信息存储介质非常细小的重复记录用户数据的附加写入(用户数据附加可写入范围205中的用户数据的附加写入),每次有附加写入发生时需要写入更新的记录管理数据RMD。这种情况下,如果该记录管理数据RMD被经常的附加写入,图15B所示的保留区273将被删除,信息记录/再现设备需要应对这种删除。因此,该记录管理带RMZ中的记录管理数据RMD的使用量或剩余量信息被记录在该记录管理数据的记录区,从而可以事先确定该记录管理带RMZ不能进行附加写入状态,并通过信息记录/再现设备及早的采取行动。For example, in the case where all information is recorded once in the write-once type information storage medium, the recording management data RMD can only be recorded once. However, additional writing of user data (additional writing of user data in the user data additionally writable range 205) in an attempt to repeatedly record user data on a write-once type information storage medium needs to be performed each time additional writing occurs. The updated recording management data RMD is written. In this case, if the recording management data RMD is frequently additionally written, the reserved
根据新设置一扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ的处理方法的例子,通过图8所示的该信息记录/再现设备和该带进行的测试写入将给以说明。According to an example of a processing method for newly setting an extended drive test zone EDRTZ, test writing by the information recording/reproducing apparatus and the zone shown in FIG. 8 will be described.
1)一次写入型信息存储介质被安装在一信息记录/再现设备中。1) A write-once type information storage medium is mounted in an information recording/reproducing apparatus.
2)烧录区BCA构成的数据被该信息记录/再现单元141所再现;该记录信息被供给控制单元143;信息在控制单元143中被解码,决定能否进行下一步处理。2) The data formed by the burning area BCA is reproduced by the information recording/reproducing
3)记录在系统导入区SYLDI控制数据带CDZ内的信息被信息记录/再现单元141记录,该再现信息被传送到该控制单元143。3) The information recorded in the system lead-in area SYLDI control data zone CDZ is recorded by the information recording/reproducing
4)当推荐记录状态被控制单元143确定时,边缘强度值与用于信息记录/再现单元141光头的边缘强度值比较;测试输入所需的区容量被确定。4) When the recommended recording state is determined by the
5)记录管理数据中的信息被信息记录/再现单元141所再现,该再现信息被传送到该控制单元143。该控制区RMD字段4中的信息进行解码,并判断是否存在用于测试写入所需的区容量的富裕空间,大小在第4)步中确定。判断结果是肯定的情况下,继续执行第6)步。否则,转到执行第9)步。5) The information in the recording management data is reproduced by the information recording/reproducing
6)根据已被用于驱动测试带DRTZ测试写入的结束位置信息或从RMD字段4用于测试写入的扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ,开始测试写入位置可被确定。6) From the end position information that has been used for test writing in the drive test zone DRTZ or the extended drive test zone EDRTZ used for test writing from the
7)通过第6)步确定的位置,第4)步确定的容量可进行测试写入。7) Through the location determined in step 6), the capacity determined in step 4) can be used for test writing.
8)根据第7)步的处理,用于测试写入的位置数量已被增加,因而,通过重写已用于测试写入点的结束位置信息,得到的记录管理信息被临时地存储在存储单元175,转到进行12)步。8) According to the processing of step 7), the number of locations for test writing has been increased, and thus, by rewriting the end location information that has been used for test writing points, the resulting recording management information is temporarily stored in the
9)该信息记录/再现单元141读取记录在RMD字段0中“最新的用户数据可记录范围205的结束位置”信息,或物理表格中数据区DTA分配位置信息中记录的“用户数据附加的可写范围的结束位置信息”;以及控制单元143还在内部设置了新一组驱动测试带EDRTZ的范围。9) The information recording/reproducing
10)根据步骤9)中描述的结果,RMD字段0中记录的“最新的用户数据可记录范围205的结束位置”信息可被更新,RMD字段4中扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ的附加的设置值信息以1为增量(即,计数被加1);此外,通过添加新设置扩展驱动测试带EDRTZ的开始/结束位置信息,该存储单元175临时存储获得的该记录管理数据RMD。10) According to the result described in step 9), the "end position of the latest user data
11)处理从第7)步转到第12)步。11) Processing goes from step 7) to step 12).
12)以执行步骤7)测试写入为结果,在最佳记录状态下,所需的用户信息附加的写入用户附加可写入范围205中。12) As a result of executing step 7) test writing, the required user information is additionally written into the user additional
13)存储单元175临时存储记录管理数据RMD,该记录管理数据RMD通过步骤12)新生成的R区包含的附加写入开始/结束位置信息被更新。13) The
14)该控制单元143控制信息记录/再现单元141将临时存储在存储单元175中的最新的记录管理数据RMD附加地记录在该记录管理带RMZ包含的保留区273(例如,图15B)中。14) The
能够从包含在“最后记录在最后设置的扩展记录位置管理带RMZ中的记录位置管理数据RMD”的信息获得关于指示本实施例所示的一次写入型信息存储介质中的最后记录的位置的物理扇区号或物理段号(PSN)的信息。即,记录位置管理数据RMD包括:关于在RMD字段7或其后中描述的第n“完结型R带(完结R带)”的结束位置信息、或关于“表示第n个R带中的最后记录位置的物理扇区号LRA”的信息,从而从已经被最后记录在最后设置的扩展RMZ中的记录位置管理数据RMD(例如,参考图15B所示的RMD#3)内读取最后记录的位置中的物理扇区号或物理段号(PSN),并且使得能够从读取的结果知道该最后记录的位置。Information about the position indicating the last recording in the write-once information storage medium shown in this embodiment can be obtained from the information contained in the "recording position management data RMD last recorded in the last extended recording position management zone RMZ". Information of a physical sector number or a physical segment number (PSN). That is, the recording position management data RMD includes: information on the end position of the n-th "end type R zone (end R zone)" described in the
信息再现设备使用DPD(差分相位检测)技术来替代用于轨道移位检测的推挽技术,因此,能够仅仅在存在凸凹或记录标记的区中执行寻道控制。因此,信息再现设备不能够提供对一次写入型信息存储介质的未记录区的访问,使得不能够在包括未记录区的RMD复制带RDZ中执行再现。因此,记录其中的记录位置管理数据RMD不能够被再现。相反,信息再现设备能够再现物理格式信息PFI、R物理信息带R-PFIZ和更新的物理格式信息UPFI。因此,能够对最后记录的位置进行检索。The information reproducing apparatus uses a DPD (Differential Phase Detection) technique instead of a push-pull technique for track shift detection, and therefore, can perform seek control only in an area where there is an embossment or a recording mark. Therefore, the information reproducing apparatus cannot provide access to the unrecorded area of the write-once type information storage medium, so that reproduction cannot be performed in the RMD duplication zone RDZ including the unrecorded area. Therefore, the recording position management data RMD recorded therein cannot be reproduced. In contrast, the information reproducing apparatus is capable of reproducing physical format information PFI, R-physical information zone R-PFIZ, and updated physical format information UPFI. Therefore, it is possible to search for the last recorded position.
信息再现设备在系统导入区SYLDI中执行信息再现,然后读取关于记录在R物理信息带R-PFIZ中的存在的信息数据的最后位置信息(关于“指示对应边界-内区中的最后R带中的最后记录的位置的物理扇区号”的信息)。结果,可以知道边界区BRDA#1的最后位置。此外,在校验分配在恰即最后位置之后的边界-外BRDO的位置以后,可以读取关于记录在恰即校验的位置之后记录的边界-内BRDI中的更新的物理格式UPFI的信息。The information reproducing apparatus performs information reproduction in the system lead-in area SYLDI, and then reads the last position information on the existing information data recorded in the R physical information zone R-PFIZ (regarding the last R zone in the "indicates the corresponding boundary-inner zone") The physical sector number of the last recorded location in "Information"). As a result, the last position of the bordered
替代上述利用图19描述的“指示对应的边界-内区中的最后R带中的最后记录的位置的物理扇区号”的方法,能够通过使用关于在第256到263字节中描述的“指示边界带的开始位置的物理扇区号PSN”的信息来将访问提供到边界-外BRDO的开始位置(从图16C清楚看出,这个开始位置表示边界-外BRDO的开始位置)。Instead of the method of "indicating the physical sector number of the last recorded position in the last R zone in the corresponding boundary-inner area" described above using FIG. 19, it is possible to use the "indicating The information of the physical sector number PSN" of the start position of the border zone is used to provide access to the start position of the border-outer BRDO (clearly seen from FIG. 16C, this start position represents the start position of the border-outer BRDO).
接下来,访问被提供给记录数据的最后位置,从而读取关于包含在更新的物理格式信息UFPI中的记录数据的最后位置信息(图19)。读取记录在更新的物理格式信息中的“关于最后记录的物理扇区号或物理段号(PSN)的信息”、以及然后基于读取的信息提供防问到最后记录的物理扇区号或物理段号(PSN)的处理操作被重复直到达到最后R带中的最后记录的物理扇区号PSN。即,读取信息的位置被确定,访问后已经达到的位置是最后R带中的实际的最后记录位置。在确定结果为否定的情况下,上述访问处理操作被重复。如在R物理信息带R-PFIZ中,在本实施例中,能够通过利用关于更新的物理格式信息UPFI中“关于指示边界带的开始位置的更新的物理扇区号或物理段号(PSN)的信息”来对记录在边界带(边界-内BRDI)中的更新的物理格式信息UPFI的记录位置进行检索。Next, access is provided to the last position of the recorded data, thereby reading the last position information on the recorded data contained in the updated physical format information UFPI (FIG. 19). Read "information on the last recorded physical sector number or physical segment number (PSN)" recorded in the updated physical format information, and then provide access to the last recorded physical sector number or physical segment based on the read information The processing operation of the sector number (PSN) is repeated until the last recorded physical sector number PSN in the last R zone is reached. That is, the position at which information is read is determined, and the position reached after the access is the actual last recording position in the last R zone. In a case where the determination result is negative, the above-described access processing operation is repeated. As in the R-Physical Information Zone R-PFIZ, in the present embodiment, it is possible to use the updated physical sector number or physical segment number (PSN) in the updated physical format information UPFI information" to retrieve the recording position of the updated physical format information UPFI recorded in the border zone (border-in BRDI).
当最后记录在最后R带中的物理扇区号(或物理段号)的位置被找到时,信息再现设备从边界-外的紧接在前的位置来执行再现。然后,当最后边界区BRDA的内侧被顺序地从开始再现时,达到最后记录的位置。然后,执行最后边界-外BRDO的校验。在根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中,在以上的最后边界-外BRDO的外部,没有记录记录标记的未记录区域跟在数据导出区DTLDO的位置之后。在信息再现设备中,没有在一次写入型信息记录介质上的未记录区上执行寻道,并且关于物理扇区号PSN的信息没有被记录,因此使得可以在跟在最后边界-外BRDO之后的位置执行再现。因此,当已经达到最后边界-外位置时,访问处理操作和连续再现处理操作终止。When the position of the physical sector number (or physical segment number) last recorded in the last R zone is found, the information reproducing apparatus performs reproduction from the border-out immediately preceding position. Then, when the inner side of the last border area BRDA is sequentially reproduced from the beginning, the last recorded position is reached. Then, a final boundary-outer BRDO check is performed. In the write-once type information storage medium according to the present embodiment, outside the above last border-out BRDO, an unrecorded area where no record mark is recorded follows the position of the data lead-out area DTLDO. In the information reproducing apparatus, seek is not performed on the unrecorded area on the write-once type information recording medium, and information on the physical sector number PSN is not recorded, thus making it possible to perform The location performs the reproduction. Therefore, when the last border-out position has been reached, the access processing operation and the continuous reproduction processing operation are terminated.
对照图20,将描述更新记录位置管理数据RMD中的信息的内容的定时(更新条件)。存在五种用于更新记录位置管理数据RMD上的信息的条件。Referring to FIG. 20, the timing (update condition) to update the content of information in the recording location management data RMD will be described. There are five conditions for updating information on the recording location management data RMD.
(条件1a)在RMD字段“0”中的介质状态信息(盘状态)被改变的情况下:(Condition 1a) In the case where the media status information (disk status) in the RMD field "0" is changed:
在记录结束符(记录在最后记录的边界-外BRDO的后部(外圆周侧)的“结束位置信息”)时没有执行记录位置管理数据RMD的更新处理操作。The update processing operation of the recording position management data RMD is not performed at the time of the recording end character ("end position information" recorded at the rear (outer circumference side) of the last recorded boundary-outer BRDO).
(条件1b)当在RMD字段“1”中指定的内测试带地址或外测试带地址(内或外测试带地址)被改变的情况下。(Condition 1b) When the inner test zone address or the outer test zone address (inner or outer test zone address) specified in the RMD field "1" is changed.
(条件2)在RMD字段“3”中指定的边界-外BRDO开始位置信息(边界-外区的开始物理扇区号)或开放(一次写入可能)记录位置管理带RMZ号(开放扩展RMZ号)被改变的情况下:(Condition 2) The border-outer BRDO start position information (the start physical sector number of the border-outer area) or the open (write once possible) recording position management zone RMZ number (open extension RMZ number) specified in the RMD field "3" ) is changed:
(条件3)当在RMD字段“4”中改变关于下面项中的任何一个的信息的情况下:(Condition 3) When information on any of the following items is changed in the RMD field "4":
1)未指定的R带数目、开放型R带数目和完结型R带或不可见R带数目(不可见R带数目)的总数目1) The total number of the number of unspecified R zones, the number of open R zones, and the number of closed R zones or the number of invisible R zones (Number of invisible R zones)
2)第一开放型R带数目信息(第一开放R带数目)2) Information on the number of first open R-bands (number of first open R-bands)
3)第二开放型R带数目信息(第二开放R带数目)3) Information on the number of second open R bands (number of second open R bands)
在本实施例中,在(通过盘驱动器)对诸如HD DVD-R的一次写入型信息存储介质进行一系列的信息记录操作期间,不需要更新RMD。例如,在记录视频图像信息的情况下,需要保证连续记录。如果为了更新视频图像信息记录(图像记录)的中心中的记录位置管理数据RMD而进行直到记录管理数据RMD的位置的访问控制,则由于视频图像信息被中断,所以连续记录没有被保证。因此,通常,在视频图像记录被终止后才执行RMD的更新。如果一系列的视频图像信息记录操作持续过长的时间,则在当前时间点最后记录在一次写入型信息存储介质上的位置和包含在已经被记录在一次写入型信息存储介质中的记录位置管理数据RMD中的最后位置信息将显著地移位。此时,在连续记录的中心的不正常现象产生然后信息记录/再现设备(盘驱动器)被强制终止的情况下,“包含在记录位置管理数据RMD中的最后位置信息”和紧接在强制终止之前的记录位置之间的差异变得过分大。结果,发生了危险,即针对“包含在记录位置管理数据RMD中的最后位置信息”,符合紧接在强制终止之前的记录位置的数据恢复变得困难。因此,在本实施例中,下面更新条件被另外加入。In this embodiment, there is no need to update the RMD during a series of information recording operations (by the disk drive) to a write-once type information storage medium such as HD DVD-R. For example, in the case of recording video image information, it is necessary to ensure continuous recording. If access control up to the location of the recording management data RMD is performed for updating the recording location management data RMD in the center of video image information recording (image recording), continuous recording is not guaranteed because the video image information is interrupted. Therefore, generally, updating of the RMD is performed after video image recording is terminated. If a series of video image information recording operations continues for an excessively long time, the position last recorded on the write-once information storage medium at the current point of time and the record contained in the record already recorded in the write-once information storage medium The last position information in the position management data RMD will be significantly shifted. At this time, in the case where an abnormal phenomenon at the center of continuous recording occurs and then the information recording/reproducing device (disk drive) is forcibly terminated, "the last position information contained in the recording position management data RMD" and immediately after the forcible termination The difference between the previous recorded positions becomes too large. As a result, there is a danger that, for "the last position information contained in the recording position management data RMD", data recovery conforming to the recording position immediately before the forced termination becomes difficult. Therefore, in this embodiment, the following update conditions are additionally added.
(条件4)(关于记录位置管理数据RMD的信息被更新)在记录在最后记录位置管理数据RMD中的“指示R带中的最后记录位置的物理扇区号LRA”和在连接记录期间顺序改变的“在当前时间点最后记录在R带中的位置中的物理扇区号PSN”之间的差异(“PSN-LRA”的差值)超过8192的情况下:(Condition 4) (Information on recording position management data RMD is updated) In the "physical sector number LRA indicating the last recording position in the R zone" recorded in the last recording position management data RMD and sequentially changed during connection recording In the case where the difference between "the physical sector number PSN last recorded in the position in the R zone at the current point of time" (difference value of "PSN-LRA") exceeds 8192:
然而,在上述的“(条件1b)”或“(条件4)”中,在记录位置管理带RMZ中的未记录位置(保留区273)的大小等于或小于4个物理段块(4×64KB)的情况下,不执行更新。However, in the above "(condition 1b)" or "(condition 4)", the size of the unrecorded position (reserved area 273) in the recording position management zone RMZ is equal to or smaller than 4 physical segment blocks (4×64KB ), the update is not performed.
现在,将描述扩展记录位置管理带。如记录位置管理带的设置位置,本实施例定义了以下三种类型。Now, the extended recording position management zone will be described. As the setting position of the recording position management zone, the present embodiment defines the following three types.
1)数据导入区DTLDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)1) Recording position management zone RMZ (L-RMZ) in the data lead-in area DTLDI
从图16B清楚看出,在本实施例中,数据导入区DTLDI的内侧的一部分用于对应于第一边界区的边界-内BRDI。因此,如图15A所示,将被记录在对应于第一边界区的边界-内BRDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ被预先设置在数据导入区DTLDI中。在这个记录位置管理带RMZ的内部结构中,能够一次写入64KB字节(1个物理段块大小)的顺序记录位置管理数据RMD。As is clear from FIG. 16B, in this embodiment, a part of the inner side of the data lead-in area DTLDI is used for the border-in BRDI corresponding to the first border area. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 15A, the recording position management zone RMZ to be recorded in the border-in BRDI corresponding to the first bordered area is set in advance in the data lead-in area DTLDI. In the internal structure of this recording position management zone RMZ, sequential recording position management data RMD of 64 KB bytes (1 physical segment block size) can be written at a time.
2)边界-内BRDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(B-RMZ)2) Recording position management zone RMZ (B-RMZ) in border-in BRDI
在根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中,在由只再现设备再现记录的信息之前,需要边界关闭处理操作。在边界已经被关闭一次以后新信息被记录的情况下,需要设置新的边界区BRDA。在这个新边界区BRDA之前的位置设置边界-内BRDI。在边界关闭处理操作的阶段,在最新记录位置管理带中的未记录区关闭(图15B所示的保留区273)。因此,需要设置用于记录指示记录在新边界区BRDA中的信息的位置的记录位置管理数据RMD的新区(记录位置管理带RMZ)。如图16D所示,本实施例的特征在于:记录位置管理带RMZ被设置在新设置的边界-内BRDI中。这个边界带中的记录位置管理带RMZ的内部结构具有与“对应于第一边界区的记录位置管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)”完全相同的结构。此外,包含在记录在这个区中的记录位置管理数据RMD中的信息与涉及记录在前边界区BRDA中的数据的记录位置管理信息以及涉及记录在对应的边界区BRDA中的数据的记录位置管理数据一起被记录。In the write-once type information storage medium according to the present embodiment, a border close processing operation is required before the recorded information is reproduced by the reproduction-only device. In case new information is recorded after the border has been closed once, it is necessary to set a new border area BRDA. Set the boundary-inner BRDI at the location before this new boundary area BRDA. At the stage of the border close processing operation, the unrecorded area in the latest recording position management zone is closed (reserved
3)边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)3) Recording location management zone RMZ (U-RMZ) in border area BRDA
如项(2)所示,边界-内BRDI中的RMZ(B-RMZ)不能够被设置,除非新边界区BRDA被设置。此外,项(1)所示的第一边界区管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)是无限的,当附加写入被重复时保留区273被耗尽,并且新记录位置管理数据RMD不能够被写入。为了解决上述问题,在本实施例中,用于重新编码记录位置管理带RMZ的R带被新地设置在边界区BRDA中从而实现另外的添加。即,存在边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)被设置的特定R带。As shown in item (2), the RMZ (B-RMZ) in the border-in BRDI cannot be set unless a new border area BRDA is set. Furthermore, the first bordered area management zone RMZ (L-RMZ) shown in item (1) is unlimited, the reserved
此外,本实施例不限于减少第一边界区管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)中的未记录区(保留区273)的剩余大小的情况,本实施例特征在于:在减少“边界-内BRDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(B-RMZ)”和已经被设置的“在边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)”中的未记录区(保留区273)的剩余大小的情况下,上述“在边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)”能够被设置。In addition, the present embodiment is not limited to the case of reducing the remaining size of the unrecorded area (reserved area 273) in the first border zone management zone RMZ (L-RMZ), and the present embodiment is characterized in that in reducing the "border-in BRDI In the case of the remaining size of the unrecorded area (reserved area 273) in the "recording position management zone RMZ (B-RMZ)" and the "recording position management zone RMZ (U-RMZ) in the border area BRDA" that has been set Next, the above-mentioned "recording position management zone RMZ (U-RMZ) in bordered area BRDA" can be set.
记录在这个边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)中的信息的内容具有与图15B所示的数据导入区DTLDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)的结构完全相同的结构。此外,包含在记录在这个区中的记录位置管理数据RMD中的信息与涉及记录在前边界区BRDA中的数据的记录位置管理信息以及涉及记录在对应的边界区BRDA中的数据的记录位置管理数据一起被记录。The content of information recorded in the recording position management zone RMZ (U-RMZ) in this border area BRDA has exactly the same structure as that of the recording position management zone RMZ (L-RMZ) in the data lead-in area DTLDI shown in FIG. 15B. Structure. Furthermore, the information contained in the recording position management data RMD recorded in this area is related to the recording position management information concerning the data recorded in the former bordered area BRDA and the recording position management information concerning the data recorded in the corresponding bordered area BRDA. data are recorded together.
在上述的多种记录位置管理带RMZ中,In the above-mentioned various recording position management zone RMZ,
1)在记录用户数据之前,数据导入区DTLDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(L-RMZ)的位置被预先设置。1) Before recording user data, the position of the recording position management zone RMZ (L-RMZ) in the data lead-in area DTLDI is set in advance.
然而,在本实施例中,However, in this example,
2)边界-内BRDI中的记录位置管理带RMZ(B-RMZ);和2) Recording location management zone RMZ (B-RMZ) in border-in BRDI; and
3)边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)3) Recording location management zone RMZ (U-RMZ) in border area BRDA
根据用户数据记录(附加写入)状态由信息记录/再现设备恰当地设置(广阔地提供),因此,这些带被称作“扩展(型)记录位置管理带RMZ”。These zones are appropriately set (widely provided) by the information recording/reproducing apparatus according to the user data recording (additional writing) state, and therefore, these zones are called "extended (type) recording position management zone RMZ".
在当前使用的记录位置管理带RMZ中的未记录区(保留区273)等于或小于物理扇区块(15×64KB)的情况下,能够提供边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ(U-RMZ)的设置。在设置(U-RMZ)时边界区BRDA中的记录位置管理带RMZ的大小被定义为128个物理段块的大小(128×64KB),并且这个大小被定义为专用于记录位置管理带RMZ的R带。In the case where the unrecorded area (reserved area 273) in the currently used recording position management zone RMZ is equal to or smaller than the physical sector block (15×64 KB), the recording position management zone RMZ (U- RMZ) settings. The size of the recording position management zone RMZ in the border area BRDA at the time of setting (U-RMZ) is defined as the size of 128 physical segment blocks (128×64 KB), and this size is defined exclusively for the recording position management zone RMZ R belt.
在根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中,变得可以设置上述三种类型的记录位置管理带RMZ,因此,允许在一个一次写入型信息记录/存储介质上存在大量的记录位置管理带RMZ。因此,在本实施例中,为了便于对最新记录位置管理数据RMD记录位置进行检索,执行了以下处理操作:In the write-once information storage medium according to the present embodiment, it becomes possible to set the above-mentioned three types of recording position management zones RMZ, thus allowing a large number of recording positions to exist on one write-once information recording/storage medium Management with RMZ. Therefore, in this embodiment, in order to facilitate retrieval of the recording location of the latest recording location management data RMD, the following processing operations are performed:
1)在新设置记录位置管理带RMZ的情况下,最新记录位置管理数据RMD被覆写在已经被用到现在的记录位置管理带RMZ中,从而不允许未记录区存在于已经被用到现在的记录位置管理带RMZ中。这样,变得可以识别记录位置管理带是当前被使用还是被设置在新位置中。1) In the case where the recording position management zone RMZ is newly set, the latest recording position management data RMD is overwritten in the recording position management zone RMZ that has been used up to now, thereby not allowing an unrecorded area to exist in the recording position management zone RMZ that has been used up to now Record location management zone RMZ. In this way, it becomes possible to identify whether the recording position management zone is currently used or set in a new position.
2)每当记录位置管理带RMZ被新设置时,关于最新记录位置管理数据RMD的复制信息48被记录在RMD复制带RMZ中。这样,能够容易地对当前使用的记录位置管理带RMZ位置进行检索。2) Duplication information 48 on the latest recording position management data RMD is recorded in the RMD duplication zone RMZ every time the recording position management zone RMZ is newly set. In this way, it is possible to easily search for the currently used recording position management zone RMZ position.
在根据本实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中允许存在大量未记录区。然而,在只再现设备中,DPD(差分相位检测)技术被用于轨道移位检测,因此,不能够在未记录区中进行寻道。因此,在通过该只再现设备来再现上述的一次写入型信息存储介质前,需要执行边界关闭处理操作,从而未记录区不存在。A large number of unrecorded areas are allowed in the write-once type information storage medium according to the present embodiment. However, in a reproduction-only device, DPD (Differential Phase Detection) technology is used for track shift detection, and therefore, it is not possible to perform a seek in an unrecorded area. Therefore, before the above-mentioned write-once type information storage medium is reproduced by the reproduction-only device, it is necessary to perform a border close processing operation so that an unrecorded area does not exist.
将对基准码记录带RCZ记录的基准码模式内容进行详细说明。在当今DVD标准中,将8位数据转换成16沟道位的“8/16调制”系统被用作调制系统。作为记录在调制后信息存储介质中作为通道位模式的基准码模式,利用重复模式“00100000100000010010000010000001”。与这种模式相比,本实施例中,利用了将8位数据调制为12通道位的ETM调制,提供了RLL(1,10)运行长度限制。另外,PRML技术被用来从数据导入区DTLDI,数据区DTA,数据导出区DTLDO和中间区MDA进行信号再现。因此,需要设置上述调制规则和最理想用于PRML检测的基准码模式。根据RLL(1,10)运行长度限制,设置连续“0”最小值“d=1”,是“10101010”重复模式。假定从码“0”到下一个临近码的距离为“T”,上面模式中有关临近“1”的距离得到“2T”。在本实施例中,为了获得信息存储介质高密度,如前所述,记录在信息存储介质中从“2T”重复模式(“10101010”)的再现信号接近于光头物镜的MTF(调制转移函数)截止频率特性(存在于图8所示的信息记录/再现单元141中);这样,很难获得调制度(信号幅度)。因此,“2T”重复模式再现信号已被用为信息再现设备或信息记录/再现设备的电路调谐再现信号情况下(例如,初始化和优化抽头系数),噪声影响明显,稳定性变坏。因此,对于依据RLL(1,10)运行长度限制调制后信号,希望能利用具有高密度“3T”模式进行电路调谐。The contents of the reference code pattern recorded in the reference code recording zone RCZ will be described in detail. In today's DVD standard, an "8/16 modulation" system that converts 8-bit data into 16 channel bits is used as a modulation system. As a reference code pattern recorded in the modulated information storage medium as a channel bit pattern, a repeating pattern "00100000100000010010000010000001" is used. Compared to this mode, in this embodiment, an RLL(1,10) run-length limitation is provided using ETM modulation that modulates 8-bit data into 12 channel bits. In addition, PRML technology is used for signal reproduction from the data lead-in area DTLDI, data area DTA, data lead-out area DTLDO and middle area MDA. Therefore, it is necessary to set the above modulation rules and the most ideal reference code pattern for PRML detection. According to the RLL (1, 10) run length limit, set the continuous "0" minimum value "d=1", which is a "10101010" repeating pattern. Assuming that the distance from code "0" to the next adjacent code is "T", the distance with respect to adjacent "1" in the above pattern results in "2T". In this embodiment, in order to obtain the high density of the information storage medium, as mentioned above, the reproduced signal recorded in the information storage medium from the "2T" repeating pattern ("10101010") is close to the MTF (modulation transfer function) of the optical head objective lens cutoff frequency characteristics (present in the information recording/reproducing
考虑再现信号数字求和值(DSV)情况下,DC绝对值与“1”和紧接着下一个“1”之间连续的“0”数目正比例增加,增加量被加到紧接着前面的DSV值中。这增加的DC值的极性每当是“1”时取反。因此,作为一种设置DSV值为“0”的方法,具有连续基准码的通道位模式紧接着“0”,ETM调制后12通道位模式的DSV值被置为“0”,由此,通过设置一奇数基准码模式设计自由度得到显著提高,生成的“1”显示在ETM调制后的12通道位模式中;补偿了包含下一组的一组基准码元中的DC成分。因此,本实施例中,ETM调制后,显示在包含12通道位模式的基准码元中的数字“1”被置为奇数。Considering the digital summation value (DSV) of the reproduced signal, the DC absolute value increases proportionally to the number of consecutive "0"s between "1" and the next "1", and the increase is added to the immediately preceding DSV value middle. The polarity of this added DC value is reversed every time it is "1". Therefore, as a method of setting the DSV value of "0", the channel bit pattern with consecutive reference codes followed by "0", the DSV value of the 12-channel bit pattern after ETM modulation is set to "0", thereby, by Setting an odd reference code pattern design freedom is significantly improved, and the generated "1" is displayed in the 12-channel bit pattern after ETM modulation; the DC component in a group of reference symbols containing the next group is compensated. Therefore, in this embodiment, after ETM modulation, the number "1" displayed in the reference symbol containing the 12-channel bit pattern is set to an odd number.
本实施例中,为了获得高密度,利用了标志边缘记录技术,其中,“1”的位置与记录标志或凸/凹的边界位置一致。例如,紧接着“3T”(“100100100100100100100”)重复模式情况下,发生这样一种情况,根据记录状态或最初掌握的生成状态,记录标记或凸/凹长度和标记与凹坑之间的间隔长度相互之间有细小的不同。利用PRML检测技术情况下,再现信号电平变得很重要。如前所述,即使该记录标记或凸/凹长度和该标记和凹坑之间的间隔长度互不相同情况下,需要校对电路方式中细小不同的部件,以致能进行稳定而精确的信号检测。因此,固定调谐电路的基准码有长度为“3T”的间隔,如“3T”长的记录标记或凸/凹,因而改善固定调谐电路的精确性。这样,根据本实施例如果“1001001”模式被包括作为一基准码模式,那么记录标记或凸/凹具有长度“3T”,以及间隔总是被设置。In this embodiment, in order to obtain high density, mark edge recording technology is used, wherein the position of "1" coincides with the recording mark or the convex/concave boundary position. For example, in the case of repeating pattern immediately following "3T" ("100100100100100100100"), there occurs such a case that the recording mark or the convex/concave length and the space length between the mark and the pit are recorded according to the recording state or the initially grasped generation state There are small differences between each other. With the PRML detection technique, it becomes important to reproduce the signal level. As mentioned above, even if the recording mark or the convex/concave length and the interval length between the mark and the pit are different from each other, it is necessary to correct the minutely different components in the circuit system so that stable and accurate signal detection can be performed . Therefore, the reference code of the fixed tuning circuit has intervals of length "3T", such as "3T" long recording marks or convex/concave, thereby improving the accuracy of the fixed tuning circuit. Thus, if the "1001001" pattern is included as a reference code pattern according to the present embodiment, the recording mark or the convex/concave has the length "3T", and the interval is always set.
此外,除了高密度模式,电路调谐也需要一非密集状态。因此,考虑这样的事实,非密集状态(其中连续且频繁产生“0”的状态)产生在ETM调制后“1001001”模式被从12通道位模式排除的部分,产生的数字“1”被设置到奇数中,对于基准码模式,“100100100000”被得到作为光状态,如图24A、24B、24C、和24D所示。为保证调制后通道位模式被产生作为模式,尽管没有显示,当利用一专门以H格式的调制表,在调制前需要将数据字设置为“A4h”。该“A4h”(16进制符号)数据与数据标记“164”(十进制符号)一致。Furthermore, in addition to the dense mode, circuit tuning also requires a non-dense state. Therefore, considering the fact that a non-dense state (a state in which "0"s are generated continuously and frequently) is generated after ETM modulation where the "1001001" pattern is excluded from the 12-channel bit pattern, the generated number "1" is set to In odd numbers, for the reference code pattern, "100100100000" is obtained as the light state, as shown in FIGS. 24A, 24B, 24C, and 24D. To ensure that the channel bit pattern is generated as a pattern after modulation, although not shown, when using a modulation table specifically in H format, it is necessary to set the data word to "A4h" prior to modulation. This "A4h" (hexadecimal notation) data coincides with the data flag "164" (decimal notation).
下面根据如何产生上面数据转换规则的特定数据进行详细说明。首先,数据标记“164”(等于“0A4h”)被设置在前述数据帧结构主数据“D0到D2047”中。接着,数据帧1到数据帧15被初始预设值“0Eh”事先预加扰,数据帧16到数据帧31被初始预设值“0Fh”事先预加扰。如果事先应用预加扰,在前述数据转换规则运用加扰时,加扰被用于复制,数据标记“164”(等于“0A4h”)以实际出现(加扰用于复制时,原始模式被重现)。预加扰运用于所有基准码时,其每一个由32个物理扇区构成,DSV控制未被设置,这样,不能事先只对数据帧0预加扰。应用完前面的加扰后,如果进行调制,图24A、24B、24C和24D显示的模式被记录在信息存储介质中。The following describes in detail how to generate the specific data of the above data conversion rules. First, a data flag "164" (equal to "0A4h") is set in the aforementioned data frame structure main data "D0 to D2047". Next, the
本发明中,记录型(可重写型或一次写入型)信息存储介质中的地址信息经摆频调制被事先记录。本实施例特征在于:±90度(180度)相位调制被用于摆频调制系统中,使用NRZ(不归零编码)方法,根据信息存储介质事先记录地址信息。参考图21将进行特别说明。在本实施例中,根据地址信息,该1地址位(作为地址符号)区511由四次摆动周期表示,频率和幅度/相位在1地址位区511任何位置都相匹配。持续相同的地址位情况下,在1地址位区511的分界线部分连续保持同相(图21所示“三角标记”表示部分)。地址位被取反情况下,发生摆动模式取反(相位180度变化)。In the present invention, address information in a recording type (rewritable or write-once type) information storage medium is recorded in advance via wobble frequency modulation. This embodiment is characterized in that: ±90 degree (180 degree) phase modulation is used in the wobble frequency modulation system, using NRZ (non-return-to-zero coding) method, and recording address information in advance according to the information storage medium. A specific description will be made with reference to FIG. 21 . In this embodiment, according to the address information, the 1-address bit (as an address symbol) area 511 is represented by four wobble cycles, and the frequency and amplitude/phase match at any position in the 1-address bit area 511 . In the case where the same address bit continues, the same phase is continuously maintained at the boundary portion of the 1 address bit area 511 (the portion indicated by the “triangular mark” shown in FIG. 21 ). In the case where the address bits are inverted, a wobble pattern inversion (180 degree change in phase) occurs.
在图8所示信息记录/再现设备摆动信号检测器单元135中,上面地址位区511分界线位置(图21所示“三角标记”表示的位置)和作为1次摆动周期分界线位置的开槽位置能同时被检测出。尽管没有显示在摆动信号检测器单元135中,包含一PLL(锁相环)电路,PLL用于上面地址位区511分界线位置和开槽位置512两者的同步。如果该地址位区511分界线位置或该开槽位置发生变化,该摆动信号检测器单元135将不再同步,不能精确的进行摆动信号再现(读取)。临近开槽位置512的间隔被作为开槽间隔513。随着该开槽间隔513自然的靠近,采用PLL电路很容易获得同步,能平稳的进行摆动信号再现(读取包含的信息)。In the wobble
如图21明显看出,如果使用相移0°或180°的180°调相方法,则该开槽间隔513与一次摆动周期一致。作为一种摆频调制方法,尽管用于改变摆动幅度的调幅(幅度调制)系统会很容易地被附着在该信息存储介质表面的划痕或灰尘影响,上面的相位调制相比较几乎不被附着在该信息存储介质表面的划痕或灰尘影响,因为上面相位调制中相位变化而不是信号幅度被检测到。如另一调制系统,在用于改变频率的FSK(频移键控)系统中,开槽间隔513与摆动周期一样长,PLL电路的同步相对很难达到。因此,如本实施例,当地址信息被摆动相位调制记录时,可以获得有益的效果,开槽间隔变窄,容易达到摆动信号的同步。It is obvious from FIG. 21 that if the 180° phase modulation method with a phase shift of 0° or 180° is used, the slot interval 513 corresponds to one swing period. As a wobble frequency modulation method, although the amplitude modulation (amplitude modulation) system for changing the wobble amplitude is easily affected by scratches or dust attached to the surface of the information storage medium, the above phase modulation is hardly adhering in comparison. The effect of scratches or dust on the surface of the information storage medium, because the phase change in the above phase modulation is detected instead of the signal amplitude. As another modulation system, in the FSK (Frequency Shift Keying) system for changing the frequency, the slot interval 513 is as long as the wobble period, and the synchronization of the PLL circuit is relatively difficult to achieve. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, when the address information is recorded by wobble phase modulation, beneficial effects can be obtained, the groove interval is narrowed, and the synchronization of the wobble signal is easily achieved.
如图21所示,尽管二进制数据“1”或“0”被指定给1地址位区511,图22显示了本实施例中分配比特位的方法。如图22左边所示,一种摆动模式被作为NPW(正态相位摆动),数据“0”被设置,该模式首先从一摆动开始位置摆动到外圆周。如右边所示,一种首先从一摆动开始位置摆动到内圆周的摆动模式被作为IPW(反相摆动),数据“1”被设置。As shown in FIG. 21, although binary data "1" or "0" is assigned to the 1 address bit area 511, FIG. 22 shows a method of assigning bits in this embodiment. As shown on the left side of FIG. 22, a wobble pattern is referred to as NPW (Normal Phase Wobble), data "0" is set, and the pattern is first wobbled from a wobble start position to the outer circumference. As shown on the right, a wobble pattern that wobbles from a wobble start position to the inner circumference first is referred to as IPW (Inverse Wobble), and data "1" is set.
如图7B和7C所示,预制沟槽区11的宽度Wg大于槽岸区12的宽度Wl。因此,一个问题产生,即摆动检测信号的检测信号电平降低,C/N比率被降低。与现有技术相反,非调制区宽于调制区,从而检测摆动信号的稳定性被提高。As shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C , the width Wg of the
将对照图30A到30E来描述实施例中的H格式中的摆动地址格式。如图30B所示,物理段块包括七个物理段550到556。如图30C所示,物理段550到556中的每个包括十七个摆动数据单元560到576。摆动数据单元560到576中的每个包括:调制区,包括摆动同步区580、调制开始标记581和582、摆动地址区586和587之一;和非调制区590和591,包括连续NPW。图23A到23D示出了每个摆动数据单元的非调制区和调制区的比率。在图23A到23D的每个中,调制区598包括16个摆动,非调制区593包括68个摆动。根据本实施例,非调制区593宽于调制区598。由于非调制区593是宽的,所以可以由PLL电路使用来自非调制区593的信号来将摆动检测信号、写时钟或再现时钟稳定地同步。为了执行稳定同步,期望将非调制区593的宽度最少设置成调制区598的两倍。The wobble address format in the H format in the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 30A to 30E. As shown in FIG. 30B, the physical segment block includes seven
根据本发明一次写入型信息存储介质H格式中使用摆频调制的地址信息记录格式将进行描述。本实施例中使用摆频调制的地址信息设置方法特征在于,“分配在同步帧长度433中进行”。一个扇区由26个同步帧组成,并且ECC块由32个物理扇区构成。这样,ECC块由32个物理扇区组成,由832(=26×327)个同步帧组成。A recording format of address information using wobble frequency modulation in the H format of the write-once type information storage medium according to the present invention will be described. The address information setting method using wobble modulation in this embodiment is characterized in that "assignment is performed within the sync frame length 433". One sector is composed of 26 sync frames, and an ECC block is composed of 32 physical sectors. Thus, an ECC block is composed of 32 physical sectors, consisting of 832 (=26*327) sync frames.
摆动数据被分别分成17个WDU(摆动数据单元),以物理段×段为基础。从上面的公式,很明显,7个同步帧被分别设置到一摆动数据长度中。这样,一物理段由17个摆动数据单元组成,7个物理段长度被调节成符合一数据段长度,从而易于分配同步帧交界线,在包括保护区442到468的范围内检测同步码。The wobble data is divided into 17 WDUs (Wobble Data Units) respectively on a physical segment×segment basis. From the above formula, it is obvious that 7 sync frames are respectively set into one wobble data length. In this way, a physical segment is composed of 17 wobble data units, and the length of 7 physical segments is adjusted to conform to the length of a data segment, so that it is easy to allocate sync frame boundaries and detect sync codes in the range including guard areas 442 to 468 .
摆动数据单元#0560到#11 571的每一个包含:16次摆动的调制区598;68个摆动的非调制区592到593,如图23A到23D所示。本实施例特征在于,对于一调制区,非调制区592和593的占空比非常大。在非调制区592和593,沟槽区或槽岸区总是以预设频率摆动,这样,利用非调制区592和593,运用一PLL,当在信息存储介质中在写一记录标记或用于新记录时的记录基准时钟时,能平稳的对基准时钟采样(生成)。这样,在本实施例中,对于一调制区598非调制区592和593的占空比明显提高,从而显著的改善了对记录基准时钟的采样(生成)精度,并显著的提高采样(生成)的稳定性。也就是说,摆动中进行相位调制情况下,如果为了波形整形,再现信号通过一带通滤波器,出现这样的现象:整形后的检测信号波形幅度在相位变化的前后减小了。因此,有这样一个问题:由于相位调制,相位变化点频率增加时,波形幅度变化增加,上面时钟采样精度度降低;相反,如果调制区相位变化点频率为低,摆动地址信息检测时,位移容易发生。这样,在本实施例中,获得这样的有益的效果,即由相位调制引起调制区和非调制区形成,非调制区的占空比提高了,从而提高了上面时钟采样精度。Each of the wobble data units #0560 to #11 571 includes: a modulation area 598 of 16 wobbles; and a
本实施例中,调制区和非调制区切换位置可事先预测。这样,再现信号被选通以从非调制区得到信号,可以从检测信号中对上面时钟进行采样。此外,根据本实施例,记录层3-2由使用记录原理的有机染料记录材料组成,使用“3-2)在本实施例中对有机染料记录薄膜来说共有的基本特性的说明”中“3-2-D]在本实施例中有关预制沟槽形状/宽度的基本特性”描述的预制沟槽形状/宽度情况下,相对很难得到摆动信号。考虑到这种情况,如上所述,通过明显增加调制区非调制区590和591占空比,能改善摆动信号检测的可靠性。In this embodiment, the switching position between the modulation area and the non-modulation area can be predicted in advance. Thus, the reproduction signal is gated to obtain the signal from the non-modulation area, and the above clock can be sampled from the detection signal. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, the recording layer 3-2 is composed of an organic dye recording material using the recording principle, using "3-2) Explanation of basic characteristics common to organic dye recording films in this embodiment". 3-2-D] In the case of the shape/width of the pregroove described in "Basic Characteristics of the Shape/Width of the Pregroove" in this embodiment, it is relatively difficult to obtain a wobble signal. In view of this, as described above, by significantly increasing the duty ratio of the modulation area and the
在非调制区592和593与调制区598交界处,设置一IPW区作为调制区598采用4次摆动或6次摆动的调制开始标记。在如图23C和23D所示的摆动数据部分,进行分配操作,这样,检测出作为这次摆动开始标记的IPW区后,摆动地址区(地址位#2到#0)立刻被摆频调制。图23A和图23B分别显示了与下述图24C中显示摆动同步区580相对应的摆动数据单元#0560中的内容;并且图23C和23D各自显示了与图24C中显示段信息727到CRC码726的摆动数据部分相对应的摆动数据单元内容。图23A和23C分别显示了与下述调制区主要位置701相对应的摆动数据单元;图23B和23D分别显示了与调制区次要位置702相对应的摆动数据单元。如图23A和23B所示,在摆动同步区580中,IPW区配置了6次摆动,IPW包围的NPW区配置了4次摆动。如图23C和图23D所示,IPW区和摆动数据部分所有地址位区#2到#0分别配置了4次摆动。At the junction of the
图24A到24D显示了一次写入型信息存储介质中摆动地址信息数据结构相关的实施例。为了对比,图24A显示了一次写入型信息存储介质摆动地址信息的数据结构。图24A和图24C显示了一次写入型信息存储介质中摆动地址信息数据结构相关的两个实施例。24A to 24D show examples related to the data structure of wobble address information in a write-once type information storage medium. For comparison, FIG. 24A shows the data structure of wobble address information of a write-once type information storage medium. 24A and 24C show two embodiments related to the data structure of the wobble address information in the write-once information storage medium.
在摆动地址区610中,3个地址位配置了12次摆动(参照图21)。也就是说,每一地址位由四个连续摆动组成。这样,本实施例采用了地址信息以3×3地址位为基础被分配的结构。摆动地址信息610被集中的记录在信息存储介质一位置时,介质表面附着灰尘或划痕时很难检测所有信息。如本实施例中,可以获得有益的效果:摆动地址信息610以该摆动数据单元560到576中任一中3×3地址位(12次摆动)为基础被分配;一组信息以三个地址位整倍数平方地址位为基础被记录,即使由于灰尘或划痕原因很难检测某位置信息情况下,也可以进行信息另一项的信息检测。In the
如上所述,该摆动地址信息610被分配,该摆动地址信息610以1×1物理扇区基础被完全配置,从而可以确定物理段×段基础中的地址信息,这样,每次信息记录/再现设备提供访问时,能确定物理段单元的当前位置。As described above, the
在本实施例中,如图21所示利用了NRZ技术,这样,在摆动地址区610中4个连续摆动中相位不会变化。摆动同步区580以这种特点被配置。也就是说,摆动地址信息610中很难产生的摆动模式根据摆动同步区580被设置,从而,易于对该摆动同步区580进行分配位置确定。本实施例特点在于:对于一地址位由4次连续摆动组成的该摆动地址区586和587,在该摆动同步区580某一位置设置了不同于4次摆动长度的一地址位长度。也就是说,如图23A和23B所示,在该摆动同步区580中,摆动位被设为“1”的区(IPW区)被设置为一摆动模式变化,该模式变化不会在摆动数据部分发生如图23C和23D所示例如“六次摆动→四次摆动→六次摆动”。当如上所述改变摆动的方法被用于设置摆动模式的特定方法,该摆动模式对于摆动同步区580摆动数据部分很难产生,可以获得如下有益效果:In this embodiment, the NRZ technique is used as shown in FIG. 21 , so that the phase does not change in the 4 consecutive wobbles in the
1)摆动检测(摆动信号判断)能稳定地持续进行,不会使摆动的开槽位置512(图21)相关的PLL失真,该摆动检测在图8所示该摆动信号检测器单元135中进行;以及1) The wobble detection (wobble signal judgment) can be carried out stably without distorting the PLL related to the wobble slot position 512 (FIG. 21 ). The wobble detection is performed in the wobble
2)由于图8所示该摆动信号检测器单元135中产生的地址位边界位置的变化,摆动同步区580和调制开始标记561和562能容易地被检测出。2) Due to the change of the address bit boundary position generated in the wobble
如图23A到23D所示,本实施例特征在于:该摆动同步区580由12个摆动周期构成,该摆动同步区580的长度设置与三个地址位长度一致。这样,一摆动数据单元#0 560中所有调制区(用于16次摆动)被配置在该摆动同步区580,从而改善了摆动地址信息610开始位置(摆动同步区580的分配地址)的检测容易度。该摆动同步区580被配置在一物理段的第一摆动数据单元。这样,可以获得有益的效果:该摆动同步区580被配置在一物理段的开始位置,由此,通过只检测该摆动同步区580位置,该物理段的边界位置可以被容易地采样。As shown in FIGS. 23A to 23D , the feature of this embodiment is that: the
如图23C和23D所示,在摆动数据单元#1 561到#11 571,该IPW区(参照图22)被配置作为开始位置的调制开始标记,该区在地址位#2到#0。该NPW波形连续的形成于前面位置的非调制区592和593中。这样,图8中所示的该摆动信号检测器单元135检测到一从NPW到IPW转折点,并对该调制开始标记的位置采样。As shown in FIGS. 23C and 23D, in wobble
作为参考,图24A所示的一种可重写型信息存储介质中摆动地址信息610的内容如下:For reference, the content of the
1)物理段地址6011)
---表示轨道中物理段号的信息(在信息存储介质221一个周期内);---Indicates the information of the physical segment number in the track (within one cycle of the information storage medium 221);
2)带地址6022) with
---该地址表示信息存储介质221中带的编号;以及---The address represents the serial number of the band in the information storage medium 221; and
3)奇偶校验信息6053)
---该摆动地址信息610中再现时,该信息被设置用于错误检测;保留区信息604到带地址602的14位地址位被分别添加到地址位单元;为了判断添加结果是偶数还是奇数,设置了一显示器。该奇偶校验信息605的值被设置,这样,根据包括地址奇偶校验信息605地址位的15位地址位总和,对地址单元取或得到的结果变为“1”。--- When reproduced in the
4)统一区6084)
---如前所述,每一摆动数据单元被配置,组成16次摆动的调制区598,68次摆动的非调制区592和593,对于调制区598,非调制区592和593的占空比显著的增加。此外,通过增加非调制区592和593的占空比,再现基准时钟或记录基准时钟采样准确度和稳定度都显著的提高了。该NPW区与统一区608完全相连,被作为具有统一相位的非调制区。--- As mentioned above, each wobble data unit is configured to form the modulation area 598 of 16 wobbles, and the
图24A显示了上述信息每项中的地址位数量。如上所述,该摆动地址信息610被分为3×3地址位,分开的信息项被分配在每一摆动数据单元。即使由于信息存储介质表面附着的灰尘或划痕,发生突发错误,这个错误在互不相同的摆动数据单元传播的可能性很低。因此,本发明目的就是为了将包含作为记录相同信息的不同摆动数据单元的数量减少到最低,将信息项的转折点与摆动数据单元交界处位置相匹配。这样,即使由于信息存储介质表面附着的灰尘或划痕,发生突发错误,特定的信息不能被读取,通过读取记录在另一摆动数据单元中的另一项信息,提高了摆动地址信息再现的可靠性。Fig. 24A shows the number of address bits in each item of the above information. As described above, the
如图24A到图24D所示,本实施例特征在于:统一区608和609被配置在该摆动地址信息610的末尾。如上所述,在统一区608和609,摆动波形为NPW形状,这样,该NPW连续地保持在三个实际连续的摆动数据单元中。可以获得有益的效果:图8所示的该摆动信号检测器单元135利用此特点,检索对于三个摆动数据单元576NPW连续保持长度的位置,从而可以容易地对该摆动地址信息610末尾设置的该统一区608位置采样,并利用位置信息检测该摆动地址信息的开始位置。As shown in FIGS. 24A to 24D , this embodiment is characterized in that
图24A所示的多种地址信息中,在相邻的轨道中,物理段地址601和带地址602表示同一值,其中,数值在沟槽轨道地址606和槽岸轨道地址607中相邻轨道之间变化。因此,不确定位区504出现在沟槽轨道地址606和槽岸轨道地址607被记录的区中。为减小这种不确定位的频率,在本实施例中,对于沟槽轨道地址606和槽岸轨道地址607,使用格雷码显示地址(号)。格雷码表示这样一个码,原始值只对“1”变化时,转换后的码任何位置对“1位”变化。这样,不确定位的频率降低,除了摆动检测信号,可以检测并使从记录标记再现信号稳定进行。In the various address information shown in FIG. 24A, in adjacent tracks, the
如图24B和图24C所示,除了在一次写入型信息存储介质中,以及在可重写型信息存储介质中,摆动同步区580被设置在物理段开始位置,从而可以容易检测出该物理段开始位置或相邻段之间的边界位置。如图24B所示的物理段中类型识别信息721表示作为上述摆动同步区580摆动同步模式物理段中的分配位置,由此在可以事先预测出同一物理段中另一调制区598中的分配位置,并准备进行下一次调制区检测。这样,可以获得有益的效果:调制区信号检测(判别)的准确度得到提高。尤其是,As shown in FIG. 24B and FIG. 24C, except in the write-once type information storage medium, and in the rewritable type information storage medium, the
当一物理段上类型识别信息721被置为“0”时,表明图26B中所示物理段中所有信息项被设置在主要位置中,也表明图26D中所示的主要位置和次要位置混合在一起;以及When the
当一物理段上类型识别信息721被置为“1”时,如图26C所示,一物理段中所有信息项被设置在次要位置。When the
根据上述实施例相关的另一实施例,通过利用摆动同步模式和一物理段中类型识别信息721的结合,可以表明一物理段调制区的分配位置。通过利用前述两种类型信息的结合,图26B到图26D所示调制区分配模式的三种或三种以上类型可被表示出来,可以提供该调制区的多种分配模式。上述实施例显示包含摆动同步区580和物理段类型识别信息721的物理段调制区中的分配位置时,本发明并不限于此。例如,作为另一实施例,该摆动同步区580和该物理段类型识别信息721可表示下一个物理段中调制区的分配位置。这样,沿着沟槽进行连续的寻道情况下,可以获得有益的效果:下一个物理段调制区中的分配位置可事先确定,可以有很长的准备时间用于检测调制区。According to another embodiment related to the above embodiment, by using the combination of the wobble synchronization pattern and the
图24B所示的一次写入型信息存储介质中的层号信息722表示单面单层或单面双层记录层中任何一种。该信息表明:The
“L0层”,当设置为“0”时,单面单层介质或单面双层介质情况下(位于激光束入射面一侧的前层);以及"L0 layer", when set to "0", in the case of a single-sided single-layer medium or a single-sided double-layer medium (the front layer on the incident side of the laser beam); and
当设置“1”时,单面双层的“L1层”(从激光束入射面一侧看去的后层)。When "1" is set, the "L1 layer" (the rear layer viewed from the laser beam incident side) is single-sided and double-layered.
物理段顺序信息724表示相同物理段块相关物理段的分配顺序。与图24A比较明显看出,摆动地址信息610中该物理段顺序信息724的开始位置与可重写型信息存储介质中物理段地址601的开始位置一致。该物理段顺序信息位置被调整符合可重写型介质,由此可以改善介质类型之间的兼容性,共享或简化信息记录/再现设备中使用摆动信号的地址检测控制程序,该设备中采用可重写型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质。The physical
图24B显示的数据段地址725用数字描述了数据段地址信息。如已经描述的,本实施例中,一ECC块由32个扇区组成。因此,特殊ECC块开始位置设置的物理扇区号中最低有效的5位与相邻ECC块开始位置设置的扇区号中的5位一致。一物理扇区号已被设置情况下,一ECC块设置扇区的物理扇区号中最低有效的5位设为“00000”,相同ECC块中所有扇区的物理扇区号中最低有效的6位或6位以上的值彼此一致。因此,相同ECC块扇区中物理扇区号的最低有效的5位数据被删除,只对最低有效的6位或6位以上位进行采样得到的地址信息被定义为一ECC块地址(或ECC块地址号)。通过摆动调制事先记录的数据段地址725(或物理段块号信息)与上述ECC块地址一致。这样,由于摆动调制,物理段块中位置信息被数据段地址表示时,可以获得有益的效果:与地址由物理扇区号显示时相比,数据量在5×5位基础上降低,简化了访问时对当前位置的检测过程。A
图24B和图24C所示的CRC码726是配置在物理段类型识别信息721到数据段地址725的24位地址位中的CRC码(循环冗余校验),或者是配置在段信息727到物理段顺序信息724的24地址位中的CRC码。即使一摆频调制信号被部分的错误读出,该信号可被该CRC码726部分的校正。The
在一次写入型信息存储介质中,与15地址位相关的区被配置到统一区609,一NPW区被完全配置在5次摆动数据单元12到16中(调制区598不存在)。In the write-once type information storage medium, an area related to 15 address bits is allocated to the
图24C显示的物理段块地址728是用于每一物理段块的地址组,该物理段块从7个物理段中配置成一个单元,数据导入区DTRDI中第一段块相关的物理段块地址被设为“1358h”。该物理段块地址的数值被一个接一个的从数据导入区DTLDI第一物理段块顺序添加到数据导出区DTLDO最后一个物理段块中,包括数据区DTA。The physical
该物理段顺序信息724表示一物理段块中每一物理段的顺序,第一物理段设为“0”,最后一个物理段设为“6”。The physical
如图24C所示的实施例特征在于:物理段块地址728被设置在物理段顺序信息724之前的位置。例如,如在RMD字段1中,地址信息通常由该物理段块地址控制。根据这些管理信息,提供对预设段块地址访问情况下,首先,图8所示的该摆动信号检测器单元135检测图24C显示的该摆动同步区580的位置,然后,紧接着该摆动同步区580对记录的信息顺序解码。物理段块地址出现在该物理段顺序信息724之前位置的情况下,首先,该物理段块地址被解码,不用对该物理段顺序信息724进行解码,就能判断是否存在预设物理段块地址。这样,可以获得有益的效果,使用摆动地址的访问容量得到提高。The embodiment shown in FIG. 24C is characterized in that the physical
段信息727由类型识别信息721和一保留区723组成。该类型识别信息721表示物理段调制区的分配位置。该类型识别信息721的值被设为“0b”的情况下,表示后面所述图26B显示的状态。该信息被设为“1b”情况下,表示后面所述图26C或图26D显示的状态。
本实施例特征在于:类型识别信息721被设置在紧接着图24C所示摆动同步区580之后。如上所述,首先,图8所示的摆动信号检测器单元135检测图24C显示摆动同步区580的位置,然后,紧接着摆动同步区580之后,对记录的信息进行顺序解码。因此,类型识别信息721被设置在紧接着该摆动同步区580之后,由此,能立即进行物理段调制区分配位置的检查。这样,利用摆动地址能获得高速访问处理。This embodiment is characterized in that the
在本实施例中,使用H格式,因此,摆动信号的预定值被设置到697kHz。In this embodiment, the H format is used, and therefore, the predetermined value of the wobble signal is set to 697 kHz.
现在,将描述摆动检测信号的载波电平的最大值(Cwmax)和最小值(Cwmin)的测量的例子。Now, an example of measurement of the maximum value (Cwmax) and minimum value (Cwmin) of the carrier level of the wobble detection signal will be described.
在根据本实施例的一次写入型存储介质中,CLV(恒定线速度)记录系统被使用,因此,相邻轨道之间的摆动相位根据轨道位置而改变。在相邻轨道之间的摆动相位彼此一致的情况下,摆动检测信号的载波电平被最大化,并且作为最大值(Cwmax)被获得。此外,当相邻轨道之间的摆动相位被反相时,摆动检测信号电平由于相邻轨道的串扰而被最小化,并且作为最小值(Cwmin)而被获得。因此,在沿着轨道从其内圆周到外圆周来执行寻道时,将被检测的摆动检测信号的载波的大小在4轨道周期内波动。In the write-once type storage medium according to the present embodiment, a CLV (Constant Linear Velocity) recording system is used, and therefore, the wobble phase between adjacent tracks changes according to the track position. In the case where the wobble phases between adjacent tracks coincide with each other, the carrier level of the wobble detection signal is maximized and obtained as the maximum value (Cwmax). Furthermore, when the wobble phase between adjacent tracks is inverted, the wobble detection signal level is minimized due to crosstalk of adjacent tracks, and is obtained as a minimum value (Cwmin). Therefore, when a seek is performed along a track from its inner circumference to its outer circumference, the magnitude of the carrier wave of the wobble detection signal to be detected fluctuates within 4 track periods.
在本实施例中,基于4×4轨道检测摆动载波信号,并且基于4×4轨道来测量最大值(Cwmax)和最小值(Cwmin)。然后,在#03,30对或更多的最大值(Cwmax)和最小值(Cwmin)被存储。In the present embodiment, the wobble carrier signal is detected based on 4×4 tracks, and the maximum value (Cwmax) and minimum value (Cwmin) are measured based on 4×4 tracks. Then, at #03, 30 or more pairs of maximum values (Cwmax) and minimum values (Cwmin) are stored.
接下来,在#04,利用下面公式,从最大值(Cwmax)和最小值(Cwmin)的平均值来计算最大幅度(Wppmax)和最小幅度(Wppmin)。Next, at #04, the maximum amplitude (Wppmax) and minimum amplitude (Wppmin) are calculated from the average value of the maximum value (Cwmax) and minimum value (Cwmin) using the following formula.
在下面的公式中,R表示频谱分析仪的终止电阻值。现在,将描述从Cwmax和Cwmin转换Wppmax和Wppmin的公式。In the following formula, R represents the termination resistance value of the spectrum analyzer. Now, a formula for converting Wppmax and Wppmin from Cwmax and Cwmin will be described.
在dBm单位系统中,0dBm=1mW被定义为基准。当功率Wa=1mW时,获得电压幅度Vo如下:In the dBm unit system, 0dBm=1mW is defined as a reference. When the power Wa=1mW, the obtained voltage amplitude Vo is as follows:
Wao=Ivo=Vo×Vo/R=1/1000W。Wao=Ivo=Vo×Vo/R=1/1000W.
因此,Vo=(R/1000)1/2被获得。Therefore, Vo=(R/1000) 1/2 is obtained.
接下来,摆动幅度Wpp[V]和由频谱分析仪监视的载波电平Cw[dMb]之间的关系如下。这里,Wpp表示正弦波,因此,当幅度被转换成实际有效值时,其遵循:Next, the relationship between the swing width Wpp[V] and the carrier level Cw[dMb] monitored by the spectrum analyzer is as follows. Here, Wpp represents a sine wave, so when the amplitude is converted to an actual rms value, it follows:
Wpp-rms=Wpp/(2×21/2)Wpp-rms=Wpp/(2×2 1/2 )
Cw=20×log(Wpp-rms/Wo)[dBm]Cw=20×log(Wpp-rms/Wo)[dBm]
因此,Cw=10×log(Wpp-rms/Vo)2被建立。Therefore, Cw=10×log(Wpp-rms/Vo) 2 is established.
当上述公式的log被转换时,其遵循:When the log of the above formula is transformed, it follows:
(Wpp-rms/Vo)2 (Wpp-rms/Vo) 2
=10(Cw/10) =10 (Cw/10)
={〔Wpp/(2×21/2)〕/Vo}2 ={[Wpp/(2×2 1/2 )]/Vo} 2
={Wpp/(2×22)/(R/1000)1/2}2 ={Wpp/(2×2 2 )/(R/1000) 1/2 } 2
=(Wpp2/8)/(R/1000)=(Wpp 2 /8)/(R/1000)
Wpp2 Wpp 2
=(8×R)/(1000×10(Cw/10))=(8×R)/(1000×10 (Cw/10) )
=8×R×10(-3)×10(Cw/10) =8×R×10 (-3) ×10 (Cw/10)
=8×R×10(Cw/10)(-3) =8×R×10 (Cw/10)(-3)
Wpp={8×R×10(Cw/10(-3))}1/2 (61)Wpp={8×R×10(Cw/10 (-3) )} 1/2 (61)
如上所述,本实施例实现了以下有益效果:As mentioned above, this embodiment achieves the following beneficial effects:
1)关于作为轨道移位检测信号的(I1-I2)pp的摆动检测信号的幅度的最小值(Wppmin)的比率被设置为0.1或更多,从而与轨道移位检测信号的动态范围相比较,获得了足够大的摆动检测信号。结果,能够显著地获得摆动检测信号的检测精度。1) The ratio of the minimum value (Wppmin) of the amplitude of the wobble detection signal with respect to (I1-I2)pp as the track shift detection signal is set to 0.1 or more, thereby being compared with the dynamic range of the track shift detection signal , a sufficiently large swing detection signal is obtained. As a result, the detection accuracy of the wobble detection signal can be remarkably obtained.
2)摆动检测信号的幅度的最大值(Wppmax)和摆动检测信号的幅度的最小值(Wppmin)之间的比率被设置到2.3或更小,从而能够稳定地检测摆动信号而不会被来自相邻轨道的摆动的串扰显著影响。2) The ratio between the maximum value (Wppmax) of the amplitude of the wobble detection signal (Wppmax) and the minimum value (Wppmin) of the amplitude of the wobble detection signal is set to 2.3 or less, so that the wobble signal can be stably detected without interference from the phase The crosstalk effect of the wobble of adjacent tracks is significant.
3)通过将摆动检测信号方波成形而获得的结果的NBSNR的值被分配为等于或大于26dB,从而具有高C/N比率的稳定摆动信号能够被分配,并且摆动信号的检测精度能够被提高。3) The value of NBSNR of the result obtained by square-wave-shaping the wobble detection signal is assigned to be equal to or greater than 26 dB, so that a stable wobble signal with a high C/N ratio can be assigned, and detection accuracy of the wobble signal can be improved .
在根据本发明实施例的一次写入型信息存储介质中,一记录标记形成于沟槽区,采用了CLV记录系统。这样,如上所述,摆动开槽位置在相邻轨道间移位,这样,相邻摆动之间很容易随着摆动再现信号发生干扰。为了消除这种影响,在本实施例中,进行发明用以使调制区移位,这样调制区在相邻轨道之间不会相互重叠。In the write-once type information storage medium according to the embodiment of the present invention, a recording mark is formed in the groove area, and the CLV recording system is used. Thus, as described above, the wobble groove position is shifted between adjacent tracks, so that interference between adjacent wobble reproduced signals easily occurs along with the wobble. In order to eliminate this effect, in this embodiment, an invention is made to shift the modulation areas so that the modulation areas do not overlap each other between adjacent tracks.
特别的,如图25所示,主要位置701和次要位置702被设置为调制区的分配位置。基本上,假定主要位置中完全进行分配后,相邻轨道之间出现了调制区部分重叠的位置,采用了一种将该调制区部分的改变到次要位置702。例如,图25中,将沟槽区505调制区设置为主要位置时,相邻沟槽区502的调制区和沟槽区506的调制区彼此部分的重叠。这样,该沟槽区505的调制区被移动到该次要位置。这样,可以获得有益的效果:通过避免摆动地址中再现信号相邻轨道调制区之间的干扰,能平稳的再现一摆动地址。In particular, as shown in FIG. 25 , the
通过在相同摆动数据单元交换分配位置,调制区相关的具体的主要位置和次要位置被设置。在本实施例中,非调制区占空比被设置高于调制区的占空比,这样,只在相同摆动数据单元中进行很小的分配改变,就能交换主要位置和次要位置。特别的,如图23A和图23C所示,在主要位置701中,调制区598被分配在一摆动数据单元的开始位置。如图23B和23D所示,在次要位置702中,调制区598被配置在摆动数据单元560到571中的一个的中间偏后的位置。By exchanging the allocated positions in the same wobble data unit, specific primary and secondary positions associated with the modulation area are set. In this embodiment, the duty cycle of the non-modulation area is set higher than the duty cycle of the modulation area, so that the primary position and the secondary position can be exchanged with only a small allocation change in the same wobble data unit. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 23C, in the
如图23A到23D所示的主要位置701和次要位置702的覆盖范围内,即,主要位置或次要位置连续维持的范围被定义在本实施例中物理段的范围内。如图26B到26D所示,也就是说,提供了相同物理段调制区三种类型(多种类型)分配模式。当如图8所示的摆动信号检测器单元135从物理段类型识别信息721中的信息中确定物理段调制区的分配模式时,相同物理段中另一调制区598的分配信息可事先被预测。结果,可以获得有益的效果:可以作准备进行下一个调制区的检测,这样,可以提高信号检测(判断)的精确度。Within the coverage of the
图26B显示了物理段中摆动数据单元的分配图,其中,每帧描述的号码表示相同物理段中摆动数据单元号。第0个摆动数据单元被看作一同步字段711,如在第一行所表示。摆动同步区存在于该同步字段的调制区。第1到第11摆动数据单元被作为一地址字段712。地址信息被记录在包含在该地址字段712调制区中。此外,在第12到第16摆动数据单元中,所有摆动模式形成于一NPW统一字段713。FIG. 26B shows a diagram of allocation of wobble data units in a physical segment, where the number described in each frame represents the number of wobble data units in the same physical segment. The 0th wobble data unit is regarded as a
如图26B、26C和26D所述的标记“P”表示调制区被设置为摆动数据单元的主要位置;标记“S”表示调制区被设置为摆动数据单元的次要位置。标记“U”表示摆动数据单元包含在统一字段713中,不存在调制区。图26B所示的调制区的一分配模式表示物理段所有区被设置为主要位置;图26C所示的调制区一分配模式表示物理段所有区被设置为次要位置中。在图26D中,主要位置和次要位置被混合在相同物理段;一调制区被设置为从第0到第5摆动数据单元每个主要位置,一调制区被设置在从第6到第11摆动数据单元每个次要位置。如图26D所示,根据添加一同步字段711和一地址字段712得到一区,主要位置和次要位置关于该区被分为两部分,由此,能很好的避免相邻轨道调制区的重叠。The mark "P" as described in FIGS. 26B, 26C and 26D indicates that the modulation area is set as the primary position of the wobble data unit; the mark "S" indicates that the modulation area is set as the secondary position of the wobble data unit. A mark "U" indicates that the wobble data unit is included in the
现在,将根据物理段或如上所述通过摆动调制事先记录地址信息的物理段块,描述一种记录前述数据段数据的方法。数据被记录在记录簇单元,该单元作为在可重写型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质中连续记录数据的单元。由于作为重写单元的记录簇是由一个或一个以上数据段形成的,从而,对于相同信息存储介质,可易于进行混合记录过程。少量数据经常被重写多次的PC数据(PC文件)和每次大量数据被连续记录的AV数据(AV文件)。也就是说,对于个人计算机使用的数据,相对少量的数据经常被多次重写。因此,通过设置最小化重写或附加写入的数据单元,得到一种适合PC数据的记录方法。在本实施例中,一ECC块由32个物理扇区组成。这样,通过在只包括一ECC块的数据段单元中进行重写或附加写入,得到能有效的进行重写或附加写入的最小单元。因此,可以得到本实施例中的结构作为适合PC数据(PC文件)的记录结构,该结构中,一个或一个以上的数据段包含在表示可重写单元或附加写入单元的记录簇中。在AV(音频视频)数据中,需要连续的记录大量的视频图像信息和声音信息,流畅而不能有任何问题。这样,连续记录的数据被共同记录作为一记录簇。在AV数据记录时,当随机移位量,数据段结构,或数据段属性等根据数据段×段的基础相互切换配置一记录簇时,需要大量时间用于切换处理,很难进行连续的记录过程。在本实施例中,相同格式(属性或随机移位量不变,数据段之间不插入特殊的信息)的数据段被连续设置时,通过配置一记录簇,提供了一种适合AV数据用于连续记录大量数据的记录格式。此外,可以得到一种记录簇中简化结构,并得到简化的记录控制电路和再现检测器电路,可以减小信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备的成本。记录簇中数据段(扩展保护字段528除外)被连续排列的记录簇540的数据结构与只读型信息存储介质和一次写入型信息存储介质的数据结构完全一致。这样,一种共用数据结构被提供给所有信息存储介质,不论是只读型,一次写入型或可重写型,这样,配置了介质的兼容性。此外,已设置兼容性的信息记录/再现设备或信息再现设备中的一检测器电路可被共用;取得了再现的高可靠性,并降低了成本。Now, a method of recording the aforementioned data segment data will be described in terms of physical segments or physical segment blocks in which address information is previously recorded by wobble modulation as described above. Data is recorded in a recording cluster unit as a unit for continuously recording data in a rewritable type information storage medium and a write-once type information storage medium. Since a recording cluster as a rewriting unit is formed of one or more data segments, a mixed recording process can be easily performed for the same information storage medium. PC data (PC file) in which a small amount of data is often rewritten many times and AV data (AV file) in which a large amount of data is continuously recorded each time. That is, for data used by personal computers, a relatively small amount of data is often rewritten many times. Therefore, by setting data units that minimize overwriting or additional writing, a recording method suitable for PC data is obtained. In this embodiment, one ECC block is composed of 32 physical sectors. In this way, by performing rewriting or additional writing in the data segment unit including only one ECC block, the smallest unit that can effectively perform rewriting or additional writing is obtained. Therefore, the structure in this embodiment can be obtained as a recording structure suitable for PC data (PC file), in which one or more data segments are contained in a recording cluster representing a rewritable unit or an additional writing unit. In AV (Audio Video) data, it is necessary to continuously record a large amount of video image information and sound information, smoothly without any problem. In this way, consecutively recorded data are collectively recorded as a recording cluster. In AV data recording, when the amount of random shift, data segment structure, or data segment attributes are switched to configure a recording cluster on a data segment × segment basis, it takes a lot of time for switching processing, and it is difficult to perform continuous recording. process. In this embodiment, when the data segments of the same format (the attribute or the random shift amount remains unchanged, and no special information is inserted between the data segments) are continuously set, a record cluster is configured to provide a suitable AV data recording method. A recording format for continuously recording large amounts of data. In addition, a simplified structure in a recording cluster can be obtained, and a simplified recording control circuit and reproduction detector circuit can be obtained, and the cost of the information recording/reproducing apparatus or the information reproducing apparatus can be reduced. The data structure of the record cluster 540 in which the data segments (except the extended protection field 528 ) are continuously arranged in the record cluster is completely consistent with that of the read-only information storage medium and the write-once information storage medium. In this way, a common data structure is provided for all information storage media, whether they are read-only, write-once or rewritable, thus configuring the compatibility of the media. Furthermore, the information recording/reproducing apparatus or a detector circuit in the information reproducing apparatus for which compatibility has been set can be commonly used; high reliability of reproduction is achieved, and cost reduction is achieved.
在可重写型介质的保护带中,后同步区546和536;额外区544和534;缓冲区547和537;VFO区532和522;前同步区533和523,扩展保护字段528只被设置在连续记录终止的位置。本实施例特征在于:进行重写或附加写入,这样,扩展保护区528和随后的VFO区522在重写时部分的相互重叠在复制位置591。当部分复制被保留时,通过重写或附加写入,可以避免记录簇之间产生的间隔(没有形成记录标记的区)。此外,通过消除信息存储介质中层间串扰,可检测出一平稳再现信号,实现在单面双记录层中记录。In the guard zone of the rewritable medium, postamble areas 546 and 536;
本实施例中一数据段可被重写的数据大小为67+4+77376+2+4+16=77469(数据字节)。一摆动数据单元560为6+4+6+68=84次(摆动)。一物理段550由17个摆动数据单元组成,7个物理段550到556的长度与一数据段531的长度一致。这样,84×17×7=9996次(摆动)被设置在一数据段531长度中。因此,上面公式中,77496/9996=7.75(数据字节数/摆动)对应一次摆动。In this embodiment, the rewritable data size of a data segment is 67+4+77376+2+4+16=77469 (data bytes). One
随后的VFO区522和扩展保护字段528重叠部分,从一物理段开始位置跟随着24次摆动,物理段550开始的16次摆动被配置在摆动同步区580,随后的68次摆动被配置在非调制区590。因此,伴随着24次摆动的VFO区522和扩展保护字段528的重叠部分包括在非调制区590中。这样,数据段开始位置从物理段开始位置伴随着24次摆动,由此,重叠部分被包括在非调制区590中。此外,用于摆动同步区580记录处理的检测时间和准备时间会很长,这样,保证了平稳和精确的记录过程。The overlapping portion of the
相变记录薄膜被用于本实施例的可重写型信息存储介质的记录薄膜。在相变记录薄膜中,记录薄膜的劣变开始于重写的开始/结束位置附近。这样,如果记录开始/记录结束在相同位置被重复,由于记录薄膜的劣变,会限制重写的数量。本实施例中,为了缩略上述问题,重写时,JM+1/12数据字节被改变,记录开始位置被随机改变。A phase-change recording film is used for the recording film of the rewritable information storage medium of this embodiment. In the phase-change recording film, the deterioration of the recording film starts near the start/end position of rewriting. Thus, if recording start/recording end are repeated at the same position, the amount of overwriting is limited due to deterioration of the recording film. In this embodiment, in order to reduce the above-mentioned problem, when rewriting, JM +1 /12 data bytes are changed, and the recording start position is changed randomly.
尽管扩展保护字段528的开始位置与VFO区522的开始位置一致,为了解释基本概念,严格的讲,在本实施例中,VFO区522的开始位置被随机改变。Although the start position of the extended guard field 528 coincides with the start position of the
相变记录薄膜被用作当前可重写型信息存储介质DVD-RAM盘中的记录薄膜,为了提高重写次数,记录的开始/结束位置被随机改变。当随机改变量实现在当前DVD-RAM盘时,最大改变量范围被设置为8数据字节。当前DVD-RAM盘中通道位长度(如调制后的数据,要被记录在盘中)平均被设为0.143μm。根据本实施例的可重写型信息存储介质中,通道位的平均长度被取为(0.087+0.093)/2=0.090(μm)。在物理移位范围长度被调整符合当前的DVD-RAM盘的情况下,通过使用上面的值,本实施例中作为随机移位范围所需的最小长度被取为:Phase-change recording films are used as recording films in DVD-RAM disks, current rewritable information storage media, and the start/end positions of recording are randomly changed in order to increase the number of times of rewriting. When the random change amount is implemented on the current DVD-RAM disc, the maximum change amount range is set to 8 data bytes. The channel bit length (eg, modulated data, to be recorded in the disc) in the current DVD-RAM disc is set to 0.143 [mu]m on average. In the rewritable information storage medium according to this embodiment, the average length of channel bits is taken as (0.087+0.093)/2=0.090 (μm). In the case where the physical shift range length is adjusted to fit the current DVD-RAM disc, by using the above values, the minimum length required as a random shift range in this embodiment is taken as:
8字节×(0.143μm/0.090μm)=12.7字节8 bytes × (0.143μm/0.090μm) = 12.7 bytes
本实施例中,为了分配容易进行再现信号检测过程,随机改变量单元被调整符合调制后的“通道位”。本实施例中,将8位转换到12位的ETM调制(8到12调制)被采用,当数据字节被定义作为参考,表示随机移位量的公式表达式被指定为Jm/12(数据字节)。利用上面公式中的值,通过Jm得到的值为12.7×12=152.4,这样,Jm范围从0到152。由于上述原因,满足上式中的范围内,随机移位范围的长度与当前DVD-RAM盘一致,与当前DVD-RAM盘相似的重写次数能够保证。本实施例中,为了分配当前和更多的重写次数,对于所需最小长度,提供了很小的余量,随机变化范围的长度被设置到14(数据字节)。这些公式中,建立14×12=168,这样,由Jm可得的值被设置在0到167范围内。如上所述,随机移位量被定义在比Jm/12(0≤Jm≤154)宽的范围内,由此,随机移位量有关的物理范围的长度与当前DVD-RAM的长度一致。这样,获得了有益的效果:能够保证与当前DVD-RAM相似的重复记录次数。In this embodiment, in order to facilitate the reproduction signal detection process, the random variation unit is adjusted to match the modulated "channel bit". In this embodiment, the ETM modulation (8 to 12 modulation) that converts 8 bits to 12 bits is adopted, and when the data byte is defined as a reference, the formula expression representing the random shift amount is designated as J m /12( data bytes). Using the value in the above formula, the value obtained by J m is 12.7×12=152.4, thus, J m ranges from 0 to 152. Due to the above reasons, within the range of the above formula, the length of the random shift range is consistent with that of the current DVD-RAM disk, and the number of rewriting times similar to that of the current DVD-RAM disk can be guaranteed. In this embodiment, in order to allocate the current and more rewriting times, a small margin is provided for the required minimum length, and the length of the random variation range is set to 14 (data bytes). In these formulas, 14*12=168 is established, so that the value obtained from J m is set in the range of 0 to 167. As described above, the random shift amount is defined in a range wider than J m /12 (0≤J m≤154 ), whereby the length of the physical range related to the random shift amount corresponds to the length of the current DVD-RAM . In this way, a beneficial effect is obtained that the number of repeated recordings similar to that of the current DVD-RAM can be guaranteed.
记录簇540的缓冲区547和VFO区532的长度为常量。所有数据段529中的随机移位量Jm被得到作为相同记录簇540中相同的值。包括大量数据段的一记录簇540连续记录情况下,记录位置由摆动被检测出。也就是说,如图24A到24D所示的摆动同步区580的位置被检测到,在如图23C和23D所示的非调制区592和593中,当计算出摆动数量时,在记录的同时进行信息存储介质的记录位置的检测。这时,由于错误的摆动数或使信息存储介质旋转的旋转马达的非均匀旋转,发生摆动滑动(一个摆动周期中在变化位置的记录),并且信息存储介质记录位置发生细小的移位。根据本实施例的信息存储介质特征在于:如上所述记录位置产生的变化被检测的情况下,在可重写型保护区461中进行调节,在保护区461中进行记录定时校正。现在,一H格式将被描述。如后所述,基本概念被用于B格式中。尽管不发生位丢失或位复制的重要信息被记录在一后同步区546、一额外区544和一前同步区533,但特殊模式在缓冲区547和VFO区532中被重复。这样,只要设置该重复交界线位置,就只允许一个模式的丢失或复制。因此,特别的,在本实施例中,在缓冲区547或VFO区532进行调整,实现记录定时校正。The lengths of the buffer area 547 and the VFO area 532 of the recording cluster 540 are constant. The random shift amount J m in all data segments 529 is obtained as the same value in the same recording cluster 540 . In the case of continuous recording of a recording cluster 540 including a large number of data segments, the recording position is detected by wobbling. That is to say, the position of the
本实施例中,定义为基准位置设置的实际开始位置被设置,以至于与摆动幅度“0”(摆动中心)位置匹配。然而,摆动位置检测准确度降低,这样,在本实施例中,实际开始位置允许变化量最大值为±1数据字节,描述为“±1最大值”。In this embodiment, the actual start position defined as the reference position setting is set so as to match the swing amplitude "0" (swing center) position. However, the swing position detection accuracy is reduced, so that, in this embodiment, the maximum allowable variation of the actual starting position is ±1 data byte, which is described as "±1 maximum value".
数据段530中随机移位量被定义为Jm(如上所述,记录簇540中所有数据段随机移位量彼此一致);要被附加写入的数据段531随机移位量被定义为Jm+1。如上面公式所示由Jm和Jm+1得到的值,例如,取中间值的时候,得到Jm=Jm+1=84。实际开始点的位置准确度非常高的情况下,扩展保护字段528的开始位置与VFO区522中的开始位置一致。The random shift amount in the data segment 530 is defined as J m (as mentioned above, the random shift amounts of all data segments in the recording cluster 540 are consistent with each other); the random shift amount of the data segment 531 to be additionally written is defined as J m+1 . For the values obtained from J m and J m+1 as shown in the above formula, for example, when the intermediate value is taken, J m =J m+1 =84 is obtained. When the position accuracy of the actual start point is very high, the start position of the extended guard field 528 coincides with the start position in the
相反,数据段530被记录在最大值后面位置后,在要被附加写入或重写的数据段531已被记录在最大值前面位置情况下,VFO区522开始位置可进入缓冲区537最大值15数据字节。特别重要的信息被记录在额外区,紧接着在缓冲区537之前。因此,本实施例中,缓冲区537的长度需要16数据字节或者更多。在本实施例中,缓冲区数据量被设为15数据字节,考虑留下1数据字节的余量。On the contrary, after the data segment 530 is recorded at the position behind the maximum value, when the data segment 531 to be additionally written or rewritten has been recorded at the position in front of the maximum value, the
作为随机移位的结果,如果扩展保护区528和VFO区522之间出现了间隔,采用单面双记录层结构情况下,由于该间隔,再现时产生层间串扰。这样,即使出现随机移位,本发明被创造,以使扩展保护字段528和VFO区522相互部分重叠,不产生间隔。因此,本实施例中,需要设置扩展保护字段528的长度等于或大于15数据字节。紧接着的VFO区522足够容纳71数据字节。这样,即使扩展保护字段528和VFO区522重叠区细小的展宽,信号再现时也不会有障碍(因为获得再现基准时钟同步的时间被充足的设置在无重叠的VFO区522中)。因此,可以将扩展保护字段528的值设置大于15数据字节。如已被描述的,连续记录时发生细小的摆动滑动,并且记录位置可移位一摆动周期。一摆动周期对应于7.75(≈8)数据字节,这样,在本实施例中,扩展保护字段528长度被设为等于或大于23(=15+8)数据字节。在本实施例中,像缓冲区537一样,扩展保护字段528的长度被设为24数据字接,同样考虑留下1数据字节的余量。As a result of the random shift, if a gap occurs between the extended guard area 528 and the
需要准确的设置记录簇541的记录开始位置。利用事先记录在可重写型或一次写入型信息存储介质中记录的摆动信号,根据本实施例的该信息记录/再现设备检测该记录开始位置。如图23A到23D所示,该摆动同步区580以外的所有区中,模式在四次摆动单元从NPW变化到IPW。相比较,在该摆动同步区580中,摆动变换单元在四次摆动中被部分改变,这样,该摆动同步区580可非常容易地检测出位置。这样,根据本实施例的该信息记录/再现设备检测该摆动同步区580的位置,这样,进行记录过程的准备工作,并开始记录。这样,需要在紧接着该摆动同步区580之后的非调制区590中设置一记录簇541的开始位置。该摆动同步区580被设置在紧接着物理段转换位置之后。该摆动同步区580的长度被定义为16次摆动周期。此外,检测完该摆动同步区580后,考虑到余量,需要8个摆动周期用于准备记录过程。因此,即使考虑到随机移位,非常必要的,该记录簇541开始位置中VFO区522的开始位置被设置在从一物理段变化位置24或更多次摆动之后。The recording start position of the recording cluster 541 needs to be set accurately. The information recording/reproducing apparatus according to the present embodiment detects the recording start position using a wobble signal recorded in advance in a rewritable or write-once information storage medium. As shown in FIGS. 23A to 23D, in all areas other than the
重写时记录过程在复制位置591被执行多次。当重写被重复时,摆动沟槽或摆动槽岸的物理形状会改变(劣变),该摆动再现信号量会降低。本实施例中,本发明被创造,以致重写时或附加写入时,复制位置591被记录在非调制区590中而不会进到该摆动同步区580或摆动地址区586。在非调制区590,只有预设摆动模式(NPW)被重复。这样,即使摆动再现信号量部分的减少,利用前后摆动再现信号可进行插值操作。这样,重写时或附加写入时,该复制位置591的位置已被设置,从而包括在非调制区590中。这样,可以获得有益的效果:当避免由于摆动同步区580或摆动地址区586中形状的劣变摆动造成再现信号量的降低时,能保证摆动地址信息610的平稳的摆动检测信号。The recording process is performed multiple times at the
以上描述主要涉及单面单层盘。下面的描述涉及单面多层(这里为双层)盘。与以上描述相同的那些部分将以同一标号指示,并将略去它们的详细描述。The above description mainly relates to single-sided single-layer discs. The following description refers to single-sided multi-layer (here, dual-layer) discs. Those parts that are the same as those described above will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and their detailed descriptions will be omitted.
测量条件Measurement conditions
根据DVD规格来确定记录介质的特性,且有必要在销售所述记录介质之前测试是否满足该规格。为此目的,需要一种用于测量记录介质的特性的装置,并且以该规格来确定测量装置的测量条件。用于测量介质特性的光头的特性被调整如下。The characteristics of the recording medium are determined according to the DVD specification, and it is necessary to test whether the recording medium satisfies the specification before selling the recording medium. For this purpose, an apparatus for measuring the characteristics of the recording medium is required, and the measurement conditions of the measuring apparatus are determined with the specification. The characteristics of the optical head used to measure the characteristics of the medium were adjusted as follows.
波长λ:405±5nmWavelength λ: 405±5nm
偏振:圆偏振光Polarization: circularly polarized light
偏振分束器PBS:应当使用Polarizing beam splitter PBS: should use
数值孔径:0.65±0.01Numerical aperture: 0.65±0.01
在物镜的光瞳边缘的光强:最大强度水平的55%到70%Light intensity at the pupil edge of the objective: 55% to 70% of the maximum intensity level
在穿过理想基片后的波前像差:0.033λmaxWavefront aberration after passing through an ideal substrate: 0.033λmax
在盘上的规格化检测器尺寸:100<A/m2<144μm,其中Normalized detector size on disk: 100<A/m2<144μm, where
A:光头的中央检测器区A: The central detector area of the optical head
M:从盘到检测器的横向放大率M: Lateral magnification from disk to detector
激光二极管的相对强度噪声(RIN)*:-125dB/Hz(最大值)。Relative Intensity Noise (RIN)* of the laser diode: -125dB/Hz (maximum).
*:RIN(dB/Hz)=10log[(AC功率密度/Hz)/DC功率]*: RIN(dB/Hz)=10log[(AC power density/Hz)/DC power]
单面双层可记录盘的断面结构Cross-sectional structure of single-sided double-layer recordable disk
图31示出单面双层可记录盘(一次写入盘)的断面图。该单面双层盘具有在从物镜射出的激光束9的入射平面(读取表面)一面由聚碳酸酯制成的第一透明基片2-3。该第一透明基片2-3具有对于激光束的波长的半透明性。该激光束波长为405(±5)nm。Fig. 31 shows a cross-sectional view of a single-sided dual-layer recordable disc (write-once disc). The single-sided dual-layer disc has a first transparent substrate 2-3 made of polycarbonate on one side of the incident plane (reading surface) of the
在与第一透明基片2-3的光入射面相对的平面上提供了第一记录层(层0)3-3。与记录信息相对应的凹坑被提供给第一记录层3-3。在第一记录层3-3上提供了光半透明层4-3。A first recording layer (Layer 0) 3-3 is provided on a plane opposite to the light incident side of the first transparent substrate 2-3. Pits corresponding to recording information are provided to the first recording layer 3-3. An optical semitransparent layer 4-3 is provided on the first recording layer 3-3.
在光半透明层4-3上提供间隔层7。该间隔层7用作针对层1的透明基片,并且具有对于激光束波长的透明性。A
在与间隔层7的光入射面相对的平面上提供了第二记录层(层1)3-4。与记录信息相对应的凹坑被提供给第二记录层3-4。在第二记录层3-4上提供了光反射层4-4。在光反射层4-4上提供了基片8。On the plane opposite to the light incident plane of the
间隔层7的厚度The thickness of the
该单面双层一次写入盘中的间隔层7的厚度是25.0±5.0μm。如果间隔层7较薄就会使层间串扰较大,这使得难于制造,因此调整了厚度的量度。在单面双层只读记录介质中,间隔层7的厚度是20.0±5.0μm。因为一次写入记录介质处在其层间串扰大于只读记录介质的层间串扰的影响下,所以该单面双层一次写入盘被制成与只读记录介质相比稍微厚一点,并且间隔层7厚度的中心值被调整到25μm或更大。The thickness of the
包含双折射的反射reflection with birefringence
在系统导入区和系统导出区中的反射率对于高到低盘是4.5到9.0%并且对于低到高盘是4.2到8.4%。在数据导入区、数据区、中间区和数据导出区中的反射率对于低到高盘是4.5到9.0%。The reflectivity in the system lead-in area and system lead-out area is 4.5 to 9.0% for the high-to-low disc and 4.2 to 8.4% for the low-to-high disc. The reflectivity in the data lead-in area, data area, middle area and data lead-out area is 4.5 to 9.0% for low to high discs.
反射率越高越好。不过这里有限度,并且确定那些限度以使得重复再现的次数和再现信号的特性满足预定标准。因为作为层0的记录层必须是半透明的,所以它的折射系数比单层的折射系数低。The higher the reflectivity, the better. There are limits, however, and those limits are determined so that the number of times of repeated reproduction and the characteristics of the reproduced signal satisfy predetermined criteria. Since the recording layer as
层间串扰crosstalk between layers
如上面所述,单面多层记录介质有从其它层被反射来的光对再现信号有影响的问题(层间串扰)。为进行详细描述,当在一个层(例如,层1)的再现过程中会被再现光束照射的其它层(例如,层0)的信号的记录状态改变时,产生了这样的问题,即再现期间层1的信号被串扰偏移。另外,当在层1上记录信号时,最佳记录功率根据层0已被记录或未被记录而变化。这些问题的原因是这样的事实,例如,具有层0的记录介质的透射比和反射率根据已记录状态或未记录状态而变化的事实,或者为了减少光行差而不能使间隔层的厚度更大的事实。不过,物理地减少此特性极度困难。于是,本实施例的光盘具有通过给各层提供余隙(在恒定记录状态下的区)从而在信号中不会产生偏移的特征。As described above, a single-sided multilayer recording medium has a problem in that light reflected from other layers has an influence on reproduced signals (crosstalk between layers). To describe in detail, when the recording state of a signal of another layer (for example, layer 0) to be irradiated with a reproduction light beam changes during reproduction of one layer (for example, layer 1), there arises a problem that during
余隙的定义Clearance Definition
在多层盘中,聚焦到盘的一个层上的光束扩展到该盘的其它层上,并在其它层以及在光线所聚焦的层上反射,如图32所示。因此,该层的读和写受到在盘的其它层上反射的光束的影响。为减轻此影响,该盘其它层的状态根据被记录标记的存在应该是统一的。在以焦点为基准的盘的其它层上定义影响该层的读和写质量的区。随后,应通过把该盘其它层上的区保持为统一来限制在一层上一点的读和写。所述区的径向距离被称作“余隙”。参看图33。In a multi-layer disc, a beam of light focused on one layer of the disc spreads to other layers of the disc and is reflected at the other layers as well as at the layer on which the light was focused, as shown in FIG. 32 . Therefore, reading and writing of this layer is affected by light beams reflected on other layers of the disc. To mitigate this effect, the state of the other layers of the disc should be uniform in terms of the presence of recorded marks. On other layers of the disc relative to the focal point are defined zones that affect the read and write quality of that layer. Subsequently, reading and writing at one point on one layer should be restricted by keeping the zones on the other layers of the disc uniform. The radial distance of the zones is called "clearance". See Figure 33.
考虑三个要素来计算余隙:在层0和层1之间半径的最大相对偏差、在层0和层1之间最大相对径向跳动以及在其它层上光束的半径。这些值被定义如下;The clearance is calculated considering three elements: the maximum relative deviation of the radius between
在层0和层1之间半径的最大相对偏差:Maximum relative deviation of radius between
Rdmax=40μm Rdmax = 40μm
在层0和层1之间最大相对径向跳动:Maximum relative runout between
Rrmax=(40+60)/2=50μm Rrmax =(40+60)/2=50μm
在其它层上光束的理论半径:Theoretical radius of the beam on other layers:
Rc_theoretical=Tsl×tan(sin-1(NA/n))=14μmR c_theoretical = T sl × tan(sin -1 (NA/n)) = 14 μm
这里Tsl是间隔层的最大厚度30μm,NA是数值孔径=0.65而n是间隔层的折射率1.5。Here T sl is the maximum thickness of the
因为该光束的强度在中心最高而在边缘最低,所以实际半径Rc_principal可有效地设为大约10μm。Since the intensity of this beam is highest at the center and lowest at the edges, the actual radius Rc_principal can effectively be set to about 10 μm.
该盘的余隙Cl由下面的等式来计算:The disc clearance Cl is calculated by the following equation:
Cl=Rdmax+Rrmax+Rc_principal=100μmCl = Rd max + Rr max + R c_principal = 100 μm
考虑在信息区中区的边沿上的余隙来建立信息区格式。The information area format is established taking into account clearances on the borders of the areas in the information area.
注意:图33描述了位置移动的概念。NOTE: Figure 33 depicts the concept of location shifting.
半径的相对偏差不会必然地导致在层1中的向外移动,并且相对径向跳动不会必然地导致在层0中的向内移动。Relative deviations in radii do not necessarily result in outward movement in
在物理扇区数中余隙的实例Example of clearance in physical sector numbers
从兼容性的观点出发简化在物理扇区数中的余隙是有用的。在图35中的AM应当用于在位置M(参看图34)上的物理扇区数中的余隙。Simplifying the clearance in the number of physical sectors is useful from a compatibility point of view. AM in FIG. 35 should be used for the slack in the number of physical sectors at position M (see FIG. 34).
图34示出了层0的物理扇区号PSN和对应于该物理扇区号PSN的层1的可记录物理扇区。层0和层1的物理扇区号具有位取反关系。FIG. 34 shows the physical sector number PSN of
常规参数General parameters
单面双层一次写入盘的常规参数在图36中示出。这些参数类似于单面单层一次写入盘的常规参数。以下与那些单面单层一次写入盘的不同;用户数据容量(30GB)、数据区内半径(对层0是24.6mm,对层1是24.7mm)以及数据区外半径(对层0和层1是58.1mm)。Conventional parameters of a single-sided dual-layer write-once disc are shown in FIG. 36 . These parameters are similar to conventional parameters for single-sided single-layer write-once discs. The following differ from those of single-sided single-layer write-once discs; user data capacity (30 GB), inner radius of the data zone (24.6 mm for
信息区格式Information area format
信息区被分成7部分:系统导入区、连接区、数据导入区、数据区、中间区、数据导出区以及系统导出区。仅仅一个信息区扩展到两个层。在每个层上的中间区允许读出光束从层0移动到层1。参看图40。数据区用来记录主数据。系统导入区包含控制数据和基准码。数据导出区允许连续平滑的读出。The information area is divided into 7 parts: system lead-in area, connection area, data lead-in area, data area, intermediate area, data lead-out area and system lead-out area. Only one information area extends over two layers. An intermediate region on each layer allows the readout beam to move from
轨道结构track structure
系统导入区和系统导出区包含了由一系列凸纹凹坑组成的轨道。在系统导入区和系统导出区中的轨道形成了扭转360°的连续螺旋。所述轨道的中心是所述凹坑的中心。The system lead-in and system lead-out areas contain tracks consisting of a series of embossed pits. The tracks in the system lead-in and system lead-out regions form a continuous spiral twisted 360°. The center of the track is the center of the pit.
在层0上从数据导入区到中间区的轨道和在层1上从中间区到数据导出区的轨道形成了扭转360°的连续螺旋。The track from the data lead-in area to the middle area on
在层0上的数据导入区、数据区和中间区以及在层1上的中间区、数据区和数据导出区由一系列沟槽轨道组成。所述沟槽轨道在层0上从数据导入区的开始到中间区的结束以及在层1上从中间区的开始到数据导出区的结束是连续的。如果两个单面单层盘相互粘贴在一起,则制成了具有两个读出面的双面双层盘。The data lead-in area, data area and middle area on
层被定义为与盘的一个读出面相对。用于双层盘的HD DVD-R在每个读出面具有标识为层0和层1的两个层。层0是最接近读出表面的层而层1是离读出表面最远的层。Layers are defined opposite a read-out side of the disc. HD DVD-R for dual-layer discs has two layers labeled
用于双层盘的HD DVD-R可以是单面或双面的。对于双面盘有四层。通过该盘的相对面来单独访问每一面的两层。HD DVD-R for dual-layer discs can be single-sided or double-sided. There are four layers for double sided discs. The two layers of each side are individually accessed through the opposite side of the disc.
旋转方向turn around
盘以从读出面看去逆时针的方向旋转。轨道在层0上从内直径到外直径向外盘旋。轨道在层1上从外直径到内直径向内盘旋。The disk rotates in a counterclockwise direction as viewed from the readout face. The track spirals outward on
轨道布局track layout
在系统导入区和系统导出区中的每个轨道被分成数据段。在数据导入区、数据区、数据导出区和中间区中的每个轨道被分成PS(物理段)块。每个PS块应当被分成七个物理段。每个物理段包含11067字节。Each track in the system lead-in area and system lead-out area is divided into data segments. Each track in the data lead-in area, data area, data lead-out area, and intermediate area is divided into PS (Physical Segment) blocks. Each PS block shall be divided into seven physical segments. Each physical segment contains 11067 bytes.
导入区、导出区和中间区Lead-in, lead-out and intermediate areas
导入区和导出区的示意图在图37中示出。在层0和层1上的原始中间区的示意图在图38中示出。所述中间区的布局可通过中间区扩展来改变。图38示出了扩展前的原始中间区。在导入区、导出区和中间区中的每个带和每个区的边界与数据段的边界相一致。A schematic diagram of the lead-in area and the lead-out area is shown in FIG. 37 . A schematic diagram of the original intermediate region on
从在层0的内圆周侧最内侧圆周起依次提供系统导入区、连接区、数据导入区和数据区。从在层1的内圆周侧最内侧圆周起依次提供系统导出区、连接区、数据导出区和数据区。这样,因为包括管理区的数据导入区仅提供给层0,所以在最终完成层1时层1上的信息也被写入层0的数据导入区中。因此,可通过在启动时仅仅读取层0而获得所有的管理信息,并且优点是无需一个一个地读取层0和层1。注意,为了在层1上记录数据,整个层0必须被写入。所述管理区将在最终完成该盘时被填满。A system lead-in area, a connection area, a data lead-in area, and a data area are provided in order from the innermost circumference on the inner circumference side of
层0的系统导入区由初始带、缓冲带、控制数据带和缓冲带从内圆周侧依次组成。层0的数据导入区由空白带、保护轨道带、驱动测试带、盘测试带、空白带、RMD复制带、L-RMD(在数据导入区中的记录管理带)、R物理格式信息带和基准码带从内圆周侧依次组成。层0的数据区的开始地址(内圆周侧)和层1的数据区的结束地址(内圆周侧)被移动一个余隙的距离,并且层1的数据区的结束地址(内圆周侧)处于比层0的数据区的开始地址(内圆周侧)更靠外的一侧。The system lead-in area of
层1的数据导出区由空白带、盘测试带、驱动测试带和保护轨道带从内圆周侧依次组成。The data lead-out area of
所述空白带是具有沟槽的带,但是其上没有记录数据。所述保护轨道带是其上记录了用于测试的特殊图案的带,并且其上记录了未调制数据″00″。层0的保护轨道带被提供来在层1的盘测试带和驱动测试带上记录。因此,层0的保护轨道带对应于由向层1的盘测试带和驱动测试带至少添加余隙所获得的范围。层1的保护轨道带被提供来在层0的驱动测试带、盘测试带、空白带、RMD复制带、L-RMD)、R物理格式信息带和基准码带上进行记录。因此,层1的保护轨道带对应于由向层0的驱动测试带、盘测试带、空白带、RMD复制带、L-RMD、R物理格式信息带和基准码带至少添加余隙所获得的范围。The blank zone is a zone having grooves, but no data is recorded thereon. The guard track zone is a zone on which a special pattern for testing is recorded, and unmodulated data "00" is recorded thereon. The guard track zone of
如图38所示,层0和层1的中间区二者的每一个都由保护轨道带、驱动测试带、盘测试带和空白带从内圆周侧依次组成。层0的保护轨道带被提供来在层1的驱动测试带和盘测试带上进行记录。因此,层0的保护轨道带的结束位置位于距层1的盘测试带的开始位置至少一个余隙距离的外圆周侧。层1的空白带被提供来在层0的驱动测试带和盘测试带上进行记录。因此,层1的空白带的结束位置位于距层0的驱动测试带的开始位置至少一个余隙距离的内圆周侧。As shown in FIG. 38, each of the middle areas of both
轨道路径track path
在本实施例中,为了保持从层0到层1记录的连续性,使用如图39所示的相反轨道路径。在顺序记录中,只有当到层0上的记录完成时,例行程序才进行到层1上的记录。In this embodiment, in order to maintain the continuity of recording from
(物理扇区布局)(Physical Sector Layout)
每个PS块均包含32个物理扇区。在用于双层盘的HD DVD-R中,层0的物理扇区号(PSN)在系统导入区中连续地增加并且从数据导入区的开始到中间区的结束连续地增加,如图40所示。然而,层1的PSN采用层0的PSN的位取反值,并且从中间区的开始(外侧)到数据导出区的结束(内侧)连续地增加以及从系统导出区的外侧到系统导出区的内侧连续地增加。Each PS block contains 32 physical sectors. In HD DVD-R for dual-layer discs, the physical sector number (PSN) of
位取反数字被计算来使得位值1成为位值0,反之亦然。在每一层上相互具有位取反PSN的物理扇区与该盘的中心有几乎相同的距离。Bit negation numbers are calculated so that a bit value of 1 becomes a bit value of 0, and vice versa. Physical sectors with mutually bit-reversed PSNs on each layer are approximately the same distance from the center of the disc.
其PSN是X的物理扇区被包含在PS块中,通过X除以32并对小数舍入来计算所述PS块的PS块地址。A physical sector whose PSN is X is contained in a PS block whose PS block address is calculated by dividing X by 32 and rounding the decimal.
通过使置于系统导入区结束的物理扇区为″131071″(01FFFFh)来计算在系统导入区中的PSN。The PSN in the system lead-in area is calculated by making the physical sector placed at the end of the system lead-in area "131071" (01FFFFh).
通过使置于处在数据导入区之后的数据区的开始的物理扇区的PSN为″262144″(040000h)来计算在层0中的除系统导入区之外的PSN。通过使置于处在中间区之后的数据区的开始的物理扇区的PSN为″9184256″(BC 2400h)来计算在层1中的除系统导出区之外的PSN。The PSN in
物理段结构physical segment structure
数据导入区、数据区、中间区和数据导出区包含物理段。物理段由物理段次序和PS块地址指定。The data lead-in area, data area, middle area and data lead-out area contain physical segments. A physical segment is specified by a physical segment order and a PS block address.
WAP布局WAP layout
物理段与在摆动中被调制的周期位置中的摆动地址(WAP)信息相对应。每个WAP信息以17个摆动数据单元(WDU)表示。物理段的长度等于17个WDU的长度。WAP的布局在图41中示出,图41对应于针对单面单层盘的图24C和24D。在WAP布局的字段中的数字指示在物理段中的WDU的号数。在物理段中第一WDU是0。The physical segment corresponds to wobble address (WAP) information in a periodic position modulated in the wobble. Each WAP message is represented by 17 wobble data units (WDU). The length of the physical segment is equal to the length of 17 WDUs. The layout of the WAP is shown in Figure 41, which corresponds to Figures 24C and 24D for single-sided single-layer discs. The numbers in the fields of the WAP layout indicate the number of WDUs in the physical segment. The first WDU is 0 in a physical segment.
在WAP中,b0到b8描述CRC,b9到b11描述物理段次序,b12到b30描述PS块地址,并且b31到b32描述段信息。在段信息之中,b31描述保留区,而b32描述类型。类型表示物理段的类型(0b为类型1(图26B),1b为类型2(图26C)或类型3(图26D)。PS块地址被分配给各个PS块。对于物理段次序,000b设置给在PS块中的第一物理段,并且以相同的方式把物理段次序分配给物理段的其它六种类型。In WAP, b0 to b8 describe CRC, b9 to b11 describe physical segment order, b12 to b30 describe PS block address, and b31 to b32 describe segment information. Among the section information, b31 describes a reserved area, and b32 describes a type. Type indicates the type of physical segment (0b is type 1 (FIG. 26B), 1b is type 2 (FIG. 26C) or type 3 (FIG. 26D). PS block addresses are assigned to individual PS blocks. For physical segment order, 000b is set to The first physical segment in the PS block, and the physical segment order is assigned to the other six types of physical segments in the same manner.
摆动数据单元swing data unit
摆动数据单元(WDU)由84个摆动组成。摆动的周期等于93T,这里T代表沟道时钟周期。在图42中示出了在SYNC字段中的主要WDU。A Wobble Data Unit (WDU) consists of 84 wobbles. The period of the swing is equal to 93T, where T represents the channel clock period. The main WDU in the SYNC field is shown in FIG. 42 .
在图43中示出了在地址字段中的主要WDU。在地址字段中记录了3位,其中0b作为正相摆动(NPW)且1b作为反相摆动(IPW)。The main WDU in the address field is shown in FIG. 43 . In the address field, 3 bits are recorded, with 0b as a normal phase wobble (NPW) and 1b as an inverted phase wobble (IPW).
在图44中示出了在SYNC字段中的次要WDU。The Secondary WDU in the SYNC field is shown in FIG. 44 .
在图45中指定了在地址字段中的次要WDU。在地址字段中记录了3位,其中0b作为正相摆动(NPW)且1b作为反相摆动(IPW)。The Secondary WDU in the address field is specified in FIG. 45 . In the address field, 3 bits are recorded, with 0b as a normal phase wobble (NPW) and 1b as an inverted phase wobble (IPW).
在图46中示出了在统一字段中的WDU。用于统一字段的WDU未被调制。The WDU in the unified field is shown in FIG. 46 . WDUs for uniform fields are not modulated.
位调制规则bit modulation rules
NPW和IPW以图22所示的波形被记录在轨道上。物理段的开始位置与SYNC字段的开始位置相一致。NPW and IPW are recorded on the track with waveforms shown in FIG. 22 . The start position of the physical segment coincides with the start position of the SYNC field.
有两个可能的调制过的摆动位置,主要WDU和次要WDU在图42到45示出。通常选择主要WDU。不过,在控制过程中有可能在相邻轨道里已经有已调制的摆动。在此情况下,选择次要WDU来避免把已调制的摆动并排放置,如图25所示。按已调制的摆动位置对物理段分类,称为类型1、类型2和类型3,如图26A到26D所示。There are two possible modulated swing positions, Primary WDU and Secondary WDU are shown in Figures 42 to 45. Usually the primary WDU is selected. However, it is possible that during the control there will already be modulated wobbles in adjacent tracks. In this case, the secondary WDU is chosen to avoid placing the modulated wobbles side-by-side, as shown in Figure 25. The physical segments are classified by modulated wobble position, referred to as
根据下列规则选择物理段的类型。The type of physical segment is selected according to the following rules.
1)类型1或类型2物理段被连续重复等于或大于10次。1)
2)类型2物理段被连续重复不超过28次。2)
3)类型3物理段在从类型1物理段到类型2物理段的转换位置上可被选择一次。3) A
4)已调制的摆动位置与临近轨道之一隔开大于2个摆动的长度。4) The modulated wobble position is separated from one of the adjacent tracks by a length of more than 2 wobbles.
导入区、导出区和中间区Lead-in, lead-out and intermediate areas
在图47中示出导入区和导出区的示意图。系统导入区由初始带、缓冲带、控制数据带和缓冲带从内圆周侧依次组成。连接区由连接带和空白带从内圆周侧开始依次组成。数据导入区由保护轨道带、驱动测试带、盘测试带、空白带、RMD复制带、在数据导入区中的记录管理带(L-RMD)、R物理格式信息带和基准码带从内圆周侧开始依次组成。A schematic diagram of a lead-in area and a lead-out area is shown in FIG. 47 . The system lead-in area is composed of an initial zone, a buffer zone, a control data zone and a buffer zone sequentially from the inner circumference side. The connection zone is composed of a connection zone and a blank zone sequentially starting from the inner circumference side. The data lead-in area consists of a guard track zone, a drive test zone, a disk test zone, a blank zone, an RMD duplication zone, a recording management zone (L-RMD) in the data lead-in zone, an R physical format information zone, and a reference code zone from the inner circumference The sides start to be composed sequentially.
下面将描述系统导入区的详细内容。初始带包含凸纹数据段。被作为初始带的数据段记录的数据帧的主数据被设置成″00h″。The detailed contents of the system lead-in area will be described below. The initial zone contains the embossed data segments. The main data of the data frame recorded as the data segment of the initial zone is set to "00h".
缓冲带包含来自32个数据段的1024个物理扇区。最终被作为在此带中的数据段记录的数据帧的主数据被设置成″00h″。The buffer zone contains 1024 physical sectors from 32 data segments. The main data of the data frame finally recorded as a data segment in this zone is set to "00h".
控制数据带包含凸纹数据段。该数据段包含凸纹控制数据。该控制数据由从PSN 123904(01 E400h)开始的192个数据段组成。在图48中示出了控制数据带的结构。The control data zone contains the embossed data segments. This data field contains embossed control data. This control data consists of 192 data segments starting from PSN 123904 (01 E400h). The structure of the control data zone is shown in FIG. 48 .
在图49中示出了控制数据部分里数据段的结构。在控制数据部分里的第一数据段的内容被重复16次。在每个数据段中的第一物理扇区包含物理格式信息。在每个数据段中的第二物理扇区包含盘制造信息。在每个数据段中的第三物理扇区包含版权保护信息。在每个数据段中的其它物理扇区的内容保留给系统使用。The structure of the data segment in the control data section is shown in Fig.49. The contents of the first data segment in the control data section are repeated 16 times. The first physical sector in each data segment contains physical format information. The second physical sector in each data segment contains disc manufacturing information. The third physical sector in each data segment contains copyright protection information. The contents of other physical sectors in each data segment are reserved for system use.
在图50中示出了在控制数据部分中所包括的物理格式信息的结构。The structure of the physical format information included in the control data section is shown in FIG. 50 .
下面描述每个字节位置的功能说明。被指定给在BP 132-154中给出的读取功率、记录速度、数据区反射率、推挽信号和轨道上信号的值仅仅用于示例。这些值由盘的制造决定,它们的实际值是从满足凸纹条件和已记录用户数据特性的值中选择的。The functional description of each byte position is described below. The values assigned to read power, recording speed, data zone reflectivity, push-pull signal and on-track signal given in BP 132-154 are for example only. These values are determined by the manufacture of the disc, and their actual values are selected from those satisfying the embossing conditions and the characteristics of the recorded user data.
在图51中示出了在BP 4-15中给出的所述数据区分配的详细内容。BP149和BP152规定了层0和层1的数据区的反射比。例如,00001010b表示5%。实际反射比由下面的公式指定。The details of the data area allocation given in BP 4-15 are shown in FIG. 51. BP149 and BP152 specify the reflectance of the data area of
实际反射比=值×(1/2)Actual reflectance = value × (1/2)
BP150和BP153规定了层0和层1的推挽信号。位b7规定了每个层的盘的轨道形状。位b6到b0规定了推挽信号的幅度。BP150 and BP153 specify the push-pull signals for
轨道形状:0b(在沟槽上的轨道)Track shape: 0b (track on groove)
1b(在槽岸上的轨道)1b (track on the land)
推挽信号:例如,010 1000b代表0.40。Push-pull signal: For example, 010 1000b represents 0.40.
推挽信号的实际幅度由下面的公式指定。The actual amplitude of the push-pull signal is specified by the formula below.
推挽信号的实际幅度=值×(1/100)The actual amplitude of the push-pull signal = value × (1/100)
BP151和BP154规定了层0和层1的轨道上信号的幅度。BP151 and BP154 specify the amplitude of the signals on the tracks of
轨道上信号:例如,0100 0110b代表0.70。Signal on track: For example, 0100 0110b represents 0.70.
轨道上信号的实际幅度由下面的公式指定。The actual amplitude of the signal on the track is specified by the formula below.
轨道上信号的实际幅度=值×(1/100)The actual amplitude of the signal on the track = value × (1/100)
在层0上的连接区Connection area on
在层0上的连接区用来连接系统导入区和数据导入区。在系统导入区的PSN是01 FFFFh的结束物理扇区的中心线与数据导入区的PSN是02 6B00h的开始物理扇区的中心线之间的距离是1.36μm到5.10μm。如果该盘是单层盘,那么所述距离的上限是10.20μm。这是因为在双层中存在层间串扰。对于双层盘更可取的是厚度小。连接区不具有凸纹凹坑或沟槽。The connection area on
数据导入区Data import area
空白带的数据段不包含数据。在层1上记录之前保护轨道带的数据段由00h填充。盘测试带用于由盘制造商进行质量测试。驱动测试带用于由驱动器进行测试。此带从外PS块到内PS块被记录。此带的所有数据段在最终完成该盘之前被记录。The data segment of the blank zone contains no data. The data segment of the guard track zone before recording on
RMD复制带RMD copy tape
RMD复制带包含RDZ导入,如图52所示。在把第一RMD记录在L-RMZ中之前记录该RDZ导入。RMD复制带的其它字段被保留并由00h填充。RDZ导入的大小是64kB且包含系统保留字段(48kB)和统一标识符(ID)字段(16kB)。在系统保留字段中的数据被设置成00h,并且统一ID字段包含具有相同的2kB大小和内容的八个单元。每个单元的字节分配包含驱动器制造商ID、序列号、型号和统一盘ID。The RMD duplication tape contains the RDZ lead-in, as shown in Figure 52. This RDZ lead-in is recorded before recording the first RMD in the L-RMZ. The other fields of the RMD duplication zone are reserved and filled with 00h. The size of the RDZ import is 64kB and contains system reserved fields (48kB) and uniform identifier (ID) fields (16kB). Data in the System Reserved field is set to 00h, and the Uniform ID field contains eight cells with the same 2kB size and content. The byte allocation for each unit contains the drive manufacturer ID, serial number, model number, and unified disk ID.
数据导入区中的记录管理带(L-RMZ)从PSN 03 CE00h到03 FEFFh被记录。该记录管理带(RMZ)包含记录管理数据(RMD)。L-RMZ的未被记录部分在最终完成该盘之前以当前RMD记录。The recording management zone (L-RMZ) in the data lead-in zone is recorded from
记录管理数据(RMD)包含与在盘上进行记录相关的信息。RMD的大小为64kB。RMD的数据结构在图53中示出。每个RMD由2048字节的主数据形成并由预定信号处理来记录。Recording Management Data (RMD) contains information related to recording on a disc. The size of the RMD is 64kB. The data structure of RMD is shown in Fig.53. Each RMD is formed of 2048 bytes of main data and recorded by predetermined signal processing.
RMD字段0规定了该盘的一般信息,并且该字段的内容在图54中示出。
对于盘状态BP2,For disk state BP2,
00h:代表该盘是空的。00h: means the disk is empty.
02h:代表该盘被记录并且尚未最终完成。02h: Indicates that the disc is recorded and not yet finalized.
03h:代表该盘最终完成。03h: represents that the disk is finally completed.
08h:代表该盘处于记录模式U。08h: represents that the disc is in recording mode U.
11h:代表格式操作在处理中。其余被保留。11h: Indicates that the format operation is in progress. The rest are kept.
BP22到BP33的数据区分配的布局的详细内容在图55中示出。The details of the layout of data area allocation of BP22 to BP33 are shown in FIG. 55 .
BP34到BP45的数据区分配的布局的详细内容在图56中示出。The details of the layout of data area allocation of BP34 to BP45 are shown in FIG. 56 .
在BP46到BP47的填充状态下的各位示出如下。The bits in the stuffed state of BP46 to BP47 are shown below.
b15...0b:代表在层0上的内保护轨道带还没有被填充。b15...0b: Indicates that the inner guard track zone on
...1b:代表在层0上的内保护轨道带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the inner guard track zone on
b14...0b:代表在层0上的内驱动测试带还没有被填充。b14...0b: Indicates that the inner drive test zone on
...1b:代表在层0上的内驱动测试带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the inner drive test zone on
b13...0b:代表RMD复制带还没有被填充。b13...0b: Indicates that the RMD duplication zone has not been filled.
...1b:代表RMD复制带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the RMD duplication tape has been filled.
b12...0b:代表参考码带还没有被填充。b12...0b: Indicates that the reference code band has not been filled.
...1b:代表参考码带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the reference code band has been filled.
b11...0b:代表在层0上的外保护轨道带还没有被填充。b11...0b: Indicates that the outer guard track zone on
...1b:代表在层0上的外保护轨道带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the outer guard track zone on
b10...0b:代表在层0上的外驱动测试还没有未被填充。b10...0b: Indicates that the outer drive test on
...1b:代表在层0上的外驱动测试带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the outer drive test zone on
B9...0b:代表在层0上的额外保护轨道带还没有被填充,或者没有被分配。B9...0b: Indicates that the extra guard track band on
...1b:代表在层0上的额外保护轨道带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the extra guard orbital zone on
b8...0b:代表在层0上的额外驱动测试带还没有被填充,或者没有被分配。b8...0b: Indicates that the extra drive test zone on
...1b:代表在层0上的额外驱动测试带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the extra drive test zone on
b7...0b:代表在层1上的外保护轨道带还没有被填充。b7...0b: Indicates that the outer guard orbital zone on
...1b:代表在层1上的外保护轨道带已经被填充。...1b: Indicates that the outer guard track zone on
b6到b5...00b:代表结束符的记录还没有开始。b6 to b5...00b: The record representing the terminator has not yet started.
...01b:代表结束符的记录正在进行中。...01b: The recording representing the terminator is in progress.
...10b:代表保留。...10b: stands for reserved.
...11b:代表结束符的记录被完成。...11b: The record representing the terminator is completed.
BP52到BP99的驱动测试带的布局的详细内容在图57中示出。RMD字段1包含OPC相关信息。在RMD字段1中有可能记录用于同时存在于一个系统中的达4个驱动器的OPC相关信息,如图58和59所示。The details of the layout of the drive test zone of BP52 to BP99 are shown in FIG. 57 .
在单个驱动的情况下,OPC相关信息被记录在字段#1中并且其余字段设置成00h。在每种情况下,RMD字段#1的未被使用的字段设置成00h。本驱动器的OPC相关信息总是被记录在字段#1中。如果当前RMD的字段#1不包含本驱动器信息,该驱动器信息含有驱动器制造商ID、序列号和型号,那么在当前RMD的字段#1到#3中的信息被复制到新RMD的字段#2到#4中,并且丢弃在当前RMD的字段#4中的信息。如果当前RMD的字段#1包含本驱动器信息,那么在字段#1中的信息被更新且其余字段的信息被复制到新RMD的字段#2到#4中。In the case of a single driver, OPC related information is recorded in
BP72到BP75、BP328到BP331、BP584到BP587以及BP840到BP843的用于层0的内驱动测试带地址:Inner drive test tape addresses for
这些字段规定了在数据导入区中的驱动测试带的最小PS块地址,所述数据导入区其中已经被执行了最新功率校准。当当前驱动器在层0的内驱动测试带中没有执行功率校准时,当前RMD的层0的内驱动测试带地址被复制到新RMD的内驱动测试带地址中。当这些字段被设置成″00h″时,此测试带没有被使用。These fields specify the minimum PS block address of the drive test zone in the data lead-in area in which the latest power calibration has been performed. When the current drive does not perform power calibration in the inner drive test zone of
BP76到BP79、BP332到BP335、BP588到BP591以及BP844到BP847的用于层0的外驱动测试带地址:BP76 to BP79, BP332 to BP335, BP588 to BP591, and BP844 to BP847 external drive test tape address for layer 0:
这些字段规定了在层0的中间区中的驱动测试带的最小PS块地址,所述层0的中间区其中已经被执行了最新功率校准。当当前驱动器在层0的驱动测试带中没有执行功率校准时,当前RMD的层0的外驱动测试带地址被复制到新RMD的外驱动测试带地址中。当这些字段被设置成″00h″时,此测试带没有被使用。These fields specify the minimum PS block address of the drive test zone in the middle area of
BP106、BP362、BP618、以及BP874的测试带使用描述符:Test strip usage descriptors for BP106, BP362, BP618, and BP874:
这些字段规定了对于四个测试带的使用的描述符。各位被分配如下。These fields specify the descriptors used for the four test strips. Individuals are assigned as follows.
b7到b6...保留区。b7 to b6... Reserved area.
b5...0b:该驱动器未使用层0上的额外驱动测试带。b5...0b: The extra drive test strip on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层0上的额外驱动测试带。...1b: The drive used an extra drive test tape on
b4...0b:该驱动器未使用层1上的额外驱动测试带。b4...0b: Extra drive test strips on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层1上的额外驱动测试带。...1b: This drive used an extra drive test strip on
b3...0b:该驱动器没有使用层0上的内驱动测试带。b3...0b: The drive does not use the inner drive test zone on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层0上的内驱动测试带。...1b: The drive used the inner drive test tape on
b2...0b:该驱动器没有使用层0上的外驱动测试带。b2...0b: The drive is not using the outer drive test zone on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层0上的外驱动测试带。...1b: The drive used the outer drive test tape on
b1...0b:该驱动器没有使用层1上的内驱动测试带。b1...0b: The drive does not use the inner drive test strip on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层1上的内驱动测试带。...1b: This drive used the inner drive test tape on
b0...0b:该驱动器没有使用层1上的外驱动测试带。b0...0b: The drive is not using the outer drive test strip on
...1b:该驱动器使用了层1上的外驱动测试带。...1b: This drive used the outer drive test tape on
BP108到BP111、BP364到BP367、BP620到BP623以及BP876到BP879的层1的内驱动测试带地址:Inner drive test tape address of
这些字段规定了在数据导出区中的驱动测试带的最小PS块地址,所述数据导出区中已经执行了最新功率校准。当当前驱动器在层1的内驱动测试带中没有执行功率校准时,当前RMD的层1的内驱动测试带地址被复制到新RMD的内驱动测试带地址。当这些字段被设置成″00h″时,此测试带没有被使用。These fields specify the minimum PS block address of the drive test zone in the data lead-out area where the latest power calibration has been performed. When the current drive does not perform power calibration in the inner drive test zone of
BP112到BP115、BP368到BP371、BP624到BP627以及BP880到BP883的层1的外驱动测试带地址:BP112 to BP115, BP368 to BP371, BP624 to BP627, and BP880 to
这些字段规定了在层1的中间区中的驱动测试带的最小PS块地址,所述层1的中间区中已经执行了最新功率校准。当当前驱动器在层1的外驱动测试带中没有执行功率校准时,当前RMD的层1的外驱动测试带地址被复制到新RMD的外驱动测试带地址。当这些字段被设置成″00h″时,此测试带没有被使用。These fields specify the minimum PS block address of the drive test zone in the middle area of
RMD字段2规定了给用户专用的数据。当该字段没有被使用时,在该字段中设置″00h″。BP0到BP2047是可用作给用户专用的数据的字段。
RMD字段3的所有字节被保留,且设置成″00h″。All bytes of
RMD字段4规定了R带的信息。该字段的内容在图60中示出。为了记录用户数据而保留的数据区的部分被称为R带。根据记录条件可将R带分成两种类型。在开放R带中,可添加数据。在完结R带中,不能添加用户数据。在数据区中,不能提供三个或更多的开放R带。不为记录数据保留的数据区的部分被称为不可见R带。跟随R带之后的区可保留在不可见R带中。当不能进一步添加数据时,没有不可见R带。The
BP0到BP1的不可见R带的数目是不可见R带、开放R带和完结R带的总数。The number of invisible R zones of BP0 to BP1 is the total number of invisible R zones, open R zones, and closed R zones.
RMD字段5到RMD字段21规定了R带的信息。这些字段的内容在图61中示出。当这些字段没有被使用时,所有字段被设置成“00h”。
数据导入区中的R物理格式信息带从在PSN 261888(03 FF00h)的七个PS块(224个物理扇区)的开始来构建。在R物理格式信息带中的第一PS块的内容被重复七次。在图62中示出了在R物理格式信息带中的PS块的配置。The R physical format information zone in the data lead-in area is built from the beginning of seven PS blocks (224 physical sectors) at PSN 261888 (03 FF00h). The content of the first PS block in the R physical format information zone is repeated seven times. The configuration of PS blocks in the R physical format information zone is shown in FIG. 62 .
在图63中示出了在数据导入区中的物理格式信息的内容。图63与图50相同,图50示出在系统导入区中的物理格式信息的内容。BPO到BP3从在系统导入区中的物理格式信息复制而来。BP4到BP15的数据区分配的布局不同于图51的布局,并在图64中示出。BP16到BP2047从系统导入区中的物理格式信息复制而来。The contents of the physical format information in the data lead-in area are shown in FIG. 63 . Fig. 63 is the same as Fig. 50, which shows the contents of the physical format information in the system lead-in area. BPO to BP3 are copied from the physical format information in the system lead-in area. The layout of data area allocation of BP4 to BP15 is different from that of FIG. 51 and is shown in FIG. 64 . BP16 to BP2047 are copied from the physical format information in the system lead-in area.
(中间区)(middle area)
中间区的结构由中间区扩展而改变。在图65A到65C中示出了扩展前和扩展后的中间区的示意图。在图66中示出了扩展前的中间区的结构。在层0上的额外保护轨道带以及额外驱动测试带的扩展和产生之后的保护轨道带的大小取决于在层0上的数据区的结束PSN。在图69中规定了值Y和Z,值Y和Z是在保护轨道带中物理扇区的号。The structure of the middle region is changed by the extension of the middle region. Schematic views of the intermediate region before and after expansion are shown in FIGS. 65A to 65C. FIG. 66 shows the structure of the intermediate area before expansion. The size of the guard track zone after extension and generation of the extra guard track zone and the extra drive test zone on
保护轨道带protective track belt
在层1上记录之前用00h填充层0上的保护轨道带的数据段。在最终完成该盘之前用00h填充在层1上的保护轨道带的数据段。The data segment of the guard track zone on
驱动测试带drive test strip
此带用于由驱动器执行的测试。在层0上的此带从外PS块到内PS块记录。在层1上记录之前可用00h填充在层0上的所述驱动测试带的所有数据段。This tape is used for tests performed by the drive. This zone on
盘测试带disk test strip
此带用于由盘制造商执行的测试。This tape is used for tests performed by the disc manufacturer.
空白带blank tape
空白带的数据段不包含数据。在层0上的最外空白带的大小大于968个PS块。在层1上的最外空白带的大小大于2464个PS块。The data segment of the blank zone contains no data. The size of the outermost blank zone on
导出区的结构Structure of the lead-out area
导出区的结构在图70中示出。The structure of the lead-out area is shown in FIG. 70 .
数据导出区由保护轨道带、驱动测试带、盘测试带和空白带从外圆周侧依次组成。系统导出区由系统导出带组成。The data lead-out area is composed of a guard track zone, a drive test zone, a disk test zone and a blank zone sequentially from the outer peripheral side. The system lead-out area consists of the system lead-out zone.
在最终完成该盘之前以00h填充保护轨道带的数据段。The data segment of the guard track zone is filled with 00h before finalizing the disc.
驱动测试带用于由驱动器执行的测试。此带从外PS块到内PS块被记录。空白带的数据段不包含数据。Drive test strips are used for tests performed by the drive. This zone is recorded from the outer PS block to the inner PS block. The data segment of the blank zone contains no data.
在层1上的连接区Connection area on
在层1上的连接区用于连接数据导出区和系统导出区。在数据导出区的结束物理扇区的中心线与系统导出区的PSN是FE 0000h的开始物理扇区的中心线之间的距离是1.36μm到5.10μm。连接区没有任何凸纹凹坑或沟槽。The connection area on
作为在系统导出区中的物理扇区来记录的数据帧的所有主数据被设置成00h。All main data of a data frame recorded as a physical sector in the system lead-out area is set to 00h.
格式化format
格式化是当盘被使用并且包括初始化、数据区分配(中间区扩展)、填充和最终完成时应用的处理。Formatting is the process applied when a disc is used and includes initialization, data area allocation (middle area extension), filling and finalization.
初始化initialization
当在该盘上记录用户数据时有必要在RMD复制带中的RDZ导入区中记录信息并选择记录模式。When recording user data on the disc, it is necessary to record information in the RDZ lead-in zone in the RMD duplication tape and select a recording mode.
中间区扩展middle zone expansion
在层1上的中间区里记录之前,可执行中间区扩展。中间区扩展增大了中间区而同时缩减了数据区。中间区的结构被中间区扩展改变。层0上的数据区的缺省结束PSN是73 DBFFh而在层1上的数据区的缺省起始PSN是8C 2400h。在层1上的数据区里记录之前,驱动器可为在层0上的数据区的新结束PSN重新分配小于73DBFFh的PSN。RMD字段0通过中间区扩展来更新,并且除开数据区在最终完成时被重定位之外,在层0上的数据区的新结束PSN被记录在R物理格式信息带中。Before recording in the middle area on
当执行了中间区扩展并且在层0上的数据区的结束PSN成为X(<73DBFFh)时,X的位反转号是在层1上的数据区的起始PSN,形成了在层0上的附加保护轨道带,形成了在层1上的空白带,并且重定位在层1上的保护轨道带,如图65A到65C所示。当X<72 6C00h时,在层0上形成附加驱动测试带和空白带,并且形成在层1上的附加驱动测试带。When middle area extension is performed and the end PSN of the data area on
在层1上记录之前的要求Requirements prior to recording on
在层1上的除开结束符记录之前,为了避免层0的影响,一些带应当填充00h。Some bands should be padded with 00h before the Terminator-except record on
在中间区不扩展的情况下,处于数据导入区和中间区中的在层0上的保护轨道带应当填充00h。在层0上中间区里的驱动测试带可填充00h。In case the middle area is not extended, the guard track zone on
在中间区扩展了小尺寸的情况下,处于数据导入区和中间区中的在层0上的保护轨道带和处于层0上中间区里的额外保护轨道带应当填充00h,如图65B所示。在层0上的中间区里的驱动测试带可填充00h。In case the middle area is extended to a small size, the guard track zone on
在中间区扩展了大尺寸的情况下,处于数据导入区中的高呼轨道带和处于层0上中间区里的额外保护轨道带应当填充00h,如图65C所示。在层1上驱动测试带中记录之前,处于在层0上中间区里的保护轨道带应当填充00h。在层0上中间区里的驱动测试带和额外驱动测试带可填充00h。In case the middle area is extended to a large size, the shout track band in the data lead-in area and the extra guard track band in the middle area on
当这些带填充了00h时,则应当更新RMD字段0的信息。When these bands are filled with 00h, the information of
最终完成finalized
当数据区最终完成时,在未被记录的数据区中记录了结束符,如图77所示。结束符的主数据设置成00h,并且它的区类型是数据导出属性。在用户数据被记录在层1上的情况下,结束符被记录在所有未被记录的数据区上。When the data area is finally completed, a terminator is recorded in the unrecorded data area, as shown in FIG. 77 . The main data of the terminator is set to 00h, and its area type is the data export attribute. In the case where user data is recorded on
在用户数据没有被记录在层1上的情况下,结束符被记录在层0和层1上,如图77A和77B所示。从数据区的结束连续记录在层0上的结束符。如果在数据区与中间区之间有充足的未被记录数据段,那么没有必要在所有未被记录数据段上记录结束符,并且允许在层1上产生驱动测试带,如图78A所示。该驱动测试带的大小是480个PS块。在图72中规定了在层0上的结束符的结束PSN和在层1上的结束符的开始PSN。In the case where user data is not recorded on
在记录了结束符之后,在层1上的位于数据导出区和中间区中的保护轨道带如果未被记录则以00h填充。在填充位于数据导出区中的保护轨道带之前,记录位于数据导入区中的驱动测试带、L-RMZ的未被记录部分、R物理格式信息带和基准码带。After the terminator is recorded, the guard track zone on
如果未被记录数据段存在于如图78A所示的在层0上的结束符的结束PSN与中间区之间,那么没有必要记录位于层0和层1上中间区内的保护轨道带。If an unrecorded data segment exists between the end PSN of the terminator on
针对测量数据导入区、数据区、中间区和数据导出区的启动信号的条件Conditions for the start signal of the measurement data lead-in area, data area, intermediate area and data lead-out area
使偏移消除器带宽与单个层相比有如下扩展。The extension of the offset canceller bandwidth compared to a single layer is as follows.
-3dB闭环频带宽:20.0kHz-3dB closed-loop frequency bandwidth: 20.0kHz
在单个层中带宽是5kHz。然而,为提供余量而使该带宽有所扩展。In a single layer the bandwidth is 5kHz. However, this bandwidth is extended to provide margin.
烧录区码(BCA码)Burning area code (BCA code)
BCA是用于在盘制造过程完成后记录信息的区。如果读出信号满足BCA码信号规范,则允许通过使用预制凹坑复制处理来写入BCA码。BCA存在于单面双层盘的层1上。由于BCA存在于单面双层只读盘的层1上,所以驱动器可与可记录层盘和只读盘兼容。The BCA is an area for recording information after the disc manufacturing process is completed. If the read signal satisfies the BCA code signal specification, writing of the BCA code by using pre-pit copy processing is permitted. BCA exists on
RMD的更新条件RMD update conditions
RMD应在以下条件的至少一个下被更新;The RMD shall be updated under at least one of the following conditions;
1)在RMD字段0中规定的内容的至少一个改变,或1) at least one change in the content specified in
2)在RMD字段1中规定的驱动测试带地址改变,或2) drive test specified in
3)在RMD字段4中规定的不可见R带数目、第一开放R带数目或第二R带数目改变,或3) The number of invisible R-zones, the first number of open R-zones or the second number of R-zones specified in
4)在R带#i中的最小记录物理段的PSN与寄存在最小RMD中的″R带#i的最小记录PSN″之间的差变得大于37888。4) The difference between the PSN of the minimum recorded physical segment in R zone #i and the "minimum recorded PSN of R zone #i" registered in the minimum RMD becomes larger than 37888.
只要数据记录操作序列在处理中等于或小于4个PS块,在上述条件2)和4)中就不需要更新RMD。As long as the data recording operation sequence is equal to or less than 4 PS blocks in processing, RMD does not need to be updated in the above conditions 2) and 4).
选择物理段类型的方针Guidelines for Selecting a Physical Segment Type
如图26所示,在可记录信息存储介质的物理段中由三种类型的调制区分配。描述了设置在各直径的调制区的分配类型的详细内容。该过程的原理描述如下。As shown in FIG. 26, three types of modulation areas are allocated in a physical segment of a recordable information storage medium. Describes the details of the distribution type set in the modulation area of each diameter. The principle of the process is described below.
类型选择的目的是为了避免在相邻轨道上被调制区重叠。图73A、73B和74示出用于对层0上轨道的类型选择。对于在层1上的轨道,应当以与用针对层1的图71B替代图71A相同的方式来用针对层1的图替代图73A、73B和74。The purpose of type selection is to avoid overlapping of modulated areas on adjacent tracks. Figures 73A, 73B and 74 illustrate type selection for tracks on
类型选择的目的是为了避免将已调制摆动并排放置。在图71A和71B中示出了2个相邻轨道的示意图。轨道#i的起始点正好与物理段#n的起始点相同,这里i和n代表自然数。轨道#i包含j个物理段、k个WDU和m个摆动,这里j代表自然数而k和m代表非负整数。如果k和m两者都不为零,那么物理段#n+j位于轨道#i和#i+1。The purpose of type selection is to avoid placing modulated swings side by side. A schematic diagram of 2 adjacent tracks is shown in Figures 71A and 71B. The start point of track #i is exactly the same as the start point of physical segment #n, where i and n represent natural numbers. Track #i contains j physical segments, k WDUs and m wobbles, where j represents a natural number and k and m represent non-negative integers. If both k and m are not zero, physical segment #n+j is located on tracks #i and #i+1.
轨道#i和#i+1中的已调制摆动之间的相对位置取决于m。如果m等于或大于21且小于63,那么类型1物理段应当在轨道#i+1中选择,如图73A所示。否则,类型2物理段应当在轨道#i+1中选择,如图73B所示。对于每种情况,类型1物理段在轨道#i中选择。The relative position between the modulated wobbles in tracks #i and #i+1 depends on m. If m is equal to or greater than 21 and less than 63, the
类型3物理段在从类型1物理段到类型2物理段的转换位置上可被选择一次。类型3物理段的选择不仅取决于m还取决于k。在图74中示出了应当选择类型3物理段的情况的实例。类型3物理段应当在以下条件之一下进行选择。A
1)k等于或大于6且小于12,并且m等于或大于0且小于21,或1) k is equal to or greater than 6 and less than 12, and m is equal to or greater than 0 and less than 21, or
2)k等于或大于5且小于11,并且m等于或大于63且小于84。2) k is equal to or greater than 5 and less than 11, and m is equal to or greater than 63 and less than 84.
用于选择物理段类型的过程与根据第一实施例的图75所示的过程相同。主要针对两个轨道执行该过程中的重复处理过程。该重复过程在下文中示出。The procedure for selecting the physical segment type is the same as that shown in FIG. 75 according to the first embodiment. The repeated processing in this process is performed mainly for two tracks. This iterative process is shown below.
该重复过程的长度取决于在第三步骤中选择的物理段数目。The length of this iterative process depends on the number of physical segments selected in the third step.
1)在一个轨道上的摆动数目的估计(ST82)1) Estimation of the number of wobbles on one orbit (ST82)
根据在先前轨道上的值来估计在当前轨道上的摆动的十进制值。Estimates the decimal value of the wobble on the current orbit from the value on the previous orbit.
摆动NW的整数值可通过将小数四舍五入到近似整数值而获得。Integer values for wobble N W may be obtained by rounding the decimal to an approximate integer value.
2)j、k和m的计算(ST83)2) Calculation of j, k and m (ST83)
j、k和m计算如下。j, k and m are calculated as follows.
j=NW-(NW mod 1428)/1428,j= NW- ( NW mod 1428)/1428,
m=NW mod 84,m = N W mod 84,
k=((NW-m)/84)mod 17k=(( NW -m)/84)
运算″x mod y″代表在x除以y之后的模数。The operation "x mod y" represents the modulus after dividing x by y.
3)类型的选择(ST84)3) Type selection (ST84)
根据如下k和m的条件选择物理段的类型。Select the type of physical segment according to the conditions of k and m as follows.
条件1:21<m<63Condition 1: 21<m<63
选择2j个类型1的物理段。Select 2j physical segments of
条件2:0<k<6且0<m<21,或0<k且63<m<84Condition 2: 0<k<6 and 0<m<21, or 0<k and 63<m<84
选择j个类型1的物理段和j个类型2的物理段。Select j physical segments of
条件3:6<k<12且0<m<21,或5<k<11且63<m<84Condition 3: 6<k<12 and 0<m<21, or 5<k<11 and 63<m<84
选择j个类型1的物理段、一个类型3的物理段和j个类型2的物理段。Select j physical segments of
条件4:12<k<17且0<m<21,或11<k<17且63<m<84Condition 4: 12<k<17 and 0<m<21, or 11<k<17 and 63<m<84
选择j+1个类型1的物理段和j+1个类型2的物理段。Select j+1 physical segments of
在图75中示出用于调制区的分配类型的选择方法。当选择过程开始(ST81)时,估计用于内部轨道的摆动Nw的数目(ST82)。经把十进制小数舍入到最邻近整数可得到整数摆动Nw。执行j、k和m的计算(ST83)。运算“x mod y”代表代表在x除以y之后的模数。在ST83,j、k和m被计算如下。A selection method for an allocation type of a modulation area is shown in FIG. 75 . When the selection process starts (ST81), the number of wobbles Nw for the inner track is estimated (ST82). The integer wobble N w is obtained by rounding the decimal fraction to the nearest integer. Calculations of j, k, and m are performed (ST83). The operation "x mod y" stands for the modulus after dividing x by y. In ST83, j, k and m are calculated as follows.
1)j={Nw-(Nw mod 1428)}/14281) j={N w -(N w mod 1428)}/1428
2)m=Nw mod 842) m=N w mod 84
3)k={(Nw-m)/84}mod 173) k={(N w -m)/84}
如步骤84中所示,选择了类型(类型1、类型2和类型3)和重复数目(j,2j,j+1)。As shown in
根据如下k和m的条件选择物理段的类型。Select the type of physical segment according to the conditions of k and m as follows.
条件1:21≤m<63Condition 1: 21≤m<63
选择2j个类型1的物理段,如图26B所示。Select 2j physical segments of
条件2:0≤k<6且0≤m<21,或0≤k且63≤m<84Condition 2: 0≤k<6 and 0≤m<21, or 0≤k and 63≤m<84
选择j个类型1的物理段(图26B)和j个类型2的物理段(图26C)。Select j physical segments of type 1 (FIG. 26B) and j physical segments of type 2 (FIG. 26C).
条件3:6≤k<12且0≤m<21,或5≤k<11且63≤m<84Condition 3: 6≤k<12 and 0≤m<21, or 5≤k<11 and 63≤m<84
选择j个类型1的物理段(图26B)、一个类型3的物理段(图26B)和j个类型2的物理段(图26C)。Select j physical segments of type 1 (FIG. 26B), one physical segment of type 3 (FIG. 26B) and j physical segments of type 2 (FIG. 26C).
条件4:12≤k<17且0≤m<21,或11≤k<17且63≤m<84Condition 4: 12≤k<17 and 0≤m<21, or 11≤k<17 and 63≤m<84
选择j+1个类型1的物理段(图26B)和j+1个类型2的物理段(图26C)。Select j+1 physical segments of type 1 (FIG. 26B) and j+1 physical segments of type 2 (FIG. 26C).
对所有轨道执行过程ST82到ST84。当对所有轨道执行了过程ST82到ST84(ST85)时,调制区的分配类型的选择结束(ST86)。Processes ST82 to ST84 are performed for all tracks. When the procedures ST82 to ST84 are performed for all the tracks (ST85), the selection of the allocation type of the modulation area ends (ST86).
盘的耐光度light fastness of disc
采用气冷氙灯和遵照ISO-105-B02的测试设备测试盘的耐光度。The discs were tested for lightfastness using an air-cooled xenon lamp and testing equipment in accordance with ISO-105-B02.
测试条件Test Conditions
黑面板温度:<40℃Black panel temperature: <40°C
相对湿度:70到80%Relative Humidity: 70 to 80%
盘照明:Pan lighting:
穿过基片,正入射。Through the substrate, normal incidence.
写入功率write power
写入功率有四级:峰值功率、偏置功率1、偏置功率2和偏置功率3。这些是入射到盘的读出表面并用于写入标记和间隔的光功率。There are four levels of write power: peak power,
峰值功率、偏置功率1、偏置功率2和偏置功率3在控制数据带给出。最大峰值功率不超过13.0mW。最大偏置功率1、偏置功率2和偏置功率3不超过6.5mW。Peak Power,
数据记录过程data recording process
图76是示出当把具有在图37和38中所示结构的未使用信息存储介质插入到驱动器中时执行的操作。FIG. 76 is a diagram showing operations performed when an unused information storage medium having the structure shown in FIGS. 37 and 38 is inserted into the drive.
插入未使用空白盘使操作开始。Insert an unused blank disk to start the operation.
在步骤S2读取在BCA区中的数据来辨别盘类型。作为盘类型,有单面/双面型、单层/双层型、只读/可记录/可重写型等。在此情况下,确定被插入的盘是否为单面双层盘。The data in the BCA area is read at step S2 to discriminate the disc type. As disc types, there are single-sided/double-sided type, single-layer/dual-layer type, read-only/recordable/rewritable type, and the like. In this case, it is determined whether the inserted disc is a single-sided dual-layer disc.
在步骤S4记录在数据导入区的RMD复制带(RDZ)中的RDZ导入,在步骤S6以“00h”填充除开RDZ导入之外的RDZ。RMD复制带包括如图52所示的RDZ导入。在记录记录管理带L-RMZ的第一记录管理数据RMD之前记录RDZ导入。RMD复制带的其它字段保留并填充“00h”。The RDZ lead-in is recorded in the RMD duplication zone (RDZ) of the data lead-in area at step S4, and the RDZ other than the RDZ lead-in is filled with "00h" at step S6. The RMD duplication tape includes the RDZ lead-in as shown in FIG. 52 . The RDZ lead-in is recorded before recording the first recording management data RMD of the recording management zone L-RMZ. The other fields of the RMD duplication zone are reserved and filled with "00h".
数据导入区的记录位置管理带(L-RMZ)记录了PSN的从“03CE00h”到“03FFFFh”。记录位置管理带L-RMZ包括记录位置管理数据RMD。在最终完成该盘之前以当前记录位置管理数据RMD来记录L-RMZ的未记录区。In the recording position management zone (L-RMZ) of the data lead-in area, "03CE00h" to "03FFFFh" of the PSN are recorded. The recording position management zone L-RMZ includes recording position management data RMD. The unrecorded area of the L-RMZ is recorded with the current recording position management data RMD before finalizing the disc.
在数据导入区中的记录位置管理数据RMD包括关于该盘记录位置的信息。RMD的大小是64kB,并且在图53中示出记录位置管理数据RMD的数据配置。The recording location management data RMD in the data lead-in area includes information on the recording location of the disc. The size of the RMD is 64 kB, and the data configuration of the recording location management data RMD is shown in FIG. 53 .
在步骤S8填充数据导入区的管理轨道带的数据段。The data section of the management track zone of the data lead-in area is filled in step S8.
在步骤S10中在层0的数据区记录数据。在此情况下,假设被记录数据的大小等于或大于层0的数据区的记录容量并且执行在层0的数据区中记录和在层1的数据区中记录。在层1上记录之前,执行在层0上填充来最终完成该盘。执行最终完成来使得有可能由播放器读取数据。Data is recorded in the data area of
更具体地说,在步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带。More specifically, the guard track zone of the middle area of
在步骤S14填充层0的中间区的驱动测试带。注意步骤S14可被省略。The drive test strip of the middle area of
在步骤S16填充层1的中间区的保护轨道带。The guard track zone of the middle area of
在步骤S18在层1的数据区中记录数据。Data is recorded in the data area of
在层1上记录数据之后的最终完成执行如下。当记录数据在接近层1的数据区结束时,在步骤S20中如图77所示在数据区的所有未记录区上记录结束符。结束符的主数据设置成“00h”,并且结束符的区类型是导出区属性。当在层1的全部数据区中记录了数据时,不记录结束符。Finalization after recording data on
当数据区没被记录在层1上时,如图78A和78B所示,结束符既记录在层0上也记录在层1上。在层0上的结束符记录来与数据区相接触。在数据区和中间区之间出现充分的未被记录的数据段,结束符不需要记录在所有数据段上。在层1上允许形成新的驱动测试带(见图78A)。新驱动测试带的大小是480(PS块)。在上文述表23中描述了层0的结束符的结束PSN和层1的结束符的开始PSN。When the data area is not recorded on
在步骤S22填充层0的数据导入区的驱动测试带。The drive test zone of the data lead-in area of
在步骤S24,记录层0的数据导入区的记录位置管理带(L-RMZ)。In step S24, the recording location management zone (L-RMZ) of the data lead-in zone of
在步骤S26记录层0的数据导入区的R物理格式信息带RPFI和参考码带Ref。The R physical format information band RPFI and the reference code band Ref of the data lead-in area of
在步骤S28填充层1的数据导出区的保护轨道带。结束符记录随后的处理是最终完成处理。The guard track zone of the data lead-out area of
然后,弹出该盘。Then, eject the disk.
记录操作的具体次序可根据记录数据的内容、控制驱动器的方法等改变。关于记录次序的基本限制如下。The specific order of recording operations may vary depending on the content of the recording data, the method of controlling the drive, and the like. The basic restrictions on record order are as follows.
当(以“00h”)填充层1的数据导出区的保护轨道带且如果层0的相应区的记录状态不连续(记录区和未记录区并存)时,因为层间串扰的影响而不能执行稳定记录。层0的所有相应区必需在一个记录状态下。因此,在保护轨道带的填充步骤S28之前,必须执行步骤S4(记录RDZ(RMD复制带)的RDZ导入)、步骤S6(填充数据导入区的保护轨道带的数据段)、步骤S22(填充数据导入区的驱动测试带)、步骤S24(记录数据导入区的记录位置管理带(L-RMZ))和步骤S26(记录数据导入区的R物理格式信息带R-PFI和参考码带Ref)。另外,在步骤S24(数据导入区的L-RMZ记录)之前,必须执行步骤S4(记录RDZ导入)。然而,步骤S6、S8、S22和S26的次序可适当地改变。When the guard track zone of the data lead-out area of
鉴于上述相同原因,在步骤S16填充层1的中间区的保护轨道带之前必须执行步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带和步骤S14的填充层0的中间区的驱动测试带。然而,步骤S12和S14的次序可适当地改变。在步骤S18在层1的数据区中记录数据之前,必须执行步骤S10在层0的数据区中记录数据和步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带。然而,S10和S12的次序可适当地改变。For the same reason as above, step S12 filling the guard track zone of the middle area of
下面将描述在图76中记录操作的修改。Modifications of the recording operation in Fig. 76 will be described below.
在从步骤S10在层0的数据区中记录数据到步骤S18在层1的数据区中记录数据的移动中,中间区被填充(层0和层1)。为了缩短移动时间,可以以另一定时执行所述填充。当要记录预先不知道其数据大小的流时,在一段时期的填充时间内数据记录被中断。因此,为了在较早定时执行步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带,可在步骡S4、S6和S8的任何一个之前或者之后执行步骤S12。为了以较晚的定时执行步骤S16填充层1的中间区的保护轨道带,可在步骡S22、S24和S26的任何一个之前或者之后执行步骤S16。In the movement from recording data in the data area of
作为另一修改,为了在尽可能早的定时开始在层0的数据区中的数据记录(步骤S10),可在紧接步骤S4(RMD复制带的RDZ导入记录)之后执行步骤S10,如图79所示。在图79中,可省略填充层0的中间区的驱动测试带(步骤S14)。然而,当记录数据的大小大于层0的数据区的记录容量时,并且在层0和层1两者上都可以记录数据时,出现了一些不方便。在此情况下,如图80所示,在步骤S4(RMD复制带的RDZ导入记录)之后执行了步骤S12(填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带),这之后可执行步骤S10(在层0的数据区中的数据记录)和步骤S18(在层1的数据区中的数据记录)。当在步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带时,可开始在层1上记录。As another modification, in order to start data recording (step S10) in the data zone of
作为涉及结束符记录的修改,下面将描述其中只在层0上记录结束符且在层1上没有记录结束符的情况。当如图78A所示结束符没有连接到中间区时,在步骤S14(填充层0的中间区的驱动测试带)之后在步骤S20记录结束符,如图81所示。As a modification concerning terminator recording, a case where a terminator is recorded only on
当如图78B所示结束符连接到中间区时,在步骤S10(层0的数据记录步骤)之后在步骤S20A在层0上记录结束符,并且在步骤S12(填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带)和步骤S14(填充层0的中间区的驱动测试带)之后在步骤S20B在层1上记录结束符,如图82所示。When the terminator is connected to the middle area as shown in FIG. 78B, the terminator is recorded on
中间区的扩展引起数据区的减少。当中间区扩展时,可缩短用来以结束符填充未记录数据区的时间,并且可缩短最终完成时间。The expansion of the middle area causes the reduction of the data area. When the intermediate area is expanded, the time to fill the unrecorded data area with terminators can be shortened, and the final completion time can be shortened.
在本实施例中,即使在步骤S12填充层0的中间区的保护轨道带之后也可扩展中间区。扩展中间区的步骤可紧接在图76中的步骤S16(填充层1的中间区的保护轨道带)和步骤S18(在层1的数据区中记录数据)之前执行。In this embodiment, the middle area can be expanded even after the guard track zone of the middle area of
本发明并不仅仅局限于上述实施例。在实现阶段,可由不脱离本发明精神和范围来修改组成要素而实施本发明。经适当组合在上述实施例中公开的多个组成要素可形成各种发明。例如,从在实施例中公开的所有组成要素中可省略几个组成要素。另外,使用在不同实施例的组成元件可适当地相互组合。例如,其中使用了如图1A所示的两个记录层的结构可应用到如图1B所示的基于涂料的记录膜。更具体地说,本发明可应用到其中层压了两个或更多基于涂料的记录膜的单面多层DH_DVD-R盘。The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments. In the realization stage, the present invention can be implemented by modifying constituent elements without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Various inventions can be formed by appropriately combining a plurality of constituent elements disclosed in the above embodiments. For example, several constituent elements may be omitted from all constituent elements disclosed in the embodiments. In addition, constituent elements used in different embodiments may be appropriately combined with each other. For example, a structure in which two recording layers as shown in FIG. 1A are used can be applied to a paint-based recording film as shown in FIG. 1B . More specifically, the present invention is applicable to a single-sided multilayer DH_DVD-R disc in which two or more paint-based recording films are laminated.
Claims (8)
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2005319684 | 2005-11-02 | ||
| JP2005-319684 | 2005-11-02 | ||
| JP2005319684A JP2007128594A (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2005-11-02 | Information storage medium, information recording method, and information reproducing method |
| JP2006-097437 | 2006-03-31 | ||
| JP2006097437A JP2007272992A (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Information storage medium, information recording method, and information recording apparatus |
| JP2006097437 | 2006-03-31 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN1959817A CN1959817A (en) | 2007-05-09 |
| CN1959817B true CN1959817B (en) | 2010-06-16 |
Family
ID=38071475
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN2006101504839A Expired - Fee Related CN1959817B (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2006-11-02 | Recording method, and recording equipment |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP2007128594A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1959817B (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| RU2836152C1 (en) * | 2024-04-10 | 2025-03-11 | Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Рязанский государственный радиотехнический университет" | Multilevel nonvolatile memory cell and method of reading information |
Families Citing this family (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP5030842B2 (en) * | 2008-04-11 | 2012-09-19 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Multilayer optical recording medium |
| CN102724076B (en) * | 2012-06-20 | 2018-10-09 | 南京中兴软件有限责任公司 | North orientation population parameter processing method and processing device |
| JP2021047690A (en) * | 2019-09-19 | 2021-03-25 | キオクシア株式会社 | Memory system |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP1465165A2 (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2004-10-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Information recording medium, information reproducing apparatus, and information recording and reproducing apparatus |
| CN1606075A (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2005-04-13 | 索尼株式会社 | Recording medium, recording and reproduction apparatus, and recording and reproduction method |
| CN1627374A (en) * | 2003-11-28 | 2005-06-15 | 株式会社东芝 | Optical disk apparatus and information reproducing method |
-
2005
- 2005-11-02 JP JP2005319684A patent/JP2007128594A/en active Pending
-
2006
- 2006-11-02 CN CN2006101504839A patent/CN1959817B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP1465165A2 (en) * | 2003-03-31 | 2004-10-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Information recording medium, information reproducing apparatus, and information recording and reproducing apparatus |
| CN1606075A (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2005-04-13 | 索尼株式会社 | Recording medium, recording and reproduction apparatus, and recording and reproduction method |
| CN1627374A (en) * | 2003-11-28 | 2005-06-15 | 株式会社东芝 | Optical disk apparatus and information reproducing method |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| RU2836152C1 (en) * | 2024-04-10 | 2025-03-11 | Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего образования "Рязанский государственный радиотехнический университет" | Multilevel nonvolatile memory cell and method of reading information |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2007128594A (en) | 2007-05-24 |
| CN1959817A (en) | 2007-05-09 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN100468531C (en) | Information storage medium, recording method, reproducing method, and reproducing device | |
| CN100449626C (en) | Storage medium, reproduction method, and recording method | |
| CN101097741A (en) | Information recording medium and optical disc device | |
| CN102646427B (en) | Storage medium, reproducting method and recording method | |
| US8599675B2 (en) | Information storage medium, recording method, and recording apparatus | |
| KR100797886B1 (en) | Information storage medium, information recording method and information recording apparatus | |
| CN101097742A (en) | Information recording medium and disk device | |
| CN101097743A (en) | Information recording medium and disk device | |
| CN101097740A (en) | Information recording medium and optical disc device | |
| CN1959817B (en) | Recording method, and recording equipment | |
| JP4130669B2 (en) | Storage medium, recording method, recording apparatus, reproducing method, and reproducing apparatus | |
| JP4703772B2 (en) | Information storage medium and information reproduction method | |
| JP2007272992A (en) | Information storage medium, information recording method, and information recording apparatus | |
| JP5659110B2 (en) | Information storage medium and information reproduction method | |
| HK1099840A (en) | Storage medium, reproducing method, and recording method | |
| JP2008140543A (en) | Storage medium, recording method, recording apparatus, reproducing method, and reproducing apparatus | |
| JP2012009133A (en) | Information storage medium, information replay method, information replay device, information recording method and information recording device | |
| JP2010267378A (en) | Information storage medium, reproducing method, recording method, and reproducing apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| C14 | Grant of patent or utility model | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| ASS | Succession or assignment of patent right |
Owner name: TOSHIBA SAMSUNG STORAGE TECHNO Free format text: FORMER OWNER: TOSHIBA K.K. Effective date: 20140919 |
|
| C41 | Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model | ||
| TR01 | Transfer of patent right |
Effective date of registration: 20140919 Address after: Gyeonggi Do, South Korea Patentee after: Toshiba Samsung Storage Technology Korea Co., Address before: Tokyo, Japan Patentee before: Toshiba Corp |
|
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |
Granted publication date: 20100616 Termination date: 20161102 |
|
| CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |